<?xml version='1.0' encoding='UTF-8'?><?xml-stylesheet href="http://www.blogger.com/styles/atom.css" type="text/css"?><feed xmlns='http://www.w3.org/2005/Atom' xmlns:openSearch='http://a9.com/-/spec/opensearchrss/1.0/' xmlns:georss='http://www.georss.org/georss' xmlns:gd='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005' xmlns:thr='http://purl.org/syndication/thread/1.0'><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-7510320586972452939</id><updated>2011-11-27T20:00:18.694-05:00</updated><category term='Story'/><category term='Formal Writing'/><category term='Theatrical Play'/><category term='Crazy Conversations with friends'/><category term='Personal Opinion'/><category term='Political'/><category term='Screenplay'/><title type='text'>Wacky Writing</title><subtitle type='html'>Writing with a twist. It can be anything from research to poetry.  All ideas are just the authors unusual opinion and nothing more.</subtitle><link rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#feed' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://wackywriting.blogspot.com/feeds/posts/default'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/7510320586972452939/posts/default?max-results=100'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://wackywriting.blogspot.com/'/><link rel='hub' href='http://pubsubhubbub.appspot.com/'/><author><name>Wacky Writing</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/16429046367632003472</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='http://img2.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author><generator version='7.00' uri='http://www.blogger.com'>Blogger</generator><openSearch:totalResults>23</openSearch:totalResults><openSearch:startIndex>1</openSearch:startIndex><openSearch:itemsPerPage>100</openSearch:itemsPerPage><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-7510320586972452939.post-1481819276999420562</id><published>2008-01-23T22:41:00.000-05:00</published><updated>2008-01-23T22:42:15.092-05:00</updated><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='Crazy Conversations with friends'/><title type='text'>Conversations that run wild</title><content type='html'>S: K...NOT ON PHONE NOW&lt;br /&gt;S: HEATHER NEEDED ME&lt;br /&gt;J: so what's up&lt;br /&gt;S: Grandpa is holding his own...systems are starting to fail but he is in better spirits now that they are giving him Ritalin&lt;br /&gt;J: That's good&lt;br /&gt;S: just learned it is an anti-depressant for seniors&lt;br /&gt;J: It's a drug for many causes, which makes me suspicious&lt;br /&gt;S: all drugs have many applications...why they are called "drugs"&lt;br /&gt;S: like alcohol&lt;br /&gt;S: of which I am becoming most favorable towards&lt;br /&gt;J: They have many applications, but usually work on one specifically. Sweety alcohol is a great friend, just be careful that it doesn't become your only one&lt;br /&gt;S: never...I can NEVER give up control to anyone or anything...&lt;br /&gt;J: I could but Bill Gates is ugly and too old and not nearly rich enough for me to do it&lt;br /&gt;S: Where's B hanging her hat these days...&lt;br /&gt;S: must have asked b4...not remembering really well these days&lt;br /&gt;J: She's still in back there until at least July&lt;br /&gt;S: k...until school lets out&lt;br /&gt;J: Then she is planning to move down here&lt;br /&gt;S: right?&lt;br /&gt;J: Yeah when J.W. Graduates&lt;br /&gt;S: so...u singing the get the grades out blues for 3rd quarter yet? or is it just progress report time?&lt;br /&gt;J: 3rd quarter just started Tuesday&lt;br /&gt;S: sorry...ahead of myself..or u...&lt;br /&gt;J: It's okay. More like the FCAT blues. Let me meet Bush face to face one day and have I got a few things to say&lt;br /&gt;S: so what else u up to these days&lt;br /&gt;J: Not much just working cause I have no life. I did finally see a movie star who truly showed their best side to the camera see below&lt;br /&gt;S: naw...don't waste your breath...the man has no ears anyway...hears no one but the little man whistling in his ears...Pied Piper...&lt;br /&gt;J: http://www.queerty.com/&lt;br /&gt;J: Check out the picture&lt;br /&gt;J: It's funny as can be&lt;br /&gt;S: JUNO was great...did you see it yet?&lt;br /&gt;J: No&lt;br /&gt;J: I don't go anywhere cause I'd be going alone and I hate to go by myself&lt;br /&gt;S: this pulls slow&lt;br /&gt;J: I ended up with a new computer a couple of weeks ago, slow no more&lt;br /&gt;S: man, if blue undies make u gay...sign me up&lt;br /&gt;S: not here slow...site...me have new zip&lt;br /&gt;J: I don't think it's the blue undies as much as the showing of his ass in the most common position of come do me ever seen &lt;br /&gt;S: utorrent happy&lt;br /&gt;S: just has belt issues...kids these days&lt;br /&gt;J: No in this case I think they are calling it accurately&lt;br /&gt;S: not even sure I know who he is...some teen heart throb from what?? show?&lt;br /&gt;S: high school musical?&lt;br /&gt;J: Zac Efron, yep.  You gotta check out this site it's really fantastic. http://wackywriting.blogspot.com/&lt;br /&gt;S: cute butt tho&lt;br /&gt;J: Yeah, but you gotta wonder where it's been&lt;br /&gt;J: And didn't he make a nice recovery from having his appendix out just last week&lt;br /&gt;S: this blog looks right up your alley...pardon the pun&lt;br /&gt;J: It ought to I'm the creator&lt;br /&gt;S: vacation without the press knowing, maybe&lt;br /&gt;S: thought it looked like it would appeal to you&lt;br /&gt;S: so is the whole archive yours?&lt;br /&gt;J: Yep&lt;br /&gt;S: I see I have some serious reading to catch up on&lt;br /&gt;J: Yes you do. Also spread the word to all you know, I'm hoping to get the word out and maybe get a few million readers be discovered as a talent and change my life, then I can get all the inside shit to tell you and you can become a gossip blogger and make money off of it&lt;br /&gt;S: twould be nice...right now I think that I hold up a counter in our store....I blog rarely&lt;br /&gt;S: soapbox navigator&lt;br /&gt;J: Yes but think of all the juicy hollywood gossip I could give you that would come from the inside&lt;br /&gt;J: I just need my life to be more exciting I've become boring and it sucks&lt;br /&gt;S: not really my style...more a happy medium within the world of politicos and business letharios&lt;br /&gt;J: You know you'd want to hear who's doing what to whom&lt;br /&gt;S: only buy People maybe 2-3 times a year....more inclined to read bio in Newsweek or Business Daily or &lt;&lt;&lt;shudders&gt;&gt;&gt; MONEY&lt;br /&gt;J: So I'll meet some politico's it's not like they ain't messed up&lt;br /&gt;S: I am a semi-closet investor...I am ranked 1307 out of 20097 from the WallStreetSurvior.com game&lt;br /&gt;S: woohoo Baby!!&lt;br /&gt;J: Well now do it for real&lt;br /&gt;S: with what??? my good looks??&lt;br /&gt;S: I have a home that I rent from my bank...and a child in college&lt;br /&gt;S: ohh, and the hubby with no insurance....next chapter&lt;br /&gt;J: Use a dollar then make it two then it'll will grow&lt;br /&gt;S: gotta love my life...&lt;br /&gt;S: nope...I would rather lament my sad existence...at least for today...&lt;br /&gt;J: Lament away&lt;br /&gt;S: anything of a positive nature to share with me tonight?&lt;br /&gt;J: Do you believe the news is like totally about heath ledger.&lt;br /&gt;S: like you found lint in a pocket u thought was empty?&lt;br /&gt;J: I've been very positive&lt;br /&gt;S: yes, and it is very sad&lt;br /&gt;S: his poor daughter&lt;br /&gt;J: Yes, but Brad Renfro died a few days ago and not all this hullabaloo&lt;br /&gt;S: not as well known...and he was in trouble for years&lt;br /&gt;J: True&lt;br /&gt;S: makes u wonder where their parents were when they were growing up...not unlike Britney S&lt;br /&gt;J: Of course we always have Britney for a laugh or two.&lt;br /&gt;J: The parents were there, in Heath's case, Renfro's not so much.&lt;br /&gt;S: not me...I think it's just sad...like her Mom talking about the younger sister&lt;br /&gt;S: pregnant at 16 and Britney is blamed in the media&lt;br /&gt;J: That whole family is insane, but they've been untreated and look where it's gotten them. Rich and famous&lt;br /&gt;S: where was their mom?&lt;br /&gt;J: Probably in the next room&lt;br /&gt;S: ohh, wait...she was busy spending their money&lt;br /&gt;S: glad my kids never wanted to be famous like that&lt;br /&gt;S: wouldn't let Heather in pageants...she cried for days&lt;br /&gt;J: I wouldn't mind being famous, not like that more old school&lt;br /&gt;S: just not infamous&lt;br /&gt;S: unless you mean like Capote, LOL&lt;br /&gt;J: No I mean like the folks of the 30 and 40 who had gossip about them, but still acted with style and class at all times&lt;br /&gt;S: the wilsons and the like&lt;br /&gt;S: Rita Wilson not Carnie&lt;br /&gt;J: I guess, I was thinking more like Olivier, and Gable and those guys always classy&lt;br /&gt;S: really old school...sorry&lt;br /&gt;S: sir lawrence is a hard act to follow&lt;br /&gt;J: I think I could do it. I'm pretty classy most of the time&lt;br /&gt;J: Hell I used to be classy all the time, but I went slumming because I got tired of being told I was stuck up&lt;br /&gt;S: just shared ur blog with about 50 of my closest friends...k?&lt;br /&gt;J: Cool beans, maybe they'll comment on it and I'll start seeing some really good results&lt;br /&gt;S: np...just hoping those depressed over Thompson don't treat u too harshly...they are depressed, after all&lt;br /&gt;J: Thompson, the mayor in Mass.?&lt;br /&gt;S: no....the actor from Law &amp; Order...and Sen from TN&lt;br /&gt;S: ex presidential candidate&lt;br /&gt;J: Him. I can't believe that he's going to even think of running. His political views were recorded for all time on Law and Order&lt;br /&gt;S: u are behind the times...he came in 3rd in S.C. and decided to drop out...GOP is spinning...&lt;br /&gt;S: guess a better role came around&lt;br /&gt;J: Not that behind just don't care and can't believe he'd try to run&lt;br /&gt;S: now down to 8 republican candidates...I believe...hope more decide to quit...like Guiliani&lt;br /&gt;S: or dem Kusinich&lt;br /&gt;J: Better Guilliani than Huckabee, he scares me&lt;br /&gt;S: however the man spells it&lt;br /&gt;S: ur not afraid of a little man wielding a little pastoral power; r u?&lt;br /&gt;J: Dems are easy it'll be Hillary and Obama, unless they split the vote then Edwards&lt;br /&gt;J: No of him wielding a little pastoral power. Trying to change alter and destroy everything this country stands for. Since we are now in the just before Hitler got lucky stage of government&lt;br /&gt;S: was kind of hoping that it will be Hillary running with Evan Byah from Indiana (Gov.)&lt;br /&gt;J: I think if the Dems really want to messed up with everyone they should make the ticket Hillary and Obama and call it a day&lt;br /&gt;J: But I think that Obama has the better chance&lt;br /&gt;S: too Evangelistical for most Americans...&lt;br /&gt;J: Huckabee wants to change the Constitution to biblical rules&lt;br /&gt;S: not sure I agree...but I also think that most Dems will agree with you on that one&lt;br /&gt;J: No I just think that US will repeat history and blacks gained voting before women so they will gain the presidency first&lt;br /&gt;S: so sorry...mr huckabee...not gonna have that...&lt;br /&gt;S: lotta kooks would be gunning more for him than her though....hell of a way to become president &lt;br /&gt;J: That's why I think they should both be on the ticket, because either way once the first one is assassinated the other still becomes president&lt;br /&gt;J: It's a win win that screws with everyone&lt;br /&gt;S: plus then we could have bill as an embassador to Israel or a cabinet member&lt;br /&gt;J: Bill will be first husband of the house and find a pretty secretary to molest, which will leave hillary all the time she needs to run the nation&lt;br /&gt;S: and ole what's his name as head of the energy dept&lt;br /&gt;S: business as usual&lt;br /&gt;J: I don't care about energy. I care about no m ore assinine war for oil so people who shouldn't be getting killed don't.&lt;br /&gt;S: u gonna wrap everyone up in cotton, dude?&lt;br /&gt;J: I mean really if the middle east wants to blow itself up let it.&lt;br /&gt;S: pple kill our soldiers all over the world&lt;br /&gt;J: Hey the South will rise again&lt;br /&gt;S: I have family there...so kinda care a little, plz&lt;br /&gt;J: Yeah, but we don't have to send them to their deaths intentionally for idiotic reasons. I do care Stacy, If it were a war about freedom for our nation and to protect the people I'd respect it. I fully respect the soldiers over there who are dying. I don't however respect the reason they are over there dying&lt;br /&gt;S: my mother might have a cow over a black president...now a jew...maybe that one first plz...just to keep the peace...'course Obama could convert, LOLOLOLOLOLOLOL.&lt;br /&gt;J: Nah, Lieberdick isn't running again&lt;br /&gt;S: not serious...I was against the war...for the reasons u state...and then some&lt;br /&gt;J: On the other hand read the rants and raves on my blog I express my ideal candidate for president on there&lt;br /&gt;S: Lieberman would not have been a good choice...too religious&lt;br /&gt;S: looking more for...say...Liberace&lt;br /&gt;S: a good song &amp; dance man would be perfect&lt;br /&gt;J: Nope a black, jewish, lesbian with native american, asian and muslim grandparents&lt;br /&gt;S: u'de never get anyone to accept a lesbian&lt;br /&gt;S: 1/2 the population would be envious...the other too speculative&lt;br /&gt;J: Sure the lesbians are more accepted and as far as running the military. Hello, a bull dyke on her period who gets pissed off that nations off the map cause their nuked if their lucky&lt;br /&gt;S: course if Barbara Walter's backed her...who knows???&lt;br /&gt;J: Nah it'd have to be Barbara Streisand&lt;br /&gt;S: just not Hanoi Jane&lt;br /&gt;J: Would that be the moron who knows everything except when someone else actually talks&lt;br /&gt;S: hate to do this but...shit...do you know what friggin time it is....&lt;br /&gt;S: hubby is the only one&lt;br /&gt;J: Yes 10pm&lt;br /&gt;S: still haven't had that drink yet;&lt;br /&gt;J: Well you didn't have to wait for me&lt;br /&gt;S: bar is in house....&lt;br /&gt;J: Just out of curiosity when we met 30 years ago did you think I would have become this warped&lt;br /&gt;S: yep I did...brain needed to relax&lt;br /&gt;S: yep again&lt;br /&gt;J: Gee thanks&lt;br /&gt;S: we share that misshapen brain pan...with the allocated warped sense of justic&lt;br /&gt;S: *justice&lt;br /&gt;S: nice, huh?&lt;br /&gt;J: I like that&lt;br /&gt;S: which...the mishapen brain thingy or the depraved indifference to "normal?"&lt;br /&gt;J: Both. But see the real story is that we are right and sane and everyone else is messed uped up&lt;br /&gt;S: everyone?  Like to think that my hubby is at least halfway there...why we get along so famously&lt;br /&gt;J: Okay I'll give you the hubby and spot you one faux lesbian relationship&lt;br /&gt;S: with whom???&lt;br /&gt;J: Person of your choosing&lt;br /&gt;S: think I would have remembered that one&lt;br /&gt;S: at least hope so&lt;br /&gt;J: I said faux not real&lt;br /&gt;S: naw...would want the whole experience...for comparison's sake if nothing else&lt;br /&gt;S: remember to whom you directed that?&lt;br /&gt;J: I did, but wanted to leave you an out just in case&lt;br /&gt;S: no...committed to the idea at once...very scary; if not thought through&lt;br /&gt;S: now...must think of the recipient&lt;br /&gt;S: almost did once&lt;br /&gt;J: I recommend someone like Jodi Foster, good looking experienced and apparently down to earth&lt;br /&gt;S: and completely out of reach...good show&lt;br /&gt;S: Iman&lt;br /&gt;S: or Lucy Lawless&lt;br /&gt;J: She's a good choice&lt;br /&gt;S: which&lt;br /&gt;J: What which&lt;br /&gt;S: Iman or Lucy Lawless&lt;br /&gt;J: Lucy Lawless, Iman is scary&lt;br /&gt;S: I would kill to have skin like her though&lt;br /&gt;J: Maybe, but she still looks like she'd murder you in your sleep&lt;br /&gt;S: instead of insipidely white with icky spots&lt;br /&gt;J: Get a tan, they have sprays for that now&lt;br /&gt;S: some folks call 'em freckles&lt;br /&gt;S: u know what is red and white and spotted all over?&lt;br /&gt;S: Stacy in a tanning bed&lt;br /&gt;J: an ass with acne&lt;br /&gt;S: yeah, my ass&lt;br /&gt;J: I said a spray on, tanning beds are bad for you&lt;br /&gt;S: and what is in that SPRAY??? chemicals...have u ever seen me with a perm or &lt;&lt;&lt;shudders again&gt;&gt;&gt; a color dye job???&lt;br /&gt;S: not pretty&lt;br /&gt;S: and doesn't pay to have it done...lasts about a milisecond before it fades&lt;br /&gt;S: so where are the pics with u and a tan???&lt;br /&gt;J: Yes I have seen you with a perm and you're right not pretty. Seems to work in LaLa Land. I think I'm going to copy this conversation into my blog cause it's too interesting&lt;br /&gt;S: I dare u&lt;br /&gt;J: I don't go in the sun. I'm a teacher. I live like a vampire&lt;br /&gt;S: when u suck blood; call me&lt;br /&gt;S: will teach u some tricks&lt;br /&gt;J: What dare me I have no problem with it, except that my name is on it and I'm trying to keep the blog anonymous because of work. I do suck blood amongst other things...&lt;br /&gt;J: And I can probably teach you a few tricks&lt;br /&gt;S: so u are a mosquito&lt;br /&gt;S: it fits now&lt;br /&gt;S: so alter it a little&lt;br /&gt;J: If I can change the names I will. I will have to save it to word and play&lt;br /&gt;J: Besides if your brother is one of the fifty I don't want to freak him out&lt;br /&gt;S: he would have to care first...no offense; but, we aren't one of his beautiful ppl&lt;br /&gt;J: Well that's his loss then isn't it.&lt;br /&gt;S: righte-o&lt;br /&gt;J: It's sad he became that way, cause he wasn't as a kid&lt;br /&gt;S: I live too in the boonies for him to notice and you probably because of the teacher thing are not glamourous enough&lt;br /&gt;J: Well if I get what I want I will be glamorous enough then I'll snub him and have you come to the oscars with me&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/7510320586972452939-1481819276999420562?l=wackywriting.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://wackywriting.blogspot.com/feeds/1481819276999420562/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://www.blogger.com/comment.g?blogID=7510320586972452939&amp;postID=1481819276999420562' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/7510320586972452939/posts/default/1481819276999420562'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/7510320586972452939/posts/default/1481819276999420562'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://wackywriting.blogspot.com/2008/01/conversations-that-run-wild.html' title='Conversations that run wild'/><author><name>Wacky Writing</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/16429046367632003472</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='http://img2.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-7510320586972452939.post-6495458086443077925</id><published>2008-01-21T18:41:00.000-05:00</published><updated>2008-01-21T18:44:28.706-05:00</updated><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='Formal Writing'/><title type='text'>Panopticism</title><content type='html'>Panopticism&lt;br /&gt;         Foucault seems to be expressing a desire to push forward the ideal of panopticism. He explains panopticism as a collective group in a building with a central tower that has a three hundred and sixty degree view of the surrounding rooms of the outer building, which also have windows that can be seen into but not out of as an effect of the lighting. The central tower is supposed to contain a single observer who cannot be seen because of the lighting but who can see all that is happening in the building. The idea of this design is to create a discipline for the observed group, while maintaining a minimal power structure. The uses that Foucault gives for the need of this discipline are to improve the minds of school children, the output of workers, advance medical science, and alter the course of criminals. As I first began reading this essay I tended to agree with Foucaults’ ideas. I saw how it could be very effective for employers to be able to sit in a tower and observe the productivity of their workers, without the workers ever being sure of when they are being observed. This insecurity would then improve employee output for they would attempt to accomplish as much as they could to avoid being fired. The same would apply to schoolchildren studying, they would work consistently at their studies to avoid being reprimanded by the person in authority. Prisoners would set a model behavioral pattern that could be observed in order to receive an early parole. Doctors would and do already in many hospitals apply the theory of panopticism. They have a central workstation for themselves and the nurses while observing the surrounding patients’ rooms so that they are better able to assist and observe the progress and condition of their patients visibly instead of just with the use of electronic monitoring devices. I did however find one objection to this idea of study and discipline, none of the people involved had any other human contact while in the panoptic view.&lt;br /&gt;         That was only my first objection as I began to comprehend the idea of panopticism more fully I started to think of George Orwells’ story 1984, it occurred to me that this type of disciplined civilization was that of the big brother is watching variety. The idea of isolating people from each other and then using an observation area controlled by one person that instills fear in those being watched is dangerous. The idea of reducing the convoluted power structure to be more efficient is great, but then I’m left asking the questions who is left in charge in the end, what are they capable of, and how much power do they really have? The other premise of Foucault is that children in isolated learning situations will avoid picking up the bad habits of other children, but it will also prevent them from socializing and learning much needed skills in independence and thought. The observer would be force feeding them information that they would not be allowed to question. It would also prevent them from receiving extra help or understanding in a subject if they needed it. The work force to would be demoralized by this environment as they would not be allowed work freely and possibly create new advances or ideas. It would actually stagnate the business world instead of improve it. What if doctors and nurses are the ones behind the glass that are being watched. They would only be allowed to perform surgery or give care in a specifically stated manner, and find themselves unable to react in another way if the patient required it, in fear of losing their license to practice medicine. As for the prisoners I don’t think isolating people who already have social inadequacies is a good idea. I think they should be put into an environment that promotes self-help and development of social skills so that they may reintegrate within society (barring of course heinous crimes against man i.e. rape, murder). &lt;br /&gt;         Overall I find the concept behind panopticism can only lead to one thing. I believe it would render the control of the mass population to one person. Creating a zombie like populace that would follow the orders of the hierarchy, which is limited to just a few, who are allowed to hold positions under the supreme leader, so that his orders may be carried out. I believe the prime example of what the panoptic view would eventually create is a combination of big brother and Hitler, trying to create the perfect Aryan race. The society would be condemned to following the orders of a single person and anyone who disagreed or disturbed the community by free thought would be eliminated so that the society could continue on in peace. &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;copyright 09-23-2000&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/7510320586972452939-6495458086443077925?l=wackywriting.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://wackywriting.blogspot.com/feeds/6495458086443077925/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://www.blogger.com/comment.g?blogID=7510320586972452939&amp;postID=6495458086443077925' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/7510320586972452939/posts/default/6495458086443077925'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/7510320586972452939/posts/default/6495458086443077925'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://wackywriting.blogspot.com/2008/01/panopticism.html' title='Panopticism'/><author><name>Wacky Writing</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/16429046367632003472</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='http://img2.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-7510320586972452939.post-3325039354671255867</id><published>2008-01-21T18:38:00.000-05:00</published><updated>2008-01-21T18:39:30.427-05:00</updated><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='Formal Writing'/><title type='text'>Franklin Roosevelt</title><content type='html'>Franklin Roosevelt&lt;br /&gt;         Franklin Roosevelt ,also commonly referred to as FDR, is considered to have been one of the greatest Presidents the United States has had. During his four terms in office he had the support of the entire nation, but not the support of big business and the aristocracy of America. He is thought to be enigmatic by friends and foes alike, never fully explaining his actions to anyone. While many perceive this as his greatest weakness, it seems that it was his greatest asset. He proves to the world that he has a strong understanding of the American political machine and how it works, as well as how to get it to move in the direction necessary to help the country, which forever changes the office of the president from pencil pusher to world leader. &lt;br /&gt;         William E. Leuchtenburg supports the theory that FDR changed the office of president in his book Franklin D Roosevelt a profile. Leuchtenburg also states that Roosevelt was weak in the ability to pull the country out of the depression and that his strongest attributes only came out during World War II. The author felt that Roosevelt’s enigmatic approach to running the government caused a great deal of problems in solving the depression and left him open to severe criticism for getting the U.S. into the war. Using quotes form other books written by both friends and enemies of Roosevelt he tries to piece together an image of a man of strength, conviction and character, who also had many weaknesses such as a lack of intelligence, secretiveness, and stubbornness. The author is trying to show how all the characteristics of the man Roosevelt joined with the circumstances of the time to create a President that would forever change the political climate in the United States and abroad.&lt;br /&gt;         One of  Leuchtenburgs’ main points is how FDR is enigmatic with friends and foes alike, which causes many problems within his administration. FDR may have been uncommunicative with government officials and employees for several reasons. The first reason quite simply is that the country was in a major financial crisis and most of America  had lost faith in business and government. This being the case Roosevelt may have felt that he had to be strong and that it was not as bad as it looked, in other words he was putting a good face on a bad situation. The second reason would be that he entered office during this time of crisis to face a congress that was old guard and unchanging in its attitudes. This would have led a President who needed to try radical and unconventional ideas to keep them a secret just so that they could be put into action without disrupting the status quo. In most of his appointments to the offices of government that he created, FDR used many of the people that he was trying to stop from abusing business practices, which could have been a way to show them that their corruption was always ill conceived.  A third reason for his enigmatic approach to government policy might be that he just worked from trial and error in an era that had no known cure for its ills, and wasn’t sure himself of what was going to result. There are many possible reasons why Roosevelt did not communicate his inner thoughts to people during this time, but the author seems to feel that this was a weakness, I feel that it was one of his greatest strengths. This particular attitude is a strength because it showed the country and the world a leader with the ability to keep moving forward in the face of adversity and not dwell on failures but promoting success, which made the U.S. look strong even when it wasn’t.&lt;br /&gt;         Another major point the author makes is that Roosevelt was not capable of understanding the principles of economics as he was not well study and perhaps not conventionally intelligent. It does not take an PHD in economics to know that if money is being hoarded or invested in hollow companies then the economy will fail. Roosevelt obviously knew that money needed to start circulating throughout the country, but his biggest question was how. People were not working, so they were not buying, which tightened the belts of the big businesses, and lowered tax income to the government. Roosevelt initiated several programs that would use federal funds to start people back to work and having some sort of income. With the small groups affected by this, purchasing would slowly increase and so would production. Roosevelt wanted to rebuild the economy quickly but also knew that a quick fix was not necessarily a permanent one, so he tried to accomplish both at the same time. The author remarks that although the economy sky rocketed from the U.S. entering the war it had already in the eight years of Roosevelt tenure made a lot of progress. Did FDR not have the faculties to understand economics, based on the statements made by the author it seems that Roosevelt understood it better than most and worked in a somewhat underhanded manner to get the country to heal itself while keeping the powers that would prevent that too busy to notice.&lt;br /&gt;         Leuchtenburg tries to explain the Rooseveltian era by writing about the impressions that people had of  FDR. Using books, journals and personal letters of friends, family, coworkers, and detractors of President Roosevelt, the author does paint a surprising picture of the man. However, I believe that the author should have looked more closely at his own sources, and how they were all colored by personal opinion instead of historical fact. The author himself admits in several places that he was angered by or compelled to follow the ideas that Roosevelt put forth and how they changed his opinion of FDR. With the knowledge that the observations and quotations were colored by personal feelings, I tried to examine only the facts that were presented. By doing this I found that I came into agreement with the author about the fact that by using unknown tactics and constantly making himself bend through Washington’s political machinery, Franklin Roosevelt created a stronger version of the presidency than existed before. He also made the congress, supreme court and the world look to that office for guidance in times of crisis.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Copyright 09-24-1998&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/7510320586972452939-3325039354671255867?l=wackywriting.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://wackywriting.blogspot.com/feeds/3325039354671255867/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://www.blogger.com/comment.g?blogID=7510320586972452939&amp;postID=3325039354671255867' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/7510320586972452939/posts/default/3325039354671255867'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/7510320586972452939/posts/default/3325039354671255867'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://wackywriting.blogspot.com/2008/01/franklin-roosevelt.html' title='Franklin Roosevelt'/><author><name>Wacky Writing</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/16429046367632003472</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='http://img2.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-7510320586972452939.post-1305096362976184095</id><published>2008-01-21T18:26:00.000-05:00</published><updated>2008-01-21T19:48:52.614-05:00</updated><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='Formal Writing'/><title type='text'>Critical Issues Facing Homosexual Youth Today</title><content type='html'>Critical Issues Facing Homosexual Youth Today&lt;br /&gt;         “Picking on persons because of their ethnicity, class, religion, gender, or race is essentially taboo behavior, but adults and children alike are given license to torment and harm people because of their sexuality (Unks, 1995).” A statement taken from The Gay Teen by Gerald Unks. As we enter the new millennium it would seem that all differences in societal norms should be embraced and assimilated into one grand culture. It seems that there is one type of difference that creates a tremendous amount of controversy in society. Children and adults condemn homosexuality regardless of any other cultural differences that may exist. The subject of homosexuality becomes more heated and controversial when discussed in relation to education. However there are gay, lesbian and bisexual students that need to receive an education without being harassed or assaulted while at school. What issues are the gay youth of today experiencing in the schools? They are being ostracized, assaulted, called names. They face teachers who ignore the problem or deny that there is one. Parents who are against acknowledging or allowing for gay education in the classroom and who have been known to become violent in protesting against gays or gay subjects in schools and their curriculums. The critical issues facing the homosexual youth of today are in the forefront of the educational debates for diverse curriculums in schools.&lt;br /&gt;         In his article Who Gets Called Queer in School Andi O’Conor quotes a student ““But they still hate us,” he says. “ Our parents hate us, our teachers hate us, straight kids hate us, adults hate us..."(O’Conor, 1995). The gay youth of today are left feeling stranded and afloat in a society that prevents them contact from their own society. O’Conor states that (Unks, 1995) “Gay, lesbian, and bisexual youth often go through the difficult period of adolescence ostracized and isolated from family members, teachers, peer groups, and the adult gay and lesbian community.” The gay youth of today are not allowed the luxury of talking to gay teachers or other gay adults, because those adults fear the repercussions of the misconception that they are recruiting kids into the gay lifestyle. Gay youth also face a lack of peers who would rather pretend heterosexuality than be ostracized themselves. Parents of gay and lesbian youth tend to kick their children out or pretend that they are not gay rather than accept them. Often times this type of isolation leads to suicide and homelessness on the part of the gay teen. I am going to show you some overviews of studies and polls of students. Although none of these studies or polls is indicative of the whole of society they do show the dangers that exist for out students.&lt;br /&gt;         Teaching about homosexuality will have major impact on the classrooms of America. It will require extra training on the part of educators to present the subject of homosexuality in a neutral but sincere way. It will also require more than just a surface knowledge about homosexuality and its influence on history, literature, and art. It will also have to have an unbiased format of instruction so that, heterosexual students will be able to understand and overcome bigotry. Arthur Lipkin in a The Case for a Gay and Lesbian Curriculum expresses “Antihomophobia education can help heterosexual people to understand better their own sexualities (1995). It would allow for open dialogues between gay and straight students who can learn about each other and other differences that may affect their self-perceptions. Once a dialogue is opened it also may enhance both gay and straight students’ sense of sexuality by enabling them to identify with one or the other while no longer fearing the negative aspects of either.&lt;br /&gt;         There will be many problems with introducing homosexual curriculum into the general curriculums in schools. Religious groups, parents, and boards of education, and state governments will show strong opposition to a curriculum that includes positive aspects of homosexuality.  A major example of this controversy would be New York’s Rainbow curriculum, which was strongly opposed by many and divided the school system. There are many concerns associated with a curriculum that educates about homosexuality. Blumenfled and Lindop in Responding to Resistance from Teachers, Administrators, Students and the Community state, “The most commonly raised misperception is that this work is about sex, that schools are going to be teaching students about same-sex acts (Blumenfeld, Lindop, 2000).” Blumenfeld and Lindop also state that another common concern is that schools will be advocating homosexuality, or promoting it. Dan Woog in his book Schools Out tells us that “Much of the research that was done on sexual orientation discrimination was hidden until 1993, when the NEA’s Gay and Lesbian Caucus passed a resolution to have that research published (Woog, 1995)”. With these primary concerns there are ways to move around what is a strongly heated national debate on whether or not schools should teach about lesbian, bisexual and gay issues.&lt;br /&gt;         There are several ways to assuage concerns about teaching a homosexual friendly curriculum. “…explain to people that addressing these issues is not about sex, but about student safety….Explain exactly what your school will be doing, why it is important, what you hope to accomplish (Blumenfeld, Lindop, 2000).” Giving the public a true and accurate statement about what will be taught and how it will be taught along with the context in which it will be taught can assuage many of the fears that gays are recruiting in the classroom. The use of outreach programs which involve the community can aide in sending a positive and supportive message that these issues are important and need to be addressed (Blumenfeld, Lindop, 2000). Listing rules for conduct for students and teachers and administrators will be helpful in stopping resistance to an open curriculum. Also creating a strong support system for students and teachers is helpful in getting both information and assistance when needed. &lt;br /&gt;         There are several groups and programs being developed to help introduce gay friendly curriculums into the secondary schools. Each of these programs attempts to help educate the future in total equity for all students. The NEA’s Gay and Lesbian Caucus is working towards educating teachers on gay and lesbian curriculums and how to introduce them into classes as well as stopping harassment (Woog, 1995).  “Project 21 an informal alliance of organizations and individuals working to ensure that fair, accurate information regarding the nature and diversity of sexual orientation is available and presented to youngsters through libraries, counselors’ offices, and curricula (Woog, 1995). State legislation’s are also moving in a more positive direction extending in school harassment policies to sexual orientation which may be the predecessor for equal representation in education as it was for the African-Americans, women, and Hispanics.&lt;br /&gt;         Education for gay, lesbian and bisexual students has a long way to travel before it will be accepted in Americas’ classrooms. The dominating societal norms need to become more open to adding homosexuality to their number. As state legislatures and LesBiGay alliances and groups continue to educate the public at large and protect the rights of homosexuals the gay culture is becoming more prevalent in today’s society, opening new doors for educators to bring the subject of homosexuality into lessons. The strong opposition, and ignorance about homosexuality gets weaker as more knowledge is released into the community, gaining a curriculum that includes homosexuality will enable society to break one of its last dividers. There are many critical issues facing the gay youth of today, including suicide, rejection by family and friends, AIDS, and a host of other confusing ideas, which through open and positive education such obstacles can be over come.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Works Cited&lt;br /&gt;Blumenfeld, Warren J. and Lindop, Laurie (2000). Responding to Resistance from Teachers, Administrators, Students and the Community. [On-line]. Available: GLSEN: Blackboard. WWW.GLSTN.ORG/PAGES/SECTIONS/LIBRARY/REFERENCE/007.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Lipkin, Arthur (1995). The Case for a Gay and Lesbian Curriculum. In G. Unks (Ed.),  The Gay Teen (pp. 31-52). New York: Routledge.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;O’Conor, Andi (1995). Who Gets Called Queer in School. In G. Unks (Ed.), The Gay &lt;br /&gt;Teen (pp. 95-101). New York: Routledge.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Unks, Gerald (Ed.). (1995). The Gay Teen. New York, NY: Routledge.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Woog, Dan. (1995). Schools Out. Boston: Alyson.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;copyright 2001 (this article has been published)&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/7510320586972452939-1305096362976184095?l=wackywriting.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://wackywriting.blogspot.com/feeds/1305096362976184095/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://www.blogger.com/comment.g?blogID=7510320586972452939&amp;postID=1305096362976184095' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/7510320586972452939/posts/default/1305096362976184095'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/7510320586972452939/posts/default/1305096362976184095'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://wackywriting.blogspot.com/2008/01/critical-issues-facing-homosexual-youth.html' title='Critical Issues Facing Homosexual Youth Today'/><author><name>Wacky Writing</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/16429046367632003472</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='http://img2.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-7510320586972452939.post-1002221056306214808</id><published>2008-01-21T18:16:00.000-05:00</published><updated>2008-01-21T18:26:10.595-05:00</updated><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='Story'/><title type='text'>Larry's Angels</title><content type='html'>Larry’s Angels&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;         Once upon a time there were three little girls who went to the Southern Educational Academy. They each came from very different backgrounds. Opal came from New York and a large family, but considered herself and only child, as her brothers were much older. Dawn was the only child of hippies and Amanda came from a close knit family consisting of mom, dad and two sisters. They each pursued very different subjects.&lt;br /&gt;         Opal went to the academy for Math and singing opera. However her instructors found her acting too goofy. When her classmates found out she was from New York they made fun of her strange accent and were not the friendly southerners she was expecting. She took to writing so that she could express these outcast feelings and it became her passion.&lt;br /&gt;         Dawn joined the academy for English and Drama because she is a talker and a leader and she was good at it. She found herself spending time outdoors taking courses in swimming, fishing, beaches and theme parks. She also ended up riding roller coasters and watching movies, even foreign ones. Her instructors criticized her for being a loud girl because she talked in class, even though boys were allowed to talk. Her peers described her as friendly, hyper and talkative and this attracted all the wrong types of guys.&lt;br /&gt;         Amanda attended the academy for Yearbook because it involved writing, being creative, photography and interviewing. She was treated badly by her instructors and peers for her strong faith, but she fought them and prevailed. The traumatic experience turned her to music and singing as an outlet for her frustrations. She is a happy person who likes a good laugh, but she is extremely organized and takes life in her own way.&lt;br /&gt;         These three girls are strong, independent, free thinkers with multiple talents. They were each assigned to hazardous duties. They utilized their talents very differently, but they weren’t happy. I took them away from all that and now they work for me. Who am I? I am Larry and these are my Angels.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Work Cited&lt;br /&gt;Spelling, Aaron and Goldberg, Leonard. Charlies Angels. ABC. 1976-1981.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Copyright 08-23-2001&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/7510320586972452939-1002221056306214808?l=wackywriting.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://wackywriting.blogspot.com/feeds/1002221056306214808/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://www.blogger.com/comment.g?blogID=7510320586972452939&amp;postID=1002221056306214808' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/7510320586972452939/posts/default/1002221056306214808'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/7510320586972452939/posts/default/1002221056306214808'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://wackywriting.blogspot.com/2008/01/larrys-angels-once-upon-time-there-were.html' title='Larry&apos;s Angels'/><author><name>Wacky Writing</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/16429046367632003472</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='http://img2.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-7510320586972452939.post-6561784464312062923</id><published>2008-01-21T18:15:00.000-05:00</published><updated>2008-01-21T18:20:07.050-05:00</updated><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='Story'/><title type='text'>Park Bench</title><content type='html'>Park Bench&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;         I sit here waiting for her to arrive. I can see her coming up the walkway, which is glazed over with broken glass and cracked with age mirroring the wrinkles on her face. She is bent down over her cane with the weight of life upon her wraith like form. She is seeking comfort and I will give her what I can. &lt;br /&gt;         She wasn’t always a bent, creaking, ghost of humanity filled with loneliness. Once she was a whirlwind of white, pink and gold that ran into the future like a bull into a toreador’s crimson cape. She jumps onto my wooden slats and immediately runs off to play on the grass carpet next to the glimmering lake, which I face. There are a few saplings that had just been planted behind me and ground up plots of dirt checkered across the grass field where flowers will one-day sprout. I didn’t know that I could hold her weight, but she was feathery light and lithe. My wrought iron railings, strong thick wooden slats and shiny new bolts sent her springing back to the hard ground. She threw out a high pitched, bubbly giggle as her golden hair and white dress floated on the breeze that was rippling the glass surface of the lake. The pink satin ribbon bouncing from the springy tension of her tightly wound sunlit curls. She ran further away, but I knew that I would see her again soon.&lt;br /&gt;         I did see her again many times through many ages. She came regularly on the weekends as a little girl and then some evenings as a budding and capricious young woman. She had come alone or with her parents till then; jumping or resting on me. Sometimes she would stretch out and stare up into the clouds. I could feel the warmth of her flowing freely into my wooden slats. Eventually she stopped coming alone. She brought a young man with her. He seemed familiar, but I could not place why. Then I heard her talking about how he used to punch her in the arm when they were little. He laughed and she bubbled out the deep, husky laugh of a woman.  I remembered who the young man was. He always came to me also, clumsily and sulkily, dripping and spilling his ice cream on my railings, leaving me sticky until the caretaker came and wiped me off. She leaned over and kissed him. I didn’t think her parents would approve, but I sat there watching the lake knowing I would keep their secret. &lt;br /&gt;         The trees around me rustled the secret of the kiss so long gone. She was standing in front of the lake again in a white satin gown. He is standing by her side in his top hat and tails, he looks nervous, but his smile is beaming and creating a glare off the deep, dark mirror of water before them. People who are shattering the serenity of the park with their loud cheers and applause surround the couple. They come to me she sits gingerly across my sturdy wooden planks, while he kneels on the ground by her side his possessive grip upon her waist. There is a blinding flash and a loud pouf from the camera. They are taking pictures and I’m in them. I’ve become a part of the family. I feel proud that they have chosen to include me in their memories. I haven’t seen them for a while now. I miss her and her laughter. I even miss old sticky fingers. I know that they will return but it is lonely without her. &lt;br /&gt;         They return. She is waddling along the path, while he flutters about her solicitously. She looks like a dirigible about to take off. They come and sit upon me. I think that I will break she is so big now, but she is still light as a breeze blowing across me. He is telling her that he wants a golden haired beauty just like her. Her laughter rumbles through her distended stomach arriving on the air like the sound of a golden bell clanging the hour. &lt;br /&gt;         During the passing of dry, brittle, broken ice glazed winters into aromatic breeze fluttering, bee-humming springs, that turn to heat baking, cocoa butter summers, which become brilliant, rainbow flecked, chilled falls, that measure the rapid rise of the now ancient trees. The couple comes to me as they have every weekend for years. Their children have grown and left them in pursuit of their own happiness. The park is not the way it was when we were all young. The sidewalk is cracking, the flowers wilted and forgotten even in the summer, the grass drying and brown in spots; the lake is now a dark pool of mysterious, hideous smells. They sit upon my warped and bending wood slats, avoiding the copper tinged rust on my railings. He grasps her hand gently in his caressing the still smooth skin with his thumb, while she cradles her head in the hollow recess of his neck. They are still in love and they still come to me. They reminisce about the time she came here to meet him in secret before they left for the speak-easy and that first kiss which he bestowed like a flower upon her lips, the times that their children sat on me while they tended to the scraped knees and elbows. We collectively sigh at the way the park has been neglected and forgotten by all, but a select few. &lt;br /&gt;         The branches of the trees touch the eerily gray sky. Their roots have cracked and lifted the path into and unsightly slithering, jumping obstacle course. I haven’t seen her for a year, she has forgotten about me. My railings are rusted through, my bolts are a dull gray brown color, and my slats are warped, splintered and dry. Each day without her is painful. The flowing field of grass is nothing but a dingy, slimy, muck flowing into the gelatinous pool of ink that used to be the crystal blue water of the lake. I feel deserted and sad that she has forgotten me.&lt;br /&gt;         She came back, but now she was alone an ancient woman with the weight of the world bending her over her cane. She comes to me daily. Her arthritic limbs moving with unsure steps towards me. She sits on me looking for comfort. I try to give it to her, but I am a ruined heap of wood and metal that can barely support her weight. I can still feel the heat of her flowing into my splintered, cracked slats along with the tears that she sheds from her solitude. &lt;br /&gt;         I sit here waiting for her to arrive. I can see her wraith like form crumpled over the cane as she struggles along the treacherous path towards me. Her unsure steps ever slower. She stops to catch her rasping breath in the chill autumn air. Her head is wrapped tightly in her shawl and she is layered in coats to keep warm. Finally she reaches me and sits. I can hear the weasing of her breath through the layers of cloth and wool that enfold her. Her tears sting as they beat down upon my rough seat. She sits quietly now, but she should be leaving it is getting dark and she has a long, painful walk to get home. As the light dims in the hazy smog filled sky I notice that I can no longer feel her warmth. Her chin has been swallowed by the folds of material about her neck, the rasping of her breath has stopped and her head leans listlessly. I can not feel the heat of her body any more. I will miss her, but she is no longer lonely.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;copyright 09-04-2001&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/7510320586972452939-6561784464312062923?l=wackywriting.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://wackywriting.blogspot.com/feeds/6561784464312062923/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://www.blogger.com/comment.g?blogID=7510320586972452939&amp;postID=6561784464312062923' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/7510320586972452939/posts/default/6561784464312062923'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/7510320586972452939/posts/default/6561784464312062923'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://wackywriting.blogspot.com/2008/01/park-bench.html' title='Park Bench'/><author><name>Wacky Writing</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/16429046367632003472</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='http://img2.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-7510320586972452939.post-4394250750843773870</id><published>2008-01-21T18:10:00.000-05:00</published><updated>2008-01-21T18:25:28.390-05:00</updated><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='Formal Writing'/><title type='text'>Poetry of Sufferage</title><content type='html'>The Poetry of Suffrage&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;         In eighteen forty eight a convention held in Seneca Falls New York ignited the women’s suffrage movement. The suffrage movement was interrupted by the Civil War, but regained strength in the late part of the nineteenth century. While the suffrage movement has many noteworthy members such as Susan B. Anthony, Lucretia Mott and Elizabeth Cady Stanton there are others who did not receive the same notoriety. Many of the heroes of the women’s suffrage movement were not known to be suffragettes. One of these women is Emily Dickinson. Dickinson’s poetry is a call to arms for women and a message for men that they should change their ideas about women. Dickinson’s poetry is a message of feminism that is written within the confines of the cult of true womanhood.&lt;br /&gt;         Dickinson’s poetry, written in the late nineteenth and early twentieth centuries, is a call to feminism. Dickinson under the constraints of the patriarchal society wrote her poetry according to the cult of true womanhood, which is defined as piety, submission, purity and domesticity. Dickinson uses religious images to represent the different sexes in poem forty nine “Angels—twice descending/Reimbursed my store—(5-6).” The angels could be a representation of Lucretia Mott and Susan B. Anthony who through their work in the women’s movement replenished Dickinson’s faith that women would achieve equality. In poem two hundred sixteen Dickinson writes about “… the meek members of the Resurrection—(4).” The members of the resurrection were the group of women that witnessed it and they are meek and pious always following the strictures that are put on them by men. Dickinson in poem four hundred and forty one “This is my letter to the World (1)” seems to be apologizing for writing poetry and being a woman. “For love of Her—Sweet—countrymen-- / Judge tenderly—of Me (7,8)” is Dickinson’s way of asking the men to be nice in their critiques of her work since she is a woman writing about feminism.&lt;br /&gt;         Dickinson also uses images of religion and laymen to represent men in her poetry. In poem forty-nine Dickinson uses “Burglar! Banker—Father! (7)” to describe men and their control over women. The men stole women’s rights and property upon marriage, then they handle all matters of finance and women are forced to act towards their husbands as they would their fathers. Dickinson uses power images in poem two hundred sixteen, “ Diadems—drop—and Doges—surrender—(9).” Diadems and Doges are traditionally masculine titles for ruling powers and lawmakers who control women. Dickinson also uses this line to direct the men to give up their control and allow the women to be equals. Dickinson further equates men with perpetual power over women in poem seven hundred twelve where she refers to a husband or lover as death with whom the woman must spend eternity. “And I had put away / My labor and my leisure too, (6,7)” could describe the situation of a married woman whose life becomes secondary to her husbands’ life and wants. &lt;br /&gt;         Dickinson offers messages or words of advice to women through her poetry. In poem forty-nine “I am poor once more (8)” is a message to women that men will take all they have. In poem two hundred sixteen “Rafter of Satin—and Roof of Stone! (5) Dickinson is telling women that they will be held in place unable to reach the heights of ability that men do if the men remain in control. Poem two hundred eighty contains the idea of a woman dying from the pursuits of keeping house rather than improving her brain. “And I, and Silence, some strange Race / Wrecked, solitary, here—(15,l6)” is Dickinson’s image of a woman from mans’ point of view, the woman is different and needs to be isolated. Dickinson uses her linguistic ability to hide her message to women so that she stays true to the cult of true womanhood by seeming submissive in her writing even though she is telling women what will happen to them without change in the laws.  &lt;br /&gt;         Dickinson’s strongest message to women on fighting for equal rights comes in poem one thousand one hundred twenty nine. &lt;br /&gt;Tell all the truth but tell it slant—&lt;br /&gt;Success in Circuit lies&lt;br /&gt;Too bright for our infirm Delight&lt;br /&gt;The Truth’s superb surprise&lt;br /&gt;As Lightning to the Children eased&lt;br /&gt;With explanation kind&lt;br /&gt;The Truth must dazzle gradually&lt;br /&gt;Or every man be blind—(2179)&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Dickinson is point blank telling women that they can’t hit men in the face with the idea of equality. Women need to alter the truth that they are equal so that men can come around to the realization and change the laws. Dickinson seems to be saying that by using confusion to dull the pain of the idea that women are equal the men will respond better since they think that women are weaker and less intelligent than themselves. She is also saying that if the message is to straight forward or harsh the men will react badly so that a softer message will gain them more ground since men are childlike in their thinking.  Dickinson is also saying that a kinder message will take more time to get across but it is worth the time as it will become a certain truth and have less resistance. Her final statement is that having slowly gotten the message of women’s equal rights across men will accept it as their own idea, but if equality is forced on them they will refuse to acknowledge it as if they were blind to the idea. &lt;br /&gt;         Dickinson’s poetry also seems to follow the struggle for women’s rights.&lt;br /&gt;I felt a Funeral, in my Brain,&lt;br /&gt;And Mourners to and fro&lt;br /&gt;Kept treading—treading—till it seemed&lt;br /&gt;That Sense was breaking through—&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;And when they all were seated,&lt;br /&gt;A Service, like a Drum—&lt;br /&gt;Kept beating—beating—till I thought&lt;br /&gt;My Mind was going numb—&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;And then I heard them lift a Box&lt;br /&gt;And creak across my Soul&lt;br /&gt;With those same Boots of Lead, again,&lt;br /&gt;Then Space—began to toll,&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;As all the Heavens were a Bell, &lt;br /&gt;And Being but an Ear,&lt;br /&gt;And I, and Silence, some strange Race&lt;br /&gt;Wrecked, solitary, here—&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;And then a Plank in Reason, broke,&lt;br /&gt;And I dropped down, and down—&lt;br /&gt;And hit a World, at every plunge, &lt;br /&gt;And Finished knowing—then—(2164)&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Dickinson is stating the how women feel repressed and confined as if they are at a funeral. The women then hear the message of equal rights “breaking through (4).” The message of equality becomes a rhythm that encompasses all thought and focuses the women to one idea leaving out all others. Dickinson then follows the backlash that the initial message contains. The men use their position of power to “Box (9)” in the women. The women feel the first defeat and the heaviness of oppression from the men. Dickinson then describes the renewed efforts of the movement, which comes back stronger and with more support from women. The women start to appear as an unknown “Race (15)” to the men and the women who are involved in the movement become isolated from society. Dickinson then tells of another defeat in which the argument for equality broke down and the women involved in the fight for equality fell under control of the men again, but were left with hope knowing that they would achieve equality.&lt;br /&gt;         Dickinson’s poetry stays within the confines of the cult of true womanhood, while extending a feminist message to women. Dickinson makes a point of using language that seems pious and submissive to disguise a well thought out message to women. Dickinson’s poetry has a distinct message of oppression of women. She also includes in her poetry a message for women to fight for equality along with some ideas on how to achieve equality. Dickinson wrote poetry for women’s suffrage in a time when men controlled the lives of women. She is an unsung hero of the early women’s movement. She should be honored for inspiring women to fight for equality along with such women as Susan B. Anthony and Lucretia Mott. &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Work Cited&lt;br /&gt;Dickinson, Emily. “Because I could not stop for Death”. Anthology of American&lt;br /&gt;    Literature vol. One. Ed. George McMichael et al. New Jersey: Prentice Hall, 2000. &lt;br /&gt;    2175-2176.&lt;br /&gt;Dickinson, Emily. “I felt a funeral in my brain”. Anthology of American Literature vol.&lt;br /&gt;    One. Ed. George McMichael et al. New Jersey: Prentice Hall, 2000. 2164.&lt;br /&gt;Dickinson, Emily. “I never lost as much but twice”. Anthology of American&lt;br /&gt;    Literature vol. One. Ed. George McMichael et al. New Jersey: Prentice Hall, 2000. &lt;br /&gt;    2160.&lt;br /&gt;Dickinson, Emily. “Safe in their Alabaster Chambers”. Anthology of American&lt;br /&gt;    Literature vol. One. Ed. George McMichael et al. New Jersey: Prentice Hall, 2000. &lt;br /&gt;    2162-2163.&lt;br /&gt;Dickinson, Emily. “Tell all the truth but tell it slant”. Anthology of American&lt;br /&gt;    Literature vol. One. Ed. George McMichael et al. New Jersey: Prentice Hall, 2000. &lt;br /&gt;    2179.&lt;br /&gt;Dickinson, Emily. “This is my letter to the world”. Anthology of American&lt;br /&gt;    Literature vol. One. Ed. George McMichael et al. New Jersey: Prentice Hall, 2000. &lt;br /&gt;    2168.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;copyright 07-27-2001&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/7510320586972452939-4394250750843773870?l=wackywriting.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://wackywriting.blogspot.com/feeds/4394250750843773870/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://www.blogger.com/comment.g?blogID=7510320586972452939&amp;postID=4394250750843773870' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/7510320586972452939/posts/default/4394250750843773870'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/7510320586972452939/posts/default/4394250750843773870'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://wackywriting.blogspot.com/2008/01/poetry-of-sufferage.html' title='Poetry of Sufferage'/><author><name>Wacky Writing</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/16429046367632003472</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='http://img2.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-7510320586972452939.post-4388649590012901917</id><published>2008-01-21T18:07:00.000-05:00</published><updated>2008-01-21T18:24:35.956-05:00</updated><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='Formal Writing'/><title type='text'>Autoethnography</title><content type='html'>Do you ever find yourself feeling as if you are separated from all the things around you? As if everyone you know has a secret connection that you are not a part of. I’ve spent most of my life feeling that way, but that is changing with time and knowledge. As I get older I find myself becoming more relaxed and comfortable and relaxed about who I am and who I am going to be.    &lt;br /&gt;         When you look at the photograph of me what do you see? Do you see my heritage of Austrian, Russian, French, German, Polish, Italian, and Spanish ancestors? Would you guess that the person in the photograph is a minority? How am I a minority you ask? The answer is simple. I am and Homosexual. That has made things very interesting for me over the years as I have learned to change and accommodate to a Christian Heterosexual society. No one has to know that I am gay. It is my decision to be open about my sexuality. I feel that this is necessary simply because having entered a new millennium the world is still fighting against civil rights for gays, lesbians and bisexuals. I have experienced this type of discrimination in many ways including within my own family. The world however is changing and growing and attitudes towards the gay community are changing, I have also experienced this in my family. It is still difficult for many kids to grow up gay in the United States. &lt;br /&gt;         I was born at the end of the Flower Power movement of the sixties, the year of the Stonewall Riots, just prior to the disco era of the seventies. That was an interesting time in history when sex and drugs became popular and public knowledge. Most adults knew that there was a movement towards sexual freedom in the United States but the knowledge was hidden from the kids.  I don’t remember seeing anything on the news that told about homosexuality, there weren’t any television shows that even acknowledged the subject, movies only showed gays as psychopaths. Bookstores didn’t carry any gay publications, and politicians ignored the subject figuring that it would go away. That was the era of sexual revolution and freedom and it was entirely heterosexual unless you were old enough to crawl into the gay underground of clubs and bathhouses, which I was not and didn’t even know existed. My first attraction strangely enough was to girls. I kissed my first girl when I was five years old. She was my next door neighbor and a good friend. I had several crushes on girls over the years, but have never been sexually attracted to them. Some of my crushes were and still are held for Valerie Bertinelli, Jacqueline Smith, and Eve (a very close family friend). I knew I was different fairly young I can remember seeing Star Wars and thinking Luke Skywalker was cute, or watching TV and thinking Scott Baio was adorable (it was the seventies after all). Then towards the end of that decade a television show called “SOAP” started with a gay story line. Billy Crystal portrayed the character of Jodi Foster well and realistically as a normal man, not a flaming queen. I used to sneak into the family room and stay up late to watch the show, almost religiously. It was the first knowledge I had of homosexuality and gave me a way to define myself. Unfortunately the television station gave in to pressure from the censors and the character in the show turned straight. I was starting to feel really different at that time because I was beginning to understand that I was attracted to boys. Unfortunately for me so did the other boys at school. They knew instinctively what I couldn’t even begin to admit to myself. As they started to call me faggot, I started to withdraw. This generated many long and frustrating arguments with my father. The general form of these arguments was “I want to get out of here. I hate this place.” My fathers response, “ Why? Because some kids were picking on you. Maybe you should try and be more like them.” This always registered as it was my fault that the kids were making me miserable and my father felt they were right. I always wanted to be able to talk to my father but he would say things like “I don’t approve of faggots, they’re not right.” For someone starting to understand what being gay was and the term faggot meant this was an extremely uncomfortable situation. I then started to close off my feelings towards my family and found comfort in candy bars.&lt;br /&gt;         Soon the eighties came along and so did high school. I had stopped talking to most of my friends and felt like a stranger in my family. I was constantly trying to keep this monstrous secret from them and myself. I gained a large amount of weight and began to hate myself. I tried talking to my mother about it but she was unwilling to discuss anything with me as far as sex went. During my high school years my self hate and confusion about my sexuality grew. I knew deep down that I was gay, but was unwilling or unable to admit it to myself. I was dating girls but had no desire to be with them yet constantly heard all my peers talking about their sexual conquests. I desperately wanted someone I could talk too, but my parents had already voiced or shown their disapproval. I considered speaking with my sister but she seemed to maintain the attitude of my father and constantly degraded people by calling them faggots. I became more and more isolated from my family. I was always on the outside looking in afraid to be a part of them or open myself up to them. I always made it a point to act like the person each of them expected me to be, which seemed to satisfy them, although they all knew something was wrong. As soon as I turned eighteen and graduated from high school I took off and moved to Florida. I basically ran away from the stress, fear and frustration of trying to be someone that I wasn’t. I stopped telling my family what was going on in my life, and they couldn’t understand why. I knew why. There was no longer any doubt in my mind that I was gay. I started going to gay bars and discovered alcohol, and it’s effects on me. I finally became the person I wanted to be, I was free and the more I drank the freer I became. I started drinking very heavily because it was the only way I could forget the fear of who I was and it became my new out. I no longer turned to chocolate for comfort, now I turned to alcohol. I was still arguing with my family only now the arguments were about why I was so distant and couldn’t talk to them. Through an accident of fate I ended up coming out quickly and shockingly to my family. When this took place I was absolutely dumbfounded. Up until that point my family had acted and stated that they would disown me if I were gay. When I told my parents they responded by saying that they loved me and I would always be a part of the family, but they would never understand or except my being gay. I realized that things were going to have to continue in the same way as before the only difference was now we were all sure that I was gay. I learned to switch pronouns and descriptions of places and even learned the fine art of omission, but as I was getting older I found myself needing to be honest with the world and myself.  The constant lying was driving me into severe depressions because I communicating with my family was next to impossible. There was a small glimmer of an opening for communicating with my family, however, my mother started asking me questions and asking for the honest answers.  I began discussing my life openly and honestly with my family after a few years. During this period my father swore that no other gay person would enter his house, but he met several of my friends and even a few of my boyfriends and liked them as people. Eventually we all started to get along again and become close. My family who swore they wouldn’t accept my being gay has learned to either accept it or live with it. So it surprised me when a year ago my father sided with my Uncle kicking me out of his house for being gay. My father told me that if “You’re going to live that kind of life you have to expect things like that.”   I was incensed about this remark at first, but then realized that my father was just trying to prepare me for other equally painful experiences as a gay man. I managed to overcome my feelings of inadequacy and fear to become who I am today, but there are still times and situations even with my family that I still feel isolated.&lt;br /&gt;         This kind of isolation between gay people and their families is very common, but with time it can be overcome. The reason for this isolation is the inability to communicate with each other. The heterosexual family members cannot understand the reason that a gay family member is gay. The gay family member feels like they have to hide and keep their life a secret so that they can fit in or let the straight members of the family feel comfortable around them. Often during this process gay people sacrifice themselves for the greater good of the family, they go around keeping secrets and avoiding discussions about anything but the basics of how are you and the weather. &lt;br /&gt;         But I am one of the lucky ones I have once again become a central figure in my family.   I spent many years blaming myself and being blamed by my family for being different, but as I get older I am becoming more and more comfortable with my own identity. I stopped editing out my life and decided to put it out in the open for all to see. This was taking a big chance as I was once again risking complete isolation. I started discussing what being gay was for me. There are however points of contact with the heterosexual world that I and other gay people still have to be careful about. &lt;br /&gt;          Most gay people go through life hiding and fearing what will happen if they come out. Many have been kicked out of their homes and cut off from their families. Gay people have lost jobs and health benefits. The point at which the gay and straight worlds cross is undefined and hazardous. My life is an example of how two worlds can collide. The word gay is now commonly used as a derogatory term for anything that is bad or out of the ordinary. I take exception to the usage of the word gay in this way. Because of the lack of literature and information that still exists, even today, many kids are still going through the process of growing up feeling isolated and removed from family, friends and the general community. Times are changing however, bookstores now carry popular gay magazines, movies include gay characters that are portrayed as normal everyday people, and Television includes programming that portrays different types of gay people. These advances in closing the gap between the gay and straight communities are making it easier for a new generation of gays, who will grow up without having to feel the isolated from the rest of the world. However there is still a long way to go before these two worlds meet on an equal footing. When the language and ideas between the heterosexual world and the homosexual world meet and merge as one.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;copyright 9-18-2000&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/7510320586972452939-4388649590012901917?l=wackywriting.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://wackywriting.blogspot.com/feeds/4388649590012901917/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://www.blogger.com/comment.g?blogID=7510320586972452939&amp;postID=4388649590012901917' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/7510320586972452939/posts/default/4388649590012901917'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/7510320586972452939/posts/default/4388649590012901917'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://wackywriting.blogspot.com/2008/01/autoethnography.html' title='Autoethnography'/><author><name>Wacky Writing</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/16429046367632003472</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='http://img2.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-7510320586972452939.post-4094803632612221442</id><published>2008-01-21T18:06:00.000-05:00</published><updated>2008-01-21T18:23:22.560-05:00</updated><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='Formal Writing'/><title type='text'>The Growth of Knowledge</title><content type='html'>The Growth of Knowledge&lt;br /&gt;         Education has been growing and evolving since humanity first discovered fire. Initially education was given through directly showing the student how to accomplish a certain task, such as lighting the fire. Education evolved to stories of morality that are now considered the mythology of the past. Eventually education became styled in a dichotomy in which teachers have knowledge and students are receptacles for that knowledge. The dichotomy of teacher and student follows a dichotomy of power in which those with education control those without education.  This dichotomy is where education presently exits, but it is starting to evolve again.&lt;br /&gt;         Education is evolving into a free form style of learning, called “problem-posing”(354), where the student is given problems and required to reason those problems to conclusion. The teacher is still required to assist in the process of reasoning, but no longer just imparts information to the students. The dichotomy is changing to one of equal exchange between students and teachers. The new relationship of the teachers to the students is supposed to eliminate the dichotomy of the classroom and create an open experience in learning that will encourage the students to receive information from all sources in a more critical and analytical way. This more analytical style of information processing would allow those who have been educated through the “problem-posing”(354) style to gain control of their lives and avoid oppression and governmental control. However, neither “problem-posing”(354) education nor the present day dichotomy of the “Banking Concept”(349), in which teachers just deposit information into their students, will work to overcome or generate a new power structure of equality, unless they are used in conjunction with each other.  &lt;br /&gt;         Paulo Freire, a professor of educational philosophy at the Catholic University of Sao Paulo and author, in his essay “The “Banking” Concept of Education” states “The capability of banking education to minimize or annul the students’ creative power and to stimulate their credulity serves the interests of the oppressors, who care neither to have the world revealed nor to see it transformed”(350). Freire has presented a case in which a teacher depositing information into a student only serves to subjugate them to the power structure that wishes to remain in power. The teacher has been taught to follow a specific set of guidelines and then that teacher passes those guidelines on to his/her students. The students inability to analyze or think critically about the information that is being imparted keeps them in a stasis that benefits and perpetuates a specific way of living and doing, that allows the power structure to stay intact. &lt;br /&gt;         Freire brings to light a new educational style, which he believes will allow those who are being subjugated to overcome the control of the power structure through critical thinking. “Indeed, problem-posing education, which breaks with the vertical patterns characteristic of banking education, can fulfill its function as the practice of freedom only if it can overcome the above contradiction”(354). Problem-posing education is able to break free of the conventions of education in which students sit in a classroom being dictated to by the teacher. The students are now given problems and asked to create solutions. This breaks the pattern of the banking education, since the students are no longer being told what the right or wrong answer is. Problem-posing education does not have a system of right or wrong, as the answers that solve the problem, however diverse are all right and all wrong at the same time. Problem-posing education also alters the dichotomy of the classroom. The teacher is no longer the source of information and the students are no longer the receptacles of that information. The teacher becomes a student and the students become teachers of each other sharing in an equal exchange of information. This eliminates the power structure of the classroom, which is traditionally modeled on the power structure of society. Once the power structure is eliminated the teachers and students involved in the open exchange education are able to look at the power structure from outside its boundaries and overcome it.&lt;br /&gt;         Freire’s belief that “Those truly committed to liberation must reject the banking concept in its entirety, adopting instead a concept of women and men as conscious beings, and consciousness as consciousness intent upon the world”(354) is wrong. Although the banking concept of education is incomplete in generating critical and analytical thinking skills, problem-posing education is equally incomplete in generating knowledge of basic skills. Problem-posing education lacks the essential basics that teachers usually bank into their students such as algebraic equations or basic sentence structure. Without the basic skills being banked into a student they will not be able to solve a problem, because they won’t know the methods of attaining the solution. If a student is given the problem of solving a national food shortage they must know the means scientific means of agriculture, the math involved in order to figure out how much food needs to be grown, they must also have basic grammar skills in order to read and understand the problem itself. Students who do not have simple basic skills that are banked into them will find themselves floating in anarchy. The students will be unable to approach the problem because they will not have gained the necessary information to solve it. This lack of basic information, causing anarchy will only serve to strengthen the power structure’s control over society. But the reverse is also true if a teacher just banks information into the students, then they are not given the skills necessary to analyze critically the information imparted to them. This also feeds the power structure’s desire to maintain control, as the educational system becomes a perpetuating machine designed to produce teachers and students that just pass on the same facts and figures without ever truly analyzing them. The educational system will only consist of automatons that are unable or unwilling to act against the establishment, which maintains a rigid control over society. Therefore banking and problem-posing education work against the society when they are separate, but if they are combined they will allow society to reform itself.&lt;br /&gt;         If banking education creates automatons and problem-posing education creates anarchy when used separately, then when they are combined they can generate humanity. If students are taught the basic principles of specific disciplines then they will have the knowledge they need to apply it in situations. In other words because a teacher banks the ability to read into a student they can look at a newspaper and see what is happening in the world. Because a teacher has posed a problem for a student about a law that might be passed, the student being able to read, is able to look for all the information about that law. The student is then able to study and think critically about what the law might do or not do. The student is then able to make a decision about whether or not to vote for that law. Students who have basic skills and are then taught to think critically and analyze information will have more influence to change the power structure, than those lost in anarchy or formed as automatons. The student who is a recipient of the combined banking-problem-posing education will look at the power structure and how it is made up using the basic skills from banking, then figure out how to overcome it or change it using the advanced skills of problem-posing education. The power structure can then be changed through its own rules, freeing the people from its control.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Work Cited&lt;br /&gt;Freire, Paulo. “The “Banking” Concept of Education”. Ways of Reading: An Anthology for Writers. 5th ed. Ed. David Bartholomae and Anthony Petrosky. New York: Bedford/St. Martins, 1999. 348-359.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;copyright 12-04-2000&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/7510320586972452939-4094803632612221442?l=wackywriting.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://wackywriting.blogspot.com/feeds/4094803632612221442/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://www.blogger.com/comment.g?blogID=7510320586972452939&amp;postID=4094803632612221442' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/7510320586972452939/posts/default/4094803632612221442'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/7510320586972452939/posts/default/4094803632612221442'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://wackywriting.blogspot.com/2008/01/growth-of-knowledge.html' title='The Growth of Knowledge'/><author><name>Wacky Writing</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/16429046367632003472</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='http://img2.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-7510320586972452939.post-223558250603861353</id><published>2008-01-21T18:03:00.001-05:00</published><updated>2008-01-21T18:22:28.714-05:00</updated><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='Formal Writing'/><title type='text'>Two Boxes</title><content type='html'>Two Boxes&lt;br /&gt;         Most households in the United States contain a box; sometimes several of these boxes exist in a single home. The box emits vivid color images and lifelike sounds. What is this box? It is the television. Television may seem like an innocuous way to relieve the pressures of everyday life for many people, but it is used by an establishment to assert a form of control over the mass population. How can television be used to exercise control? Through the images broadcast by the establishment, that influences people’s ideas on politics, morality, legal issues and values. Each day as millions of people turn on their television sets, they are bombarded by news briefs, commercials and shows. News briefs flash bits and pieces of world happenings, crimes and political campaigns. Commercials tell us what products to buy and where to buy them; political groups to get their message across also use them. Television shows consist of many varieties, but an abundance of them feature middle class people living in luxurious or comfortable surroundings, and consist of the characters making decisions about life, abortion, friendship, family, trust, honesty, and the ambiguity of sexuality. As people tune in to watch their favorite shows they focus on the action taking place, not on the fact that a writer wrote his script with his views, or a director created scenes that focus on his views of the writers views in the script. The hierarchy of the studios at which they are filmed as well as through government censorship also influences television programming. Examining television is a twofold process.&lt;br /&gt;         What is the twofold process and how can you examine it? First you have to examine the image that comes through the screen, how it is filmed through camera angles, lighting, setting, and dialogue. Second you would have to look at the way in which the hierarchy of the studios and government via censorship uses television as a whole, through its existence. One way to examine television by its images would be through John Berger, an art historian and a Marxist art critic, who introduces the concept of control through images in his essay “Ways of Seeing”. Berger expresses concern over how art is being used by an established hierarchy to control the view of art that people have. Another way to examine television would be through the eyes of Michel Foucault, a philosopher, intellectual and President of the College de France, via his essay “Panopticism”. Foucault describes the panopticon as a circular building with separated cells that have large glass windows centered on a tower from which a member of the hierarchy can view those who are enclosed in the cells. He speculates that the member or members of the hierarchy do not have to be in the tower actually watching, but through the possibility that they are in the tower, those who are in the cells will self regulate their behavior. Many people regulate the way they live their lives by the images they see on TV and by the idea that they may one day appear on television for the wrong reasons.&lt;br /&gt;          “Every time we look at an [image], we are aware, however slightly, of the photographer selecting that sight from an infinity of other possible sights”(107). Berger is stating how we are aware of the fact that other versions of or angles of an image may present a different picture, and therefore change the view and perspective that the image might represent and the influence of that image. But we are still only influenced by the image that is presented rather than considering other options of what that image may mean. A good example of how television imagery is used for power would be the commercials for the presidential election. Images of George Bush jr. and Al Gore are flashed across the screen usually showing them in a school or with senior citizens. The voice-over tells you what they have done for the community and usually states how the opposing candidate would not support good policies for improving education or senior programs. Neither of the commercials for either candidate truly express what their past voting records are, nor do they show them in their true environment of the offices they work in while holding their present positions. The director and cameramen that create the commercials influence voters to vote for their favorite candidate and his policies by showing the candidates in the best light. What most people forget is that the policies are not only the candidates, but also the candidates partys policies and those parties are vying for control of our government. The candidate that is better looking and appears more sincere in the commercials tends to win the office in spite of what the full and true agenda of their party is. The people of the United States seem to be satisfied with this way of looking at major issues. Most people do not investigate the records of candidates for office, they assume that the people creating the commercials are the experts. Those experts however are being coerced by the power structure of studio heads who supply the directors, cameramen, and editors who create the commercial. They in turn are told what to film and how to film it, and then how to edit the clip by members of the candidates party. The members of the candidates party are told how everything should be laid out by the candidate and the controlling hierarchy of the party. Each of the members involved uses their personal judgment to create an image that best fits the candidate and hopefully gets him elected to office. However there is one problem involved in this process, each member of it is both a creator and a receiver of the rhetoric that they create and none of them investigate the facts behind the candidate fully before offering their support. Berger argues this circular form of control by his statement “By refusing to enter a conspiracy, one remains innocent of that conspiracy. But to remain innocent may also be to remain ignorant”(125). What Berger is saying is that by not fully investigating the candidates voting record on issues, and checking to see what the party role has traditionally been then the people involved remain innocent. They are not a part of the party agenda, which might be completely different from the platform they are pledging to uphold. They are thereby ignorant of the consequences of their actions and are by virtue of doing nothing, part of the conspiracy of control that the media exerts over the United States. The same control that is exerted by the view from television is exerted by television as a whole.&lt;br /&gt;         The power that television as a whole exerts is based in the structure of its hierarchy. The breakdown of this hierarchy is simple: Board of Directors, Network Executive, Producer, Director, Writer, Editor, Government Censor, and television viewer. Each acts as a mechanism in the television industry deciding what the public will and won’t see broadcast into their living rooms each day. Each member of this mechanism acts within its own group and the other areas of the hierarchy to create television programming. The Panopticon as described by Foucault “is the diagram of a mechanism of power reduced to its ideal form; its functioning, abstracted from any obstacle, resistance, or friction, must be represented as a pure architectural and optical system: it is in fact a figure of political technology that may and must be detached from any specific use”(325). Most people don’t realize the amount of influence that the television has over them and how they live their lives which allows television to act as a detached mechanism from the people who are controlled by it. The boards of directors of television networks look only for the best possible way to make money from the industry and maintain their power financially. The network executive looks to meet the needs of the board of directors so that he can keep his job and control those under him. The producer attempts to create shows that will fit in with the desire of the public wants and the networks' values, so that he can keep his place in the hierarchy. The director creates scenes and backdrops and decides how the message of the show will be shown through camera angles, lighting, etc. so that he may keep his prestige (of working on a top rated show) by meeting the criteria of the public, the producer, the network executive and the board of directors. The writer is told by the director and producer what the show is to be about and then creates a story that meets the criteria as he sees it, for the director to put together as he sees it in order to earn his paycheck and possible prestige from winning awards. The editor then takes the filmed version and cuts it together so that camera angles show exactly what the director and producer, etc. wish to show to the public so that he may earn his salary and possible prestige by winning awards. The show is then shown to the Censor who decides absolutely if all the scenes and the way they are shown are within the guidelines of what the government thinks should be shown to the public. The public then gets to view the show. This is the formula that opens television up as a panopticon. The people viewing the shows see different information, on how lives are lived through these shows and they base their way of living from the shows policing themselves from doing anything that might go out of the norm that they see on TV. For instance a person watches the show COPS which is a reality based show. The episode they see shows the officers arresting someone for using marijuana. The director calls for a close up of the officer putting handcuffs on the perpetrator of the crime. The person at home decides not to smoke pot, because he/she could end up on the show cops being handcuffed and their neighbors might see them. They would have broken the norm established by family shows like Leave it to Beaver that established the perfect family scenario in the nineteen fifties and is still a measuring stick for contemporary society. They therefore don’t smoke pot to avoid getting arrested and being embarrassed in public by the television.&lt;br /&gt;Our society is one not of spectacle, but of surveillance; under the surface of images, one invests bodies in depth; behind the great abstraction of exchange, there continues the meticulous, concrete training of useful forces; the circuits of communication are the supports of an accumulation and a centralization of knowledge; the play of signs defines the anchorages of power; it is not that the beautiful totality of the individual is amputated, repressed, altered by our social order, it is rather that the individual is carefully fabricated in it, according to a whole technique of forces and bodies.(Foucault 333-334)&lt;br /&gt;Foucault is blatantly pointing out that we as a society do not live spectacular lives, instead we observe the images that surround us. We then attach meaning to those images based on what we have learned from previous images that we have seen and societal values which are reflected in those images propagating a circle of control. The knowledge that exists is accumulated, centralized and then regurgitated back to the people establishing the hierarchy in its place of power. This does not totally eliminate individuality, people will still occasionally attempt to act outside of the social norms, however most of the individuality that is expressed is a part of the social norms. Going back to our example of the drug user on COPS he attempted to act outside of the norms but he was acting within the norms of others that use drugs and find themselves getting arrested. In a society where the majority of people expect that drug use will be punished that person has acted with in the norms. He is perpetuating the power structure of society and the power structure of the television industry by using the drugs, getting caught and generating high television ratings, while sending the message to the public not to do this or you will be in this situation too, causing the majority of people to stop themselves from smoking pot. This circular viewing of images and adding meaning as knowledge then forms the panoptic gaze, which is generated from within an individuals conscious in contemporary society. &lt;br /&gt;         Contemporary society perpetuates a hierarchical power structure in television by taking the images shown on the screen as factual, instead of generated in a specific way to achieve a specific message. As people are inundated more and more each day with media imagery, they are looking more at the surface of the image than the full message enclosed within it. The less people analyze the images for the truth the more innocuous they will become allowing the power structure to dictate every aspect of their lives from how they comb their hair to how they raise their children. We must look for the deeper truth hidden inside the messages on the television screen so that we as a people do not give up our knowledge to the hierarchical power structure.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Works Cited&lt;br /&gt;Berger, John. “Ways of Seeing.” Ways of Reading An Anthology for Writers.5thed. &lt;br /&gt;         Comp. David Bartholomae and Anthony Petrosky. Boston: Bedford/St. Martin’s, &lt;br /&gt;         1999. 105-132.&lt;br /&gt;Foucault, Michel. “Panopticism” Ways of Reading An Anthology for Writers.5th ed.&lt;br /&gt;          Comp. David Bartholomae and Anthony Petrosky. Boston: Bedford/St. Martin’s, &lt;br /&gt;         1999. 314-342.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;copyright 10-18-2000&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/7510320586972452939-223558250603861353?l=wackywriting.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://wackywriting.blogspot.com/feeds/223558250603861353/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://www.blogger.com/comment.g?blogID=7510320586972452939&amp;postID=223558250603861353' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/7510320586972452939/posts/default/223558250603861353'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/7510320586972452939/posts/default/223558250603861353'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://wackywriting.blogspot.com/2008/01/two-boxes_21.html' title='Two Boxes'/><author><name>Wacky Writing</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/16429046367632003472</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='http://img2.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-7510320586972452939.post-7368320279747286990</id><published>2008-01-21T17:57:00.000-05:00</published><updated>2008-01-21T18:21:10.742-05:00</updated><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='Formal Writing'/><title type='text'>Subliminal Messages</title><content type='html'>Subliminal Messages&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;         Many different lessons are outlined by the curriculum in schools, but often times the lesson that is taught or learned never appears within the curriculum. The core curriculum of most schools consists of reading comprehension, mathematics, science, history and physical education, as well as a host of other disciplines from government to home economics. This core curriculum seems to be oriented towards all students and teacher, but often times without intention the curriculums in schools are biased. Bias can be generated from the types of texts chosen, to the expectations and backgrounds of the students and faculty using them. Although not intentionally expressed, biases are sent out in a subliminal messaging that privileges a particular type of student over another. Subliminal messages are presented through linguistics and imagery that is being used inside of today’s multi-cultural classroom.&lt;br /&gt;         In order to express the way in which these subliminal messages are communicated we must examine classroom operations. The typical classroom places the teacher in front of neatly lined rows of students, a percentage of whom are white, black, Hispanic or of other cultural decent, and comprising at least a fifty-fifty split of females and males. The teacher is at the front of this classroom because he/she has spent many years studying the subject. They have read countless documents and studied volumes of analysis on the subject. The teacher also forms his/her own opinions and ideas about the subject and what is most important to teach his/her own students from the research. Having completed this analysis the teacher then prepares to present the subject to the class, much like a documentary which extracts the important facts of a person, place or object for presentation to a specified group of recipients. If the information that a teacher prepares is in fact a documentary, then the teacher becomes a documentarian. However, we must define what a documentary is to understand the process by which a subliminal message may accidentally be placed in a lesson.  Robert Coles, a psychologist and documentarian, in his essay “The Tradition: Fact and Fiction” states:&lt;br /&gt; “All documentation, however, is put together by a particular mind whose capacities, interests, values, conjectures, suppositions and presuppositions, whose memories, and, not least, whose talents will come to bear directly or indirectly on what is, finally presented to the world in the form of words, pictures, or even music or artifacts of one kind or another”(177). &lt;br /&gt;This being the case as Coles states it, teachers put together lessons based on the curriculum influencing those lessons by their own personal interests and experiences. He/she then presents their specific idea of what the lesson is or should be about, based strictly upon his/her interpretation of the research and materials. This is the point at which the subliminal messages start functioning due to a differentiation in the experiences of the teacher and the students. &lt;br /&gt;         The teacher may come from a white upper middle class upbringing, but his/her students may come from many different classes or cultural backgrounds. The teacher may then end up imparting the lessons and values of a specific class or upbringing in the lessons with which he/she identifies. The students, however, don’t receive the lesson that is being taught, instead they may feel they are being ignored, marginalized. These feelings of marginalization lead to teaching the student that they are of less significance than the white upper middle class person to whom the lesson holds a more significant meaning. The opposite may also hold true, a student who feels marginalized might also be inspired to go out and do their own research to refute the claims of the lesson, or to find similar lessons within their own culture that can be applied in the same way as the lesson of the teacher. In this case the subliminal message can have either effect upon the student although it is more likely that the marginalized student will end up feeling removed from the lesson taught. The marginalization of students could result in other forms of subliminal messages that the teacher may communicate through their actions as well as their lessons.&lt;br /&gt;         Most teachers when interacting with their students feel that they are treating all the students equally, however, studies have shown that most teachers, whether female or male, of cultural decent or race tend to focus their attention on white middle class male students. When standing in front of the class calling on students, many teachers tend to call on white males almost three to one for answering questions. The educator more often than not is unaware of this peculiarity in their behavior. A subliminal message is being passed on through these actions, however, that empowers an established white male hierarchy and disempowers the female and cultural student. However the male ethnic student is called on in class more often than female students. The female student is being relegated to a quiet corner in which she is supposed to study silently and avoid showing her intelligence, the same way she is taught to avoid eating in public, as was common in the Victorian era. Susan Bordo illustrates this in her essay “Hunger as Ideology” in which she discusses the way women’s appetites are sublimated by advertising the same way women are sublimated in the classroom by an unconscious favoritism. “As gender ideology, the ads I have been discussing are not distinctively contemporary but continue a well-worn representational tradition, arguably inaugurated in the Victorian era, in which the depiction of women eating, particularly in sensuous surrender to rich, exciting food, is taboo”(148). Bordo is saying that the advertisements for food are telling women to avoid eating to their fill or they will be seen as gluttonous, masculine, unnatural and as a threat to the masculinity of men, who will no longer be attracted to them if they act in a masculine manner, a tenant that was established in Victorian times, but continues into the twenty-first century. This same tenant applies to the education of women. In Victorian times women were allowed to be educated provided that they did not act more intelligent than their male counterparts. Females in the Victorian era were often only educated enough to run a household rather than given the full education that was offered to males at that time. The need for women to hide their intelligence from men has carried over into the twenty-first century. A woman today who is given the same education as a man finds herself still subjected to the same value judgments of the Victorian era, that of being masculine, gluttonous and a threat to men’s masculinity. Teachers tend to overlook their female students subconsciously in order to cater to the male student, who has always played a more important role in the educational environment, as they are expected to go to work and support a family in their future. The female student ends up feeling left out of the classroom participation experience and as if she is being given an inferior education, even though she is offered an equal educational opportunity. &lt;br /&gt;         Given this equal educational opportunity, some female students may also perceive themselves as more intelligent than the male students, who require more of the teachers’ time and attention. The teacher may also have this perception of his/her female students. The extra attention given to male students may make them feel inadequate to their female counterparts as they may feel they are being picked on by the teacher rather than elevating them to a higher standing in the classroom. In either case the students are receiving a far different message than the one the teacher intends to give them in their classroom achievements. &lt;br /&gt;         Teachers impart lessons through the imagery of actions and texts, but not all of those lessons are visible or outlined in the curriculum. A teacher may privilege one student or type of student over another based simply on the type of text used and his/her interpretation of the material or the interactions between the teacher and the students. Students subliminally receive messages from the teachers’ actions and interpretations of information, which may actually make them feel inferior or marginalized. This can be avoided by the teacher in the new multi-cultural world by incorporating texts that cover multiple view points and teaching themselves to acknowledge all students by keeping track of the number of times they call upon a student in the class.  It is important in the multi-cultural classroom to alter the curriculum so that the lessons being taught are the ones required by the curriculum instead of the subliminal messages of the curriculum.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Works Cited&lt;br /&gt;Bordo, Susan. “Hunger as Ideology.” Ways of Reading An Anthology for Writers. 5th ed. &lt;br /&gt;         Comp. David Bartholomae and Anthony Petrosky. Boston: Bedford/St. Martin’s, &lt;br /&gt;          1999. 138-174.&lt;br /&gt;Coles, Robert. “The Tradition: Fact and Fiction” Ways of Reading An Anthology for &lt;br /&gt;         Writers.5th ed. Comp. David Bartholomae and Anthony Petrosky. Boston: &lt;br /&gt;         Bedford/St. Martin’s, 1999. 175-221.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;copyright 11-16-2000&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/7510320586972452939-7368320279747286990?l=wackywriting.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://wackywriting.blogspot.com/feeds/7368320279747286990/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://www.blogger.com/comment.g?blogID=7510320586972452939&amp;postID=7368320279747286990' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/7510320586972452939/posts/default/7368320279747286990'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/7510320586972452939/posts/default/7368320279747286990'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://wackywriting.blogspot.com/2008/01/subliminal-messages.html' title='Subliminal Messages'/><author><name>Wacky Writing</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/16429046367632003472</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='http://img2.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-7510320586972452939.post-5717966868904781470</id><published>2008-01-19T14:22:00.000-05:00</published><updated>2008-01-19T14:35:43.273-05:00</updated><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='Political'/><title type='text'>Rants and Raves</title><content type='html'>&lt;span style="font-size:130%;"&gt;US gets first black lesbian mayor&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Gay political activists in the US praised Ms Simmons' selection by her fellow city councillors.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;a href="http://www.pinknews.co.uk/clicks/click.php?id=32" target="_blank"&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The city of Cambridge, Massachusetts, has made history after the city council chose Denise Simmons to serve as the first black lesbian mayor in America. The city's more famous namesake in England made history last year when its councillors chose a woman who had transitioned sex as mayor.Gay political activists in the US praised Ms Simmons' selection by her fellow city councillors. Her predecessor, Ken Reeves, was also gay and black. The Gay and Lesbian Victory Fund, which campaigns to increase the number of LGBT elected officials, said: "We are enormously proud of Mayor Simmons. "Like Mayor Ken Reeves before her, she is among our community's trailblazers. Today is a day to celebrate another broken glass ceiling."Ms Simmons has served on the city council since 2001. Cambridge, population 101,000, is the home of two of the best educational institutions in America, Harvard University and the Massachusetts Institute of Technology. It is on the outskirts of Boston.Massachusetts is the only US state with legal gay marriage. "It feels really great," Ms Simmons told the Cambridge Chronicle. "When I first came to the School Committee, one of the things I always said was that I wanted to be mayor."&lt;br /&gt;Article from:     &lt;a href="http://www.pinknews.co.uk/"&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;a href="http://www.pinknews.co.uk/"&gt;http://www.pinknews.co.uk/&lt;/a&gt;          17th January 2008 11:45 Tony Grew&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;a href="http://www.pinknews.co.uk/"&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;This is a great accomplishment and one that has been long in coming. I applaud Ms. Simmons and wish her all the best. Now if only she were Jewish and had Asian, and Muslim grandparents she'd be the perfect candidate for President of the U.S. However in lieu of her we currently have the Obama, Hillary connection and if the Democrats actually want to use their heads they will make that the Democratic ticket for the election. Hillary has eight years of experience as President of the U.S. so she could be President with Obama as a strong and influential Vice President. However I'm sure that our nation will follow it's previous historical patterns and put Obama as President (good choice as he seems to actually want to improve the nation) and Hillary as Vice President. My only fear is that the Dems, will actually find a way to make either or both candidates seem as weak as possible and allow Huckabee or some other unrealistic republican who's never actually read the Constitution into the office.&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/7510320586972452939-5717966868904781470?l=wackywriting.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://wackywriting.blogspot.com/feeds/5717966868904781470/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://www.blogger.com/comment.g?blogID=7510320586972452939&amp;postID=5717966868904781470' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/7510320586972452939/posts/default/5717966868904781470'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/7510320586972452939/posts/default/5717966868904781470'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://wackywriting.blogspot.com/2008/01/rants-and-raves_2887.html' title='Rants and Raves'/><author><name>Wacky Writing</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/16429046367632003472</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='http://img2.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-7510320586972452939.post-9122388520232540861</id><published>2008-01-19T14:01:00.000-05:00</published><updated>2008-01-19T14:15:04.880-05:00</updated><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='Personal Opinion'/><title type='text'>Rants and Raves</title><content type='html'>Raves for the day. First I'd like to compliment Perez Hiltion on his site. It is entertaining and fun. Perez reports his gossip with humor and sarcasm in a way that allows the reader to interpret what he says in their own way based on their love or hate for the blogger. I always find it amusing to view the reader comments as they get so heated and ridiculous about the things Perez says, if you are taking it seriously then folks you need to get a new view on the world, as most of what Perez says is designed to illicit the reactions and that is what makes his site entertainment.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Second Rave of the day. I support the Writers Guild members in their strike and do hope it ends soon as it is never good for people to be on strike for extended periods of time. The Writers Guild, SAG, and the Directors Union all deserve raves for supporting each other and acting in solidarity with each other. It is great to see a union or unions actually stand behind and support their members (mini rant) instead of soaking them for money and then hanging them out to dry by not standing against the management. The Writers are fighting to be paid appropriately for their work, which is only proper they wrote it, they should be paid for it. I applaud the many people who have been on strike and supported it, as well as those who have done what they felt they had to, to prevent their staffs from losing their jobs. It's a hard line to walk but you have all done it with grace and style.&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/7510320586972452939-9122388520232540861?l=wackywriting.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://wackywriting.blogspot.com/feeds/9122388520232540861/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://www.blogger.com/comment.g?blogID=7510320586972452939&amp;postID=9122388520232540861' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/7510320586972452939/posts/default/9122388520232540861'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/7510320586972452939/posts/default/9122388520232540861'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://wackywriting.blogspot.com/2008/01/rants-and-raves_19.html' title='Rants and Raves'/><author><name>Wacky Writing</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/16429046367632003472</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='http://img2.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-7510320586972452939.post-2607846131974761093</id><published>2008-01-12T17:19:00.000-05:00</published><updated>2008-01-12T17:27:35.141-05:00</updated><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='Political'/><title type='text'>Rants and Raves</title><content type='html'>Okay this is a new category where I will put my thoughts on the universe. My first thought it what is up with the political process in the U.S. It seems that we are forgetting a few things, starting with it is a government for the people, of the people and by the people. Why are they doing whatever they want and saying that Americans want it when it is quite obvious we don't? For example I wonder how many people know that it is more expensive for an American company to ship their products out of the country than it is for other countries to ship their products in. Then of course with that you've got CEO'S telling us that it is necessary to outsource our jobs. Necessary to whom? Them, the ones who are already earning six figures a year and complaining that they need to make more money because the company's profits are down. Yeah they are down about the same amount as your last three raises, when did your workers last see some extra in their paychecks? They didn't you laid them off. Here's my thought on this, the people of the United States are the biggest spenders in the world, so how about making sure that they have lots of money and security in their jobs and I guarantee that the people will come through and buy the products if they need it or not, but they aren't going to if their income is continually at risk. Well I'm done ranting for now maybe later I'll have something to Rave about.&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/7510320586972452939-2607846131974761093?l=wackywriting.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://wackywriting.blogspot.com/feeds/2607846131974761093/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://www.blogger.com/comment.g?blogID=7510320586972452939&amp;postID=2607846131974761093' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/7510320586972452939/posts/default/2607846131974761093'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/7510320586972452939/posts/default/2607846131974761093'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://wackywriting.blogspot.com/2008/01/rants-and-raves.html' title='Rants and Raves'/><author><name>Wacky Writing</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/16429046367632003472</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='http://img2.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-7510320586972452939.post-5725443400252325982</id><published>2008-01-05T12:20:00.001-05:00</published><updated>2008-01-27T23:31:43.763-05:00</updated><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='Screenplay'/><title type='text'>Auntie Bernie's Wedding</title><content type='html'>Dream Cast:&lt;br /&gt;Auntie Bernie: Harvey Fierstein&lt;br /&gt;Uncle Sally: Anthony LaPaglia&lt;br /&gt;Gloria: Valerie Bertinelli&lt;br /&gt;Evan: Kevin Zegers&lt;br /&gt;Felicia: Hugh Jackman&lt;br /&gt;Jean: Julia Stiles&lt;br /&gt;Little Frankie: Joe Pesci&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;AUNTIE BERNIE (V.O.)&lt;br /&gt;                         Wakie, Wakie. Well would you look&lt;br /&gt;                         at this.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;                                                               FADE IN:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;         1     INT.                                                     1&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;               Evan'S BEDROOM. DAY.&lt;br /&gt;               Evan's bedroom is the typical teenager's room with posters on&lt;br /&gt;               the wall, trophies on shelves and the room is a bit&lt;br /&gt;               cluttered, with clothes and books. The scene opens from the&lt;br /&gt;               perspective of Evan waking up to his first sight of the&lt;br /&gt;               morning Auntie Bernie, who is kneeling on the floor, with his&lt;br /&gt;               elbows on the bed and supporting his head in his hands&lt;br /&gt;               smiling.  Auntie Bernie is a man with a beard and a gravelly&lt;br /&gt;               but kind voice who looks like a teddy bear.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;                                   AUNTIE BERNIE&lt;br /&gt;                         It's been so long since a beautiful&lt;br /&gt;                         young man woke up next to me.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;                                   EVAN&lt;br /&gt;                         Auntie Bernie, what are you doing&lt;br /&gt;                         here? &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;               Evan sits up in bed. We still don't see him as he talks to&lt;br /&gt;               Auntie Bernie.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;                                   AUNTIE BERNIE&lt;br /&gt;                         Your mom told me that you've been&lt;br /&gt;                         at loose ends, since you graduated&lt;br /&gt;                         from college. &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;               Auntie Bernie moves to the desk chair to sit down, lifting&lt;br /&gt;               some clothes hanging over the back of the chair up and&lt;br /&gt;               dropping them on the floor as if they were contaminated. &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;                                   AUNTIE BERNIE (CONT'D)&lt;br /&gt;                         You haven't been looking for a job,&lt;br /&gt;                         you're not hanging out with your&lt;br /&gt;                         friends and you haven't been on a&lt;br /&gt;                         date since your last group date in&lt;br /&gt;                         high school. So why don't you come&lt;br /&gt;                         here (patting his lap) and tell&lt;br /&gt;                         Auntie Bernie what's wrong.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;               Evan get's out of bed and walks into frame, he is a young man&lt;br /&gt;               in his early twenties, with brown hair and a face that can&lt;br /&gt;               only be a called pretty, he is well built and wearing a wife&lt;br /&gt;               beater and cut off sweats. He sits on Auntie Bernie's lap&lt;br /&gt;               like a little kid.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;                                   EVAN&lt;br /&gt;                         Nothing's wrong. I'm just taking a&lt;br /&gt;                         break before I have to slave away&lt;br /&gt;                         for the rest of my life. As for&lt;br /&gt;                         dating, I'm just not looking right&lt;br /&gt;                         now, it's not a problem.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;                                   AUNTIE BERNIE&lt;br /&gt;                         Well your break is over I've got a&lt;br /&gt;                         job for you. You see in it's&lt;br /&gt;                         infinite wisdom, the state of New&lt;br /&gt;                         York has finally decided that gay's&lt;br /&gt;                         can marry. So since your Uncle&lt;br /&gt;                         Sally popped the question, and I of&lt;br /&gt;                         course said yes. We are having a&lt;br /&gt;                         wedding, but, I am directing a new&lt;br /&gt;                         show and Sally's busy running the&lt;br /&gt;                         night club. So I need some help&lt;br /&gt;                         putting things together. That my&lt;br /&gt;                         lovely nephew is where you come in.&lt;br /&gt;                         I'm kidnapping you to the city You&lt;br /&gt;                         will help me and your Uncle Sally&lt;br /&gt;                         out, putting things together for&lt;br /&gt;                         the wedding. Any questions?&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;                                   EVAN&lt;br /&gt;                         Nope.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;               Auntie Bernie stands up, unceremoniously dropping Evan to the&lt;br /&gt;               floor and starts to walk to the door, while Evan gets up.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;                                   AUNTIE BERNIE&lt;br /&gt;                         Good, you have five minutes to get&lt;br /&gt;                         dressed, packed and downstairs. &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;                                   EVAN&lt;br /&gt;                         Yes, Sir! Auntie Bernarrrd.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;               Auntie Bernie turns around, glaring at Evan, who is smiling&lt;br /&gt;               beatifically at him. Auntie Bernie takes two slow steps&lt;br /&gt;               towards him.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;                                   AUNTIE BERNIE&lt;br /&gt;                         Exactly who do you think you're&lt;br /&gt;                         talking to young man? &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;               Evan hangs his head in shame, but continues to smile.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;                                   EVAN&lt;br /&gt;                         You, Auntie Bernie.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;               Evan looks up at Auntie Bernie genuinely smiling now, knowing&lt;br /&gt;               that he is going to be forgiven in just a couple of seconds.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;                                   AUNTIE BERNIE&lt;br /&gt;                         Oh, look at that smile. Bubeleh,&lt;br /&gt;                         (squeezing Evan's face between his&lt;br /&gt;                         thumb and fingers) I've never been&lt;br /&gt;                         able to resist that smile. Just&lt;br /&gt;                         don't ever call me that again. Now&lt;br /&gt;                         get ready to go.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;               Evan turns around to walk away get ready and Auntie Bernie&lt;br /&gt;               gives him a whack on the behind then turns and leaves the&lt;br /&gt;               room.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;                                                                CUT TO:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;         2     INT. LIVING ROOM OF EVAN'S HOME. DAY.                    2&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;               Auntie Bernie is standing at the foot of the stairs, looking&lt;br /&gt;               up and then down at his watch. His sister (Gloria), who still&lt;br /&gt;               looks young herself, but is in her forties and is definitely&lt;br /&gt;               comfortable with who she is and how her life has turned out,&lt;br /&gt;               is standing next to him.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;                                   AUNTIE BERNIE&lt;br /&gt;                         That boy of yours needs to learn to&lt;br /&gt;                         tell time. &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;                                   GLORIA&lt;br /&gt;                         Hey, he learned all about getting&lt;br /&gt;                         ready from his favorite Uncle.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;                                   AUNTIE BERNIE&lt;br /&gt;                         You know you're getting as bad as&lt;br /&gt;                         mom with that.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;                                   GLORIA&lt;br /&gt;                         Hey, no need to be insulting. I&lt;br /&gt;                         love you like a sister and you know&lt;br /&gt;                         it.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;                                   AUNTIE BERNIE&lt;br /&gt;                         That's better. Oh finally, here&lt;br /&gt;                         comes Prince Charming.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;                                   GLORIA&lt;br /&gt;                         You better take care of my kid or&lt;br /&gt;                         you'll have to deal with me and if&lt;br /&gt;                         that isn't enough to keep you in&lt;br /&gt;                         line I'll sic mom on you.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;                                   AUNTIE BERNIE&lt;br /&gt;                         Who's getting insulting now? This&lt;br /&gt;                         isn't the first time he's stayed&lt;br /&gt;                         with me and Sal. Not to mention he&lt;br /&gt;                         is twenty-two years old. But don't&lt;br /&gt;                         worry I'll keep him out of trouble.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;               Evan reaches the bottom of the stairs and looks at his mother&lt;br /&gt;               and Uncle verbally sparring with a smile on his face. He is&lt;br /&gt;               dressed in baggy jeans and a T-shirt.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;                                   EVAN&lt;br /&gt;                         Still fighting over me after all&lt;br /&gt;                         these years.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;               Auntie Bernie glares at him.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;                                   AUNTIE BERNIE&lt;br /&gt;                         It took you all this time and&lt;br /&gt;                         that's how you dress. (turning to&lt;br /&gt;                         his sister) What have you done to&lt;br /&gt;                         my nephew? He's dressed like a&lt;br /&gt;                         ...a...&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;                                   GLORIA&lt;br /&gt;                         A young man, who is following the&lt;br /&gt;                         popular culture of his age group.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;               Making a sour face at his sister Bernie turns back to Evan.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;                                   AUNTIE BERNIE&lt;br /&gt;                         The first thing we do when we get&lt;br /&gt;                         to the city is a shopping trip. Oy&lt;br /&gt;                         Vey, dressing like that, have you&lt;br /&gt;                         learned nothing from me all these&lt;br /&gt;                         years?&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;               Evan kisses his mother goodbye and heads for the front door,&lt;br /&gt;               turning back to Bernie.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;                                   EVAN&lt;br /&gt;                         Let's go.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;                                                           DISSOLVE TO:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;               A montage of Bernie and Evan going through different stores,&lt;br /&gt;               for clothes and shoes, bickering back and forth until they&lt;br /&gt;               end up at the hair salon, Evan is sitting in the chair hair&lt;br /&gt;               wet and ready to be cut, while Bernie explains what he wants&lt;br /&gt;               done to the stylist, who looks like Kyan Douglas of Queer Eye&lt;br /&gt;               fame.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;                                   AUNTIE BERNIE&lt;br /&gt;                         I don't want to lose the length of&lt;br /&gt;                         his hair, but it needs to be shaped&lt;br /&gt;                         and have some sort of style to it.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;                                   EVAN&lt;br /&gt;                         Do I get a say in this?&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;                                   AUNTIE BERNIE&lt;br /&gt;                         No!&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;                                   STYLIST&lt;br /&gt;                         No!&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;                                   STYLIST&lt;br /&gt;                         I think I know what you want. I&lt;br /&gt;                         promise his hair will be as&lt;br /&gt;                         beautiful as that face of his. So&lt;br /&gt;                         if you will go sit down and let me&lt;br /&gt;                         get to work?&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;                                   AUNTIE BERNIE&lt;br /&gt;                         But I...&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;                                   STYLIST&lt;br /&gt;                         Go sit! Now!&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;               Auntie Bernie goes and sits in the waiting room. The stylist&lt;br /&gt;               combs Evan's hair straight back and away from his face, and&lt;br /&gt;               caresses his face with the back of his hand. &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;                                   STYLIST (CONT'D)&lt;br /&gt;                         Well gorgeous anything you'd like&lt;br /&gt;                         to do different from your old&lt;br /&gt;                         Auntie's ideas?&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;                                   EVAN&lt;br /&gt;                         No. I've learned that he's usually&lt;br /&gt;                         right about this kind of stuff.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;                                   STYLIST&lt;br /&gt;                         Well let's get going then. Tell me&lt;br /&gt;                         about you, are you dating anyone?&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;               The stylist starts cutting Evan's hair.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;                                   EVAN&lt;br /&gt;                         No, I haven't met anyone that&lt;br /&gt;                         sparks my interest. &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;                                   STYLIST&lt;br /&gt;                         I would think that someone as good&lt;br /&gt;                         looking as you would have people&lt;br /&gt;                         falling all over you.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;                                   EVAN&lt;br /&gt;                         I do that's the problem. I want&lt;br /&gt;                         someone who actually sees beyond&lt;br /&gt;                         the facade and wants more than&lt;br /&gt;                         looks out of a person.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;                                   STYLIST&lt;br /&gt;                         True, but there's nothing wrong&lt;br /&gt;                         with wanting someone good looking.&lt;br /&gt;                         I mean you need to at least be&lt;br /&gt;                         attracted to the person first.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;                                   EVAN&lt;br /&gt;                         I guess so, but it's like Auntie&lt;br /&gt;                         Bernie always says, "you can find&lt;br /&gt;                         yourself getting a very pretty&lt;br /&gt;                         package, but when you unwrap it&lt;br /&gt;                         find nothing more than a big pile&lt;br /&gt;                         of crap." I don't care if the&lt;br /&gt;                         package is pretty, I want the&lt;br /&gt;                         inside to be a diamond. &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;                                   STYLIST&lt;br /&gt;                         Sounds like good advice to me. On&lt;br /&gt;                         the other hand sometimes you just&lt;br /&gt;                         need to meet someone, and I know&lt;br /&gt;                         someone who I could set you up&lt;br /&gt;                         with, if you'd like?&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;                                   EVAN&lt;br /&gt;                         Maybe.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;               The stylist and Evan finish the cut in silence. Evan's hair&lt;br /&gt;               is only a bit shorter than it was but it has a nice finished&lt;br /&gt;               shape and look. The stylist whips off the cape announcing&lt;br /&gt;               that he is finished. Evan stands up out of the chair reveling&lt;br /&gt;               that he is wearing a fitted black T-shirt and beige slacks&lt;br /&gt;               and dress shoes. He now has the look of a metro-sexual. They&lt;br /&gt;               walk to the front of the salon where Auntie Bernie is&lt;br /&gt;               waiting, reading a magazine. Auntie Bernie looks up and&lt;br /&gt;               smiles broadly.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;                                   STYLIST&lt;br /&gt;                         Pretty good, huh?&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;                                   AUNTIE BERNIE&lt;br /&gt;                         Very good. Your worth every penny.&lt;br /&gt;                         Look at my beautiful boy (pinching&lt;br /&gt;                         Evan's cheek). My gorgeous nephew.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;               Evan smiles.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;                                   EVAN&lt;br /&gt;                         Glad you approve. But could you&lt;br /&gt;                         stop pinching my cheek before you&lt;br /&gt;                         take the skin off?&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;               Auntie Bernie lets go of his cheek.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;                                   AUNTIE BERNIE&lt;br /&gt;                         Fresh. Now let's get you home and&lt;br /&gt;                         all settled in.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;                                                               FADE TO:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;               EXT. OUTSIDE OF VILLAGE BROWNSTONE. DAY.&lt;br /&gt;               The outside of a brownstone located in Greenwich village,&lt;br /&gt;               near the Christopher and Bleeker Street area. Bernie and Evan&lt;br /&gt;               are walking up the outer stairs laden with bags, from their&lt;br /&gt;               shopping spree. Bernie turns to Evan and unloads all of his&lt;br /&gt;               bags into Evans arms, to get his keys. &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;               INT. ENTRY HALL/UPSTAIRS BEDROOM. DAY&lt;br /&gt;               They enter into a main hallway, which is very nicely&lt;br /&gt;               decorated and well kept. Bernie heads up the stairs to the&lt;br /&gt;               third floor, with Evan following severely over burdened by&lt;br /&gt;               all of the bags.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;                                   AUNTIE BERNIE&lt;br /&gt;                         ... After all of that running&lt;br /&gt;                         around during the day you'll work&lt;br /&gt;                         with your Uncle at the Nightclub.&lt;br /&gt;                         Well here we are.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;               Bernie flings open a door and there is a very nicely&lt;br /&gt;               appointed bedroom that takes up half of the third floor. Evan&lt;br /&gt;               squeezes by with all of the bags and immediately drops them&lt;br /&gt;               to the floor.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;                                   EVAN&lt;br /&gt;                         Thanks, I appreciate all the help.&lt;br /&gt;                         Why the third floor room?&lt;br /&gt;                         I usually stay in the guest room on&lt;br /&gt;                         the second floor.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;                                   AUNTIE BERNIE&lt;br /&gt;                         Well the work out room is across&lt;br /&gt;                         the hall and you'll have more&lt;br /&gt;                         privacy.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;                                   EVAN&lt;br /&gt;                         What aren't you telling me?&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;                                   AUNTIE BERNIE&lt;br /&gt;                         Nothing. I always tell you&lt;br /&gt;                         everything. You know that.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;                                   EVAN&lt;br /&gt;                         Aunt Bernie?&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;                                   AUNTIE BERNIE&lt;br /&gt;                         Okay your Uncle Sal's niece is here&lt;br /&gt;                         too. She's starting at Columbia in&lt;br /&gt;                         the fall and she wanted to get used&lt;br /&gt;                         to the city before she started.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;                                   EVAN&lt;br /&gt;                         Oh shit! I wish you would've told&lt;br /&gt;                         me. I can't stand her she's a&lt;br /&gt;                         bitch.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;                                   AUNTIE BERNIE&lt;br /&gt;                         She's not that bad. And you two&lt;br /&gt;                         haven't seen each other in a few&lt;br /&gt;                         years. People change, she could be&lt;br /&gt;                         totally different now. &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;                                   EVAN&lt;br /&gt;                         I wouldn't count on it. She's the&lt;br /&gt;                         one who broke my arm the last time&lt;br /&gt;                         we saw each other.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;                                   AUNTIE BERNIE&lt;br /&gt;                         You broke your arm falling out of a&lt;br /&gt;                         tree.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;                                   EVAN&lt;br /&gt;                         Yeah. Cause she pushed me.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;                                   AUNTIE BERNIE&lt;br /&gt;                         Your both adults now. Stop whining&lt;br /&gt;                         about it. I'm sure you'll see each&lt;br /&gt;                         other differently and become&lt;br /&gt;                         friends.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;                                   EVAN&lt;br /&gt;                         If you say so.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;               Just then Jean walks into the room, she is a beautiful young&lt;br /&gt;               woman with long blonde hair tied into a tight and sever pony&lt;br /&gt;               tail. Her general attitude is belligerent and standoffish.&lt;br /&gt;               She seems angry at the world and looks at Evan with an almost&lt;br /&gt;               evil gleam in her eye as if she is immediately thinking of&lt;br /&gt;               ways to torture him. Basically she acts like a major dyke and&lt;br /&gt;               dresses accordingly. She is the exact opposite of Evan's good&lt;br /&gt;               natured, outgoing personality.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;                                   JEAN&lt;br /&gt;                         Well, look who's here. Evan how&lt;br /&gt;                         nice to see you again. I see you've&lt;br /&gt;                         been shopping, did you get lots of&lt;br /&gt;                         new dresses for your coming out&lt;br /&gt;                         party?&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;                                   EVAN&lt;br /&gt;                         Yes, I did. I was planning on&lt;br /&gt;                         inviting you, so I need to know&lt;br /&gt;                         would it be too much trouble for&lt;br /&gt;                         you to rent a tux or is flannel&lt;br /&gt;                         surgically attached to your body?&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;                                   AUNTIE BERNIE&lt;br /&gt;                         You two, how about trying to be&lt;br /&gt;                         civilized with each other for more&lt;br /&gt;                         than three seconds. You might be&lt;br /&gt;                         surprised and find out that you&lt;br /&gt;                         could be friends. Especially if you&lt;br /&gt;                         (turning to Evan) stop acting like&lt;br /&gt;                         a slighted queen and you (turning&lt;br /&gt;                         to Jean) stop acting like a lesbian&lt;br /&gt;                         with a grudge. Now play nice or&lt;br /&gt;                         I'll ground you both until you&lt;br /&gt;                         learn how to.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;                                   EVAN AND JEAN (SIMULTANEOUSLY)&lt;br /&gt;                         Fine!!!!&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;               Jean turns and storms out of the room.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;                                   AUNTIE BERNIE&lt;br /&gt;                         Honestly! The two of you should&lt;br /&gt;                         know better by now. Get ready for&lt;br /&gt;                         work I told your Uncle Sally that&lt;br /&gt;                         you'd be there by four and it's&lt;br /&gt;                         already three thirty.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;               Bernie turns and leaves the room, while Evan starts unloading&lt;br /&gt;               the bags. &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;                                                           JUMP CUT TO:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;               INT. NIGHTCLUB. EVENING&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;               Evan is sitting at a table talking with Uncle Sal, who is&lt;br /&gt;               smoking a cigar. Uncle Sal is a bit heavy set, he is good&lt;br /&gt;               looking and reminds you of a gangster, he's kind of a&lt;br /&gt;               Baldwin. The interior of the club has several small circular&lt;br /&gt;               tables around a stage, with a runway jutting out. The layout&lt;br /&gt;               also has a riser with more tables and two bars one on either&lt;br /&gt;               side of the room.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;                                   UNCLE SALLY&lt;br /&gt;                         Okay kid, here's the deal. While&lt;br /&gt;                         you're working here I expect 100&lt;br /&gt;                         percent. No slacking or excuses&lt;br /&gt;                         cause you're my nephew. I'm going&lt;br /&gt;                         to put you in as a barback and&lt;br /&gt;                         cocktailer in the showbar because&lt;br /&gt;                         you'll make more money than in the&lt;br /&gt;                         restaurant. &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;                                   EVAN&lt;br /&gt;                         Cool, thanks Uncle Sal. &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;                                   UNCLE SALLY&lt;br /&gt;                         Don't thank me yet. It's a lot&lt;br /&gt;                         harder than people think and you&lt;br /&gt;                         may have to put up with a couple of&lt;br /&gt;                         customers hitting on you.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;                                   EVAN&lt;br /&gt;                         I've dealt with that before. No big&lt;br /&gt;                         deal. &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;                                   UNCLE SALLY&lt;br /&gt;                         It may be, have you seen the&lt;br /&gt;                         uniforms my cocktailers wear?&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;                                   EVAN&lt;br /&gt;                         Yeah, but it's just an outfit. I&lt;br /&gt;                         can handle the customers, the same&lt;br /&gt;                         way I do when I come here to hang&lt;br /&gt;                         out.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;                                   UNCLE SALLY&lt;br /&gt;                         Okay. That's settled, now let's&lt;br /&gt;                         discuss the rest of your job. While&lt;br /&gt;                         you're working here and staying&lt;br /&gt;                         with us, I expect you to look for a&lt;br /&gt;                         job that uses that nice expensive&lt;br /&gt;                         degree of yours. You're mine and&lt;br /&gt;                         Bernie's nephew, but no free rides&lt;br /&gt;                         at this point kiddo, it's time for&lt;br /&gt;                         you to start taking care of&lt;br /&gt;                         yourself. Got it?&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;                                   EVAN&lt;br /&gt;                         Got it. How long do I have?&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;                                   UNCLE SALLY&lt;br /&gt;                         You get as long as you need time&lt;br /&gt;                         wise, as long as I see you making a&lt;br /&gt;                         real effort. Capiche?&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;                                   EVAN&lt;br /&gt;                         Capiche. I'll start on it tomorrow.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;               Uncle Sally gets up from the table, pats Evan's head mussing&lt;br /&gt;               up his well groomed hair and starts to walk away. Evan stays&lt;br /&gt;               seated. Sally turns back...&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;                                   UNCLE SALLY&lt;br /&gt;                         Hey Evan, let's go you got some&lt;br /&gt;                         work to do, first shows in an hour,&lt;br /&gt;                         the bar needs to be stocked and&lt;br /&gt;                         tables set up for the first round&lt;br /&gt;                         and your not even in uniform yet. &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;               Sally turns around and continues walking out of the room.&lt;br /&gt;               Evan gets up and follows him. Sally leads him to a door that&lt;br /&gt;               is located next to the stage, but behind the bar. He opens&lt;br /&gt;               the door.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;                                   UNCLE SALLY (CONT'D)&lt;br /&gt;                         You can change in here, just don't&lt;br /&gt;                         distract the performers.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;                                   EVAN&lt;br /&gt;                         Okay, (walks into the room) (hint&lt;br /&gt;                         of sarcasm) I promise to behave.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;                                   UNCLE SALLY&lt;br /&gt;                         You're a good kid, but a bit of a&lt;br /&gt;                         wise ass just like your Auntie. No&lt;br /&gt;                         go I gotta business meeting I'm&lt;br /&gt;                         late for. &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;               Uncle Sally walks away shutting the door behind him. Evan is&lt;br /&gt;               in a room that looks like a large walk-in closet with dresses&lt;br /&gt;               and gowns hung everywhere. There are stage mirrors and&lt;br /&gt;               dressing tables along one wall and several drag queens in&lt;br /&gt;               various states of completion in getting ready for their show.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;                                   DRAG QUEEN ONE&lt;br /&gt;                             (In Barbara Streisand&lt;br /&gt;                              imitation)&lt;br /&gt;                         Well, Hello Gorgeous! What brings&lt;br /&gt;                         you into our clutches.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;                                   DRAG QUEEN TWO&lt;br /&gt;                         Really, he does look good enough to&lt;br /&gt;                         eat. Who wants to make a sandwich?&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;               The Drag queens all start moving closer reaching out to touch&lt;br /&gt;               Evan, who stands there smiling a bit of a blush on his&lt;br /&gt;               cheeks. Suddenly two of the drag queens are pulled back and a&lt;br /&gt;               very tall drag queen who is dressed to look like Dolly Parton&lt;br /&gt;               moves through the crowd, to Evan and pulls him in close&lt;br /&gt;               mashing his face into the giant bust.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;                                   FELICIA O.&lt;br /&gt;                         Pull your claws in bitches, this&lt;br /&gt;                         sweet thing is Bernie's nephew and&lt;br /&gt;                         he is strictly hands off. Evan,&lt;br /&gt;                         sweety I haven't seen you in ages.&lt;br /&gt;                         How are you doing?  Did you finish&lt;br /&gt;                         school or are you just in for the&lt;br /&gt;                         summer? Have you met anyone? Well,&lt;br /&gt;                         tell me what's going on?&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;               Evan has been trying to answer the questions, but his answers&lt;br /&gt;               are muffled because his face is buried in the giant breasts.&lt;br /&gt;               Suddenly hearing Evans, muffled speech Felicia releases him&lt;br /&gt;               and pushes him back taking a good look at him.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;                                   EVAN&lt;br /&gt;                         It has been a long time (Evan seems&lt;br /&gt;                         unsure if he knows this person).&lt;br /&gt;                         I'm fine, I did graduate from&lt;br /&gt;                         college and I'm going to be working&lt;br /&gt;                         here until I find a job. So, I&lt;br /&gt;                         guess I'll be here for a while. I'm&lt;br /&gt;                         not seeing anyone,(suddenly&lt;br /&gt;                         recognizing Felicia) but if you're&lt;br /&gt;                         single anything is possible. Other&lt;br /&gt;                         than that not much, but helping&lt;br /&gt;                         Auntie Bernie with the wedding. You&lt;br /&gt;                         used to baby-sit me when I was&lt;br /&gt;                         little, Uncle Mikey.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;                                   FELICIA O.&lt;br /&gt;                         Yes, I did and I knew then you'd be&lt;br /&gt;                         trouble. You were such a pretty&lt;br /&gt;                         little boy, and now you're a pretty&lt;br /&gt;                         man. If I were just a few years&lt;br /&gt;                         younger, you'd regret that offer.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;                                   EVAN&lt;br /&gt;                         I don't think I'd regret it at all.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;                                   FELICIA O.&lt;br /&gt;                         Oh, So you're gay?&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;                                   EVAN&lt;br /&gt;                         Let's just say I'm undecided.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;               At that all of the drag queens make a comment about how&lt;br /&gt;               they'd be happy to help him decide.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;                                   FELICIA O.&lt;br /&gt;                         Listen I brought your uniform and&lt;br /&gt;                         set it back there behind the&lt;br /&gt;                         dresses, you go and change and I'll&lt;br /&gt;                         protect you from these harpies. &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;               Evan goes behind the dresses and all the drag queens&lt;br /&gt;               including Felicia lean over in an attempt to take a quick&lt;br /&gt;               peak, but are unable to see anything, so settle back into&lt;br /&gt;               conversation. &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;                                   DRAG QUEEN ONE&lt;br /&gt;                         Hey does anyone know why Sally is&lt;br /&gt;                         meeting with Little Frankie?&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;                                   FELICIA O.&lt;br /&gt;                         Little Frankie? Why would he need&lt;br /&gt;                         to meet with that thug?&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;                                   DRAG QUEEN TWO&lt;br /&gt;                         I hear he's been making some kind&lt;br /&gt;                         of special arrangements with him,&lt;br /&gt;                         to make business a bit easier.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;                                   FELICIA O.&lt;br /&gt;                         You'd hear that he was being made a&lt;br /&gt;                         Cardinal if someone said that he&lt;br /&gt;                         saw the pope. Please if Sally's&lt;br /&gt;                         meeting with Little Frankie I'm&lt;br /&gt;                         sure it's for a good reason. I&lt;br /&gt;                         happen to know that they were&lt;br /&gt;                         friends growing up, so maybe&lt;br /&gt;                         they're just catching up.&lt;br /&gt;                         No ladies we've got a show to do&lt;br /&gt;                         and none of you are even finished&lt;br /&gt;                         with all that construction that you&lt;br /&gt;                         do, not that it does any good.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;               Evan comes out from behind the dresses. He's dressed in a&lt;br /&gt;               small pair of black shorts that are skin tight and look like&lt;br /&gt;               a bathing suit, and he has on a black tuxedo vest.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;                                   EVAN&lt;br /&gt;                         Who's Little Frankie?&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;                                   DRAG QUEEN ONE&lt;br /&gt;                         Little Frankie is ...&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;                                   FELICIA O.&lt;br /&gt;                         Little Frankie is a friend of your&lt;br /&gt;                         Uncles and that's all he is.&lt;br /&gt;                         (Looking sternly at all the other&lt;br /&gt;                         drag queens and then walking out&lt;br /&gt;                         towards the stage) I have to do the&lt;br /&gt;                         sound check. Evan you're late,&lt;br /&gt;                         better get moving and set up the&lt;br /&gt;                         room, it's gonna be packed tonight.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;                                   DRAG QUEEN ONE&lt;br /&gt;                             (Pauses to make sure&lt;br /&gt;                              Felicia is out of&lt;br /&gt;                              hearing)&lt;br /&gt;                         Little Frankie is rumored to be a&lt;br /&gt;                         gangster.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;                                   EVAN&lt;br /&gt;                         A gangster? Come on they don't&lt;br /&gt;                         exist anymore.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;                                   DRAG QUEEN ONE&lt;br /&gt;                         I'm just saying.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;               Evan leaves the dressing room and goes behind the bar where&lt;br /&gt;               he sees the bartender and introduces himself. The bartender&lt;br /&gt;               hands him a tray full of stuff and tells him to start wiping&lt;br /&gt;               down the tables and get ready for the customers. Evan goes&lt;br /&gt;               about getting to work. As he is cleaning he is moving closer&lt;br /&gt;               to the entry for the show room. He is able to overhear Uncle&lt;br /&gt;               Sally and Little Frankie talking through the door which is&lt;br /&gt;               partially propped open.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;                                   UNCLE SALLY&lt;br /&gt;                         I'm telling you Frankie that's the&lt;br /&gt;                         way it's going down.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;                                   LITTLE FRANKIE&lt;br /&gt;                         I'm telling you Sal to make it go&lt;br /&gt;                         down like that is murder. If you&lt;br /&gt;                         want it to happen that way I'm&lt;br /&gt;                         gonna need to hire a couple of&lt;br /&gt;                         specialists and that's gonna take&lt;br /&gt;                         money.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;                                   UNCLE SALLY&lt;br /&gt;                         Who cares about money? You do what&lt;br /&gt;                         you gotta do and don't come back&lt;br /&gt;                         till it's taken care of. Capiche&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;                                   LITTLE FRANKIE&lt;br /&gt;                         Capiche&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;                                   UNCLE SALLY&lt;br /&gt;                         Now get outta here, I gotta get&lt;br /&gt;                         this place open.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;               Evan continues cleaning the tables moving a bit faster and&lt;br /&gt;               thinking about the conversation he just heard.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;This is a work in progress!!!!!!&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Copyright September 2007&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/7510320586972452939-5725443400252325982?l=wackywriting.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://wackywriting.blogspot.com/feeds/5725443400252325982/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://www.blogger.com/comment.g?blogID=7510320586972452939&amp;postID=5725443400252325982' title='1 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/7510320586972452939/posts/default/5725443400252325982'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/7510320586972452939/posts/default/5725443400252325982'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://wackywriting.blogspot.com/2008/01/auntie-bernie.html' title='Auntie Bernie&apos;s Wedding'/><author><name>Wacky Writing</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/16429046367632003472</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='http://img2.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author><thr:total>1</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-7510320586972452939.post-5186401372451688198</id><published>2008-01-05T12:16:00.000-05:00</published><updated>2008-01-27T23:27:30.816-05:00</updated><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='Theatrical Play'/><title type='text'>The Class</title><content type='html'>Dream Cast:&lt;br /&gt;Mike: Chace Crawford&lt;br /&gt;Cherie: Brittany Snow&lt;br /&gt;Jason: Zac Efron&lt;br /&gt;Kim: Brenda Song&lt;br /&gt;David: Van Hansis&lt;br /&gt;Rowanda: Monique Coleman&lt;br /&gt;Mr. Edison: James Marsden&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Act one:&lt;br /&gt;scene one:&lt;br /&gt;     WE open on an empty podium set at stage right. There are cheers and applause as well as cat calls. The podium is lit by a single spot light with the rest of the stage dark. Mike walks up to the podium and clears his throat. The applause fade out.&lt;br /&gt;MIKE&lt;br /&gt;Welcome, friends, family, esteemed faculty, and graduates. As we approach this new millennium, let us remember the things we have learned here at George Bush High. Not only the things that the teachers have taught us but what we have taught each other. But above and beyond all things remember the events that we all learned from this year.&lt;br /&gt;(pauses and takes a deep breath)&lt;br /&gt;It has been a year full of learning and changes. Changes that will affect us for the rest of our lives.&lt;br /&gt;(the light starts to slowly dim)&lt;br /&gt;I was trying to figure out when these changes started. Was it at the Winter formal, or maybe it was when Mr. Edison gave us that assignment to learn  about each other.&lt;br /&gt;(light should be off and the stage is completely dark)&lt;br /&gt;I thought long and hard about this and realize that the changes started to take place back in October the day before the fall dance...&lt;br /&gt;Mikes voice trails off into the darkness.&lt;br /&gt;The lights come up on the center of the stage. The school gym. Cherie, wearing her cheerleaders uniform, is there putting a ladder up. Kim is helping her. Jason enters from stage left carrying a Christmas wreath, staring at Kim.&lt;br /&gt;CHERIE&lt;br /&gt;Jason, what's that?&lt;br /&gt;JASON&lt;br /&gt;A wreath.&lt;br /&gt;CHERIE&lt;br /&gt;What kind of wreath?&lt;br /&gt;JASON&lt;br /&gt;A Christmas wreath.&lt;br /&gt;CHERIE&lt;br /&gt;This is a fall dance. Take it back to the storage room.&lt;br /&gt;Jason exits stage left. Mike enters from stage right. He is wearing jeans a t-shirt, tennis shoes and his letter jacket.&lt;br /&gt;MIKE&lt;br /&gt;Hey what's up?&lt;br /&gt;KIM&lt;br /&gt;Just decorating for the dance.&lt;br /&gt;CHERIE&lt;br /&gt;Yeah, and with Jason helping it's going to take forever. He's such a geek sometimes.&lt;br /&gt;MIKE&lt;br /&gt;C'mon he's not that bad. Just a little different. So Kim have you bagged a guy for the dance yet?&lt;br /&gt;Jason enters stage left again. He is carrying something that resembles a May pole.&lt;br /&gt;JASON&lt;br /&gt;Cherie, can we use this to hang some...&lt;br /&gt;CHERIE&lt;br /&gt;No. Now take it back and only bring fall stuff.&lt;br /&gt;Jason exits stage left once again.&lt;br /&gt;KIM&lt;br /&gt;I don't need some guy to take me to the dance. I'm tagging along with you and Cherie.&lt;br /&gt;Enter David and Rowanda. David is wearing jeans and a polo shirt. Rowanda is dressed in extremely baggy clothes with dirty combat boots.&lt;br /&gt;DAVID&lt;br /&gt;Is Cherie here?&lt;br /&gt;CHERIE&lt;br /&gt;I'm Cherie. Can I help you?&lt;br /&gt;Rowanda walks to her. Then around her checking her out.&lt;br /&gt;ROWANDA&lt;br /&gt;My goodness, I get to be shown around this free-range prison of intellectual oppression, by the human Barbie doll.&lt;br /&gt;CHERIE&lt;br /&gt;And what's your name buddy?&lt;br /&gt;ROWANDA&lt;br /&gt;Rowanda.&lt;br /&gt;CHERIE&lt;br /&gt;You're a girl?&lt;br /&gt;ROWANDA&lt;br /&gt;No, I'm an African-American goddess. But you can call me goddess.&lt;br /&gt;KIM&lt;br /&gt;What a dishonor to meet you.&lt;br /&gt;DAVID&lt;br /&gt;The principal said you could show us around school.&lt;br /&gt;Kim and Cherie set the ladder in place. Cherie starts up the ladder with some black and orange streamers. Jason enters from stage left with a scarecrow and throws it on the floor in the middle of the stage. He then turns and exits stage left again.&lt;br /&gt;ROWANDA&lt;br /&gt;What's his problem?&lt;br /&gt;KIM&lt;br /&gt;Nothing. He's just a little strange.&lt;br /&gt;MIKE&lt;br /&gt;No one's strange. He's just not really in sync with things.&lt;br /&gt;DAVID&lt;br /&gt;That's cool. My name's David and you're?&lt;br /&gt;Reaches out to shake Mikes hand.&lt;br /&gt;MIKE&lt;br /&gt;Mike.(returns handshake. And looks at David for the first time.) Nice to meet you.&lt;br /&gt;Mike is obviously staring at David. Their eyes connect and they stay that way for just a minute. Not breaking the handshake either.&lt;br /&gt;MIKE (cont'd)&lt;br /&gt;I'm the captain of the football team.(realizes that he is staring and they are more or less holding hands. He pulls away abrubtly.)&lt;br /&gt;Jason enters stage left carrying a small tree, that looks as if it has just been dug up from the ground. he drops it next to the scarecrow.&lt;br /&gt;JASON&lt;br /&gt;Is that fall enough for you Cherie?&lt;br /&gt;Cherie looks down from the ladder.&lt;br /&gt;CHERIE&lt;br /&gt;Yes. Thanks Jason. I appreciate your help.&lt;br /&gt;ROWANDA&lt;br /&gt;What's all this mess for?&lt;br /&gt;KIM&lt;br /&gt;The fall formal.&lt;br /&gt;ROWANDA&lt;br /&gt;Oh the fall formal. Let me guess captain here is with Barbie and your with the strange kid.&lt;br /&gt;Cherie comes down from the ladder.&lt;br /&gt;CHERIE&lt;br /&gt;You're right I'm with Mike. But Kim doesn't date anyone. Not since sophmore year.&lt;br /&gt;KIM&lt;br /&gt;Leave it alone Cherie. I told you I'm not over Robbie yet.&lt;br /&gt;Kim exits stage left.&lt;br /&gt;CHERIE&lt;br /&gt;Great now I won't have any help setting this thing up.&lt;br /&gt;MIKE&lt;br /&gt;I'll help you. Don't worry about it.&lt;br /&gt;CHERIE&lt;br /&gt;I wish I knew why she always gets so huffy when we talk about her dating. That whole Robbie thing was two years ago. So he dumped her because she had an operation and was out of school for eight months. It happens.&lt;br /&gt;DAVID&lt;br /&gt;Cherie, you look familiar to me.&lt;br /&gt;CHERIE&lt;br /&gt;Really. I'm sure I don't know you.&lt;br /&gt;ROWANDA&lt;br /&gt;Listen I'd love to stay and chat all day but I'm here to supposedly try to learn something.&lt;br /&gt;CHERIE&lt;br /&gt;Fine let me see your schedules.&lt;br /&gt;Rowanda and David hand Cherie their schedules and she looks them over.&lt;br /&gt;MIKE&lt;br /&gt;(to David)&lt;br /&gt;You're going to come to the dance right?&lt;br /&gt;DAVID&lt;br /&gt;I don't know. I don't have a date or anything.&lt;br /&gt;Kim enters from stage right.&lt;br /&gt;MIKE&lt;br /&gt;That's okay we'll set you up with Kim.&lt;br /&gt;KIM&lt;br /&gt;Ahhh! (runs back out stage right.)&lt;br /&gt;MIKE&lt;br /&gt;Oops. I didn't know she was there.&lt;br /&gt;CHERIE&lt;br /&gt;Mike yours and Davids' schedules are the same. So you show him around. I will take care of the ghetto queen. We're all in the same English class. So I'll see you then.&lt;br /&gt;MIKE&lt;br /&gt;(to David)&lt;br /&gt;Mr. Edisons class is cool. He's new this year and he gives the easiest homework.&lt;br /&gt;DAVID&lt;br /&gt;That's cool.&lt;br /&gt;They all exit stage right. A few moments later Jason enters from stage left. He stops startled to see the gym is empty.&lt;br /&gt;JASON&lt;br /&gt;She's gone....Naturally I have to do all the work around here.&lt;br /&gt;Jason climbs the ladder and starts hanging the streamers.&lt;br /&gt;End Scene One:&lt;br /&gt;Scene Two:&lt;br /&gt;The gym which is now fully decorated. Black and orange streamers are hanging from the center of the ceiling to the walls. They are arranged to look like a spiders web. The scarecrow is sitting up under the tree which has been potted. Hay is strewn about the floor. There is a stack of hay by the door at stage right. There are several students dancing and milling around. The girls are in cocktail length dresses and the guys are in suits. Mike, Cherie, Jason are standing against the wall to stage left. Jasons' suit is bright purple a major contrast from the browns, blacks and blues of the other guys.David and Kim enter from stage right.&lt;br /&gt;KIM&lt;br /&gt;There they are (reaches up and waves).&lt;br /&gt;David and Kim cross to the others at stage left. Cherie and Kim greet each other with kisses and hugs as if they hadn't seen each other in years.&lt;br /&gt;CHERIE&lt;br /&gt;That dress is fabulous Kim. Where'd you get it?&lt;br /&gt;KIM&lt;br /&gt;Just something I picked up at the mall.&lt;br /&gt;MIKE&lt;br /&gt;(to David)&lt;br /&gt;Hey.&lt;br /&gt;Just as David is about to answer Rowanda enters from stage right and charges across to the group. She is dressed in the same baggy clothes as before, except her combat boots have been shined to look brand new. Cherie and Kim stare at her appalled.&lt;br /&gt;ROWANDA&lt;br /&gt;What? I polished my boots.&lt;br /&gt;The guys laugh.&lt;br /&gt;CHERIE&lt;br /&gt;I can't believe you showed up dressed like that.&lt;br /&gt;KIM&lt;br /&gt;Really, you look like you're going to rob a store.&lt;br /&gt;ROWANDA&lt;br /&gt;Maybe I am. What's it to ya? (To Jason) Nice suit there boy. Who'd you get it from a color blind man?&lt;br /&gt;Cherie and Kim step inbetween Mike and David. Rowanda moves next to Jason. David looks at Mike.&lt;br /&gt;DAVID&lt;br /&gt;You want to dance?&lt;br /&gt;KIM&lt;br /&gt;Sure.&lt;br /&gt;MIKE&lt;br /&gt;How bout it Cherie?&lt;br /&gt;CHERIE&lt;br /&gt;Yeah.&lt;br /&gt;The four of them step out onto the dance floor. They are dancing to the upbeat music. David and Mike are dancing with the girls but it seems more like they are dancing with each other. Rowanda and Jason stay by the wall.&lt;br /&gt;ROWANDA&lt;br /&gt;Don't even think about asking me to dance.&lt;br /&gt;JASON&lt;br /&gt;No. He was just a regular blind man.&lt;br /&gt;ROWANDA&lt;br /&gt;Who?&lt;br /&gt;JASON&lt;br /&gt;The guy who sold me the suit.&lt;br /&gt;ROWANDA&lt;br /&gt;Who cares about the guy who sold you the suit. What are you stupid or something?&lt;br /&gt;JASON&lt;br /&gt;I'm smarter than you are and one day I'm gonna prove it.&lt;br /&gt;ROWANDA&lt;br /&gt;You do that.&lt;br /&gt;JASON&lt;br /&gt;Are you always so mean?&lt;br /&gt;ROWANDA&lt;br /&gt;I'm not mean. I'm just protecting myself from enslavement to the conventions of a neo imperialistic white society.&lt;br /&gt;JASON&lt;br /&gt;Well can't you be nicer?&lt;br /&gt;ROWANDA&lt;br /&gt;Why? So I can be a mealey mouthed little creep like you.&lt;br /&gt;JASON&lt;br /&gt;I'm not a creep.&lt;br /&gt;ROWANDA&lt;br /&gt;Sure you are. I bet you think those guys out there like you. Don't you?&lt;br /&gt;JASON&lt;br /&gt;They're my friends.&lt;br /&gt;ROWANDA&lt;br /&gt;Your friends make fun of you a lot.&lt;br /&gt;JASON&lt;br /&gt;They're just kidding. They don't mean it.&lt;br /&gt;ROWANDA&lt;br /&gt;Whatever.&lt;br /&gt;Jason crosses the floor to stage right bumping into Mike who is set off balance and caught by David. Jason stops just before the entrance to the gym and looks back at the room.&lt;br /&gt;JASON&lt;br /&gt;(shouting)&lt;br /&gt;I've got a gun you know!&lt;br /&gt;Jason exits stage right. The dancers stop.&lt;br /&gt;GIRL STUDENT&lt;br /&gt;What a weirdo.&lt;br /&gt;BOY STUDENT&lt;br /&gt;Yeah. Really. He's a creep.&lt;br /&gt;GIRL STUDENT 2&lt;br /&gt;We should get going.&lt;br /&gt;BOY STUDENT 2&lt;br /&gt;Why?&lt;br /&gt;GIRL STUDENT 2&lt;br /&gt;Remember that high school last year?&lt;br /&gt;BOY STUDENT 2&lt;br /&gt;Yeah. So what?&lt;br /&gt;GIRL STUDENT&lt;br /&gt;I don't want that happening to me.&lt;br /&gt;BOY STUDENT&lt;br /&gt;We should leave. In case.&lt;br /&gt;Groups start to break away and leave through the door stage right.&lt;br /&gt;DAVID&lt;br /&gt;Looks like the dance is over.&lt;br /&gt;KIM&lt;br /&gt;Wonder what set him off?&lt;br /&gt;CHERIE&lt;br /&gt;I'll bet it was miss black rights over there.&lt;br /&gt;DAVID&lt;br /&gt;Who cares? People are leaving. We should go to.&lt;br /&gt;MIKE&lt;br /&gt;I'm on the cleanup crew.&lt;br /&gt;The other students are filing out the door stage right. Rowanda pushes her way out through the line.&lt;br /&gt;MIKE (cont'd)&lt;br /&gt;It doesn't look like anyone else is gonna stay to help.&lt;br /&gt;DAVID&lt;br /&gt;I'll stay. If the girls don't mind going home together?&lt;br /&gt;CHERIE&lt;br /&gt;We didn't drive though.&lt;br /&gt;DAVID&lt;br /&gt;You can take my car and Mike can drive me home.&lt;br /&gt;KIM&lt;br /&gt;But how will you get your car?&lt;br /&gt;DAVID&lt;br /&gt;I'll just pick it up at Cheries house tomorrow.&lt;br /&gt;CHERIE&lt;br /&gt;But you don't know where I live.&lt;br /&gt;DAVID&lt;br /&gt;Yeah, I do. I remembered where I knew you from. I'll just come up the ...&lt;br /&gt;CHERIE&lt;br /&gt;David! That's fine. I'm all about getting out of here now. Give me the keys please.&lt;br /&gt;David hands Cherie the keys and the girls exit stage right. Mike heads off stage left. He returns moments later with a broom and dustpan in his hand.&lt;br /&gt;MIKE&lt;br /&gt;Want to sweep or pick up?&lt;br /&gt;David reaches for the dustpan.&lt;br /&gt;DAVID&lt;br /&gt;Pick up.&lt;br /&gt;Mike goes to stage left and starts sweeping, his back to David.&lt;br /&gt;DAVID (cont'd)&lt;br /&gt;So you're the captain of the football team? The one that led the school to the state championship last year?&lt;br /&gt;MIKE&lt;br /&gt;Yeah.&lt;br /&gt;Mike stops sweaping and turns to David who is center stage.&lt;br /&gt;DAVID&lt;br /&gt;The play you used to win was really great. No one saw it coming.&lt;br /&gt;MIKE&lt;br /&gt;That's because it was such a simple play. Everyone was expecting a grandstand play instead.&lt;br /&gt;DAVID&lt;br /&gt;I was on the other team that day.&lt;br /&gt;MIKE&lt;br /&gt;You play football? Try out for our team. I could talk to coach.&lt;br /&gt;DAVID&lt;br /&gt;I played football. I don't anymore. But thanks for the offer.&lt;br /&gt;MIKE&lt;br /&gt;How could you not want to play football? It's the best game in the world.&lt;br /&gt;DAVID&lt;br /&gt;I think that there are other things more important. To me anyway.&lt;br /&gt;MIKE&lt;br /&gt;I suppose so. But I'm not sure what.&lt;br /&gt;Kim very quietly enters from stage right. She sees David and Mike talking and ducks behind the stack of hay right next to the door.&lt;br /&gt;DAVID&lt;br /&gt;So what was the play that you used to win that night? Our team wasn't able to figure it out.&lt;br /&gt;MIKE&lt;br /&gt;A simple zig zag play. It was easy but noone uses it.&lt;br /&gt;DAVID&lt;br /&gt;A zig zag are you serious. Show me.&lt;br /&gt;Mike drops the broom. He then starts showing David the set up for the play.&lt;br /&gt;MIKE&lt;br /&gt;Well first I set my line. I had the blockers in a normal formation. (he is moving to show the positions as he talks) Then I had all of my receivers go to the right side of the line. Your team adjusted all its coverage to get them. Then I stepped back and the center shot me the ball. (he steps back and sets himself in the stance to receive the ball from the center.)Hike.&lt;br /&gt;Mike acts like he has caught the ball from the center. He runs to his left. Then back to the right. The whole time telling David what he did.&lt;br /&gt;MIKE (cont'd)&lt;br /&gt;Then I move left again. Your guys didn't know what I was doing. They weren't expecting me to run the ball like that. (Mike is almost to David at this point). I Cleared the blockers and  made a straight run.(Mike is running straight at David at this point). Touchdown.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Mike should be standing right in front of David. He reaches over and pulls David to him. Then Mike kisses David on the mouth. It is a deep kiss. But Mike breaks away suddenly. Kim is looking from behind the haystack and covers her mouth to keep from screaming out when she sees them kiss.&lt;br /&gt;MIKE (cont'd)&lt;br /&gt;I shouldn't have done that. I don't know what came over me.&lt;br /&gt;DAVID&lt;br /&gt;That's okay. It was nice.&lt;br /&gt;MIKE&lt;br /&gt;You... You liked it?&lt;br /&gt;DAVID&lt;br /&gt;Yeah. A lot actually.&lt;br /&gt;MIKE&lt;br /&gt;Are you...Uhm... are you... gay?&lt;br /&gt;DAVID&lt;br /&gt;Yes. Aren't you?&lt;br /&gt;MIKE&lt;br /&gt;No. No. I couldn't be gay. I'm the... It's just not something I could do... I mean there's nothing wrong with it, but it's...it's just not right.&lt;br /&gt;Kim sneaks back out of the gym through the doors stage right. She is carrying a large purse with her. Just as she steps through the door a baby rattle falls out of the   purse. Kim leaves unnoticed.&lt;br /&gt;DAVID&lt;br /&gt;Are you sure? It seemed pretty right a few seconds ago.&lt;br /&gt;MIKE&lt;br /&gt;It was, but I can't. I just...&lt;br /&gt;DAVID&lt;br /&gt;Don't worry about it. I'll keep my mouth shut.&lt;br /&gt;MIKE&lt;br /&gt;(smiles)&lt;br /&gt;I hope not you might bite my tongue off.&lt;br /&gt;DAVID&lt;br /&gt;What?&lt;br /&gt;MIKE&lt;br /&gt;I'm not gay or anything but I figure we could just hang out and what ever happens, happens. No commitments or designations. You know.&lt;br /&gt;DAVID&lt;br /&gt;Yeah, I know. It's cool. I'll give you all the time you need. And in the meantime if we happen to fool around with kissing from time to time I can live with that.&lt;br /&gt;MIKE&lt;br /&gt;Good.&lt;br /&gt;Mike leans into David and they kiss again. Then they exit stage right. David stops just as they are about to exit. He picks up the baby rattle.&lt;br /&gt;DAVID&lt;br /&gt;Where'd this come from?&lt;br /&gt;end Scene two&lt;br /&gt;scene three:&lt;br /&gt;The next day David and Cherie are sitting at a wooden pic-nic table. A sign above their heads reads "Happy Acres Trailer Park".&lt;br /&gt;CHERIE&lt;br /&gt;I can't believe you almost told them where I live.&lt;br /&gt;DAVID&lt;br /&gt;Who cares?&lt;br /&gt;CHERIE&lt;br /&gt;I do. Promise you won't tell anyone?&lt;br /&gt;DAVID&lt;br /&gt;Yeah.&lt;br /&gt;CHERIE&lt;br /&gt;Promise David.&lt;br /&gt;DAVID&lt;br /&gt;Okay. I promise. I found this at the dance.(Pulls out the rattle)Any idea who it belongs to?&lt;br /&gt;CHERIE&lt;br /&gt;Nope. Never saw it before.&lt;br /&gt;DAVID&lt;br /&gt;You serious. How many girls have kids at our school?&lt;br /&gt;CHERIE&lt;br /&gt;A few. But it could be a guys there are some fathers too.&lt;br /&gt;DAVID&lt;br /&gt;Guess I'll just have to ask around.&lt;br /&gt;CHERIE&lt;br /&gt;Probably, but I doubt you'll find the owner. So what're you doing tonight?&lt;br /&gt;DAVID&lt;br /&gt;I've got a date.&lt;br /&gt;CHERIE&lt;br /&gt;With Kim? I knew you two would like each other.&lt;br /&gt;DAVID&lt;br /&gt;What are you up to?&lt;br /&gt;CHERIE&lt;br /&gt;I've got a date too.&lt;br /&gt;DAVID&lt;br /&gt;Mike.&lt;br /&gt;CHERIE&lt;br /&gt;Not exactly. But it's something I can't get out of. You know family thing.&lt;br /&gt;DAVID&lt;br /&gt;Yeah. I hate that stuff.&lt;br /&gt;CHERIE&lt;br /&gt;Me too. Here're your keys.&lt;br /&gt;Cherie puts Davids keys down on the table.&lt;br /&gt;CHERIE (cont'd)&lt;br /&gt;I've got to go. See you later. And remember you promised.&lt;br /&gt;DAVID&lt;br /&gt;I know. Later.&lt;br /&gt;eND SCENE THREE:&lt;br /&gt;SCENE four:&lt;br /&gt;Night in the park. David and Mike are sitting on a bench near a fountain.&lt;br /&gt;DAVID&lt;br /&gt;Cool movie.&lt;br /&gt;MIKE&lt;br /&gt;Yeah. I liked when that dude got thrown off the building.&lt;br /&gt;DAVID&lt;br /&gt;It was okay. I liked it when the guy was doing the martial arts stuff.&lt;br /&gt;MIKE&lt;br /&gt;You like that?&lt;br /&gt;DAVID&lt;br /&gt;Yeah. It's cool.&lt;br /&gt;MIKE&lt;br /&gt;So what do ya wanna do now?&lt;br /&gt;DAVID&lt;br /&gt;I don't know. What do you wanna do?&lt;br /&gt;MIKE&lt;br /&gt;I'm not sure. I just like hanging out with you.&lt;br /&gt;DAVID&lt;br /&gt;I like hanging out with you too. By the way thanks.&lt;br /&gt;MIKE&lt;br /&gt;What for?&lt;br /&gt;DAVID&lt;br /&gt;Holding my hand during the movie. It made me feel like we were truly together.&lt;br /&gt;MIKE&lt;br /&gt;I wasn't holding your hand. I was just sharing the armrest with you. Why'd you have to get all gay?&lt;br /&gt;DAVID&lt;br /&gt;Maybe because I am. You know it's not easy to figure you out. You asked me out.&lt;br /&gt;MIKE&lt;br /&gt;I know. But you don't have to be all gay and stuff. You could just be my friend and let it go at that.&lt;br /&gt;DAVID&lt;br /&gt;Fine but if all we're gonna be is friends then the rules change.&lt;br /&gt;MIKE&lt;br /&gt;What rules?&lt;br /&gt;DAVID&lt;br /&gt;The rules that say you can hold my hand or kiss me if you're my boyfriend. But if you're not then that stops.&lt;br /&gt;Mike stands up and faces David.&lt;br /&gt;MIKE&lt;br /&gt;Why is it so cut and dry with you?&lt;br /&gt;DAVID&lt;br /&gt;Because it has to be. I don't want to get hurt.&lt;br /&gt;MIKE&lt;br /&gt;And trying to make me something I'm not isn't going to hurt me. I don't want everyone going around and calling me faggot.&lt;br /&gt;DAVID&lt;br /&gt;Is that what you think of me?&lt;br /&gt;MIKE&lt;br /&gt;No of course not. I just...give me time. I'll work it out I promise. I just don't know what I want right now.&lt;br /&gt;DAVID&lt;br /&gt;Maybe you don't want me then.&lt;br /&gt;Mike kneels down in front of David and takes his hands in his.&lt;br /&gt;MIKE&lt;br /&gt;I want you in my life. I just don't know how you fit into it. Okay. Just some time. That's all we need. I promise.&lt;br /&gt;Jason enters stage right. He walks across to Mike and David.&lt;br /&gt;JASON&lt;br /&gt;Hey guys. What's up?&lt;br /&gt;Mike stands up quickly and turns to Jason.&lt;br /&gt;MIKE&lt;br /&gt;Nothing...nothing Why?&lt;br /&gt;JASON&lt;br /&gt;No reason I just saw you here and thought I'd say hi.&lt;br /&gt;DAVID&lt;br /&gt;Hi. What're you doing out so late?&lt;br /&gt;JASON&lt;br /&gt;Just a... taking a walk. You know. Needed to do some midnight exploring.&lt;br /&gt;MIKE&lt;br /&gt;What's midnight exploring?&lt;br /&gt;JASON&lt;br /&gt;Uhm... Looking for a... bugs you know to add to my collection.&lt;br /&gt;DAVID&lt;br /&gt;Unusual hobby you have. But I need to get home. See ya later Jason. Mike you coming.&lt;br /&gt;David gets up and heads off stage left.&lt;br /&gt;MIKE&lt;br /&gt;Jason, did you... did you see or hear anything?&lt;br /&gt;JASON&lt;br /&gt;No just you guys sitting here.&lt;br /&gt;MIKE&lt;br /&gt;But did you hear what we were talking about?&lt;br /&gt;JASON&lt;br /&gt;No. I Didn't hear what you guys were saying...Why?&lt;br /&gt;MIKE&lt;br /&gt;No reason. I gotta go. Talk to you later.&lt;br /&gt;Mike turns and runs off stage left.&lt;br /&gt;MIKE (cont'd)&lt;br /&gt;Hey, David wait up.&lt;br /&gt;Jason shrugs his shoulders.&lt;br /&gt;JASON&lt;br /&gt;Where was I going?... Oh yeah. That's it. I wish I could remember the address.&lt;br /&gt;Jason turns and exits stage right.&lt;br /&gt;eND SCENE FOUR:&lt;br /&gt;sCENE FIVE:&lt;br /&gt;In the gym. The dance decorations are gone. Kim is looking around nervously.&lt;br /&gt;KIM&lt;br /&gt;I lost it. I can't believe I lost it.&lt;br /&gt;Rowanda walks in from stage right as I Kim drops down to her hands and knees. Rowanda stops abrubtly and just watches Kim.&lt;br /&gt;KIM&lt;br /&gt;Where is it?...What did I do with it? Let's see it was in my purse. Where was my purse? Oh yeah it was over there by the door.&lt;br /&gt;Kim turns toward the door on her hands and knees and sees Rowanda standing there. She stands up and walks over to the door.&lt;br /&gt;ROWANDA&lt;br /&gt;Lose something?&lt;br /&gt;KIM&lt;br /&gt;No. No. Just thought I did.&lt;br /&gt;ROWANDA&lt;br /&gt;So you like crawling around on the floor then?&lt;br /&gt;KIM&lt;br /&gt;No.&lt;br /&gt;ROWANDA&lt;br /&gt;Then tell me what you lost. Maybe I'll help you look for it.&lt;br /&gt;Kim acts deflated.&lt;br /&gt;KIM&lt;br /&gt;It's not important. Not really.&lt;br /&gt;ROWANDA&lt;br /&gt;Whatever you say.&lt;br /&gt;Kim leaves the gym. Jason enters.&lt;br /&gt;JASON&lt;br /&gt;Oh it's you.&lt;br /&gt;ROWANDA&lt;br /&gt;Who else would it be?&lt;br /&gt;JASON&lt;br /&gt;I thought she was here.&lt;br /&gt;ROWANDA&lt;br /&gt;She who?&lt;br /&gt;JASON&lt;br /&gt;Nobody. I wasn't looking for anyone.&lt;br /&gt;ROWANDA&lt;br /&gt;You know something. You're very strange.&lt;br /&gt;JASON&lt;br /&gt;I am not.&lt;br /&gt;ROWANDA&lt;br /&gt;Yes you are.&lt;br /&gt;JASON&lt;br /&gt;How?&lt;br /&gt;Rowanda puts her arm around Jasons shoulders and they head for the door at stage right.&lt;br /&gt;ROWANDA&lt;br /&gt;Where do I start? (pauses and looks at Jason) This could take awhile you know?&lt;br /&gt;JASON&lt;br /&gt;Really?&lt;br /&gt;ROWANDA&lt;br /&gt;Really.&lt;br /&gt;They exit the gym.&lt;br /&gt;enD SCENE FIVE:&lt;br /&gt;scene six:&lt;br /&gt;Mr. Edisons class room. There are doors at stage left and at stage right. Mr. Edison is sitting behind his desk which is towards stage left. Jason is sitting in a desk towards the front of the class towards center stage.&lt;br /&gt;MR. EDISON&lt;br /&gt;Jason what's all this about a gun?&lt;br /&gt;JASON&lt;br /&gt;Nothing.&lt;br /&gt;MR. EDISON&lt;br /&gt;It can't be nothing. You shouted out that you had it at the dance.&lt;br /&gt;JASON&lt;br /&gt;It's nothing. I was just angry.&lt;br /&gt;MR. EDISON&lt;br /&gt;That kind of anger can be trouble. Do you want to talk about it?&lt;br /&gt;JASON&lt;br /&gt;No.&lt;br /&gt;MR. EDISON&lt;br /&gt;Jason, I've spent the better part of this morning with the principle. Convincing him that he didn't need to have you arrested for threatening the school. You need to talk about it, or you need to spend some time getting counseling. It's your choice. Me or a psychiatrist.&lt;br /&gt;Mr. Edison gets up and moves around the desk, sitting on the edge nearest to Jason.&lt;br /&gt;MR. EDISON (cont'd)&lt;br /&gt;Well, which would you like?&lt;br /&gt;JASON&lt;br /&gt;I was just angry. That girl was making fun of my suit.&lt;br /&gt;MR. EDISON&lt;br /&gt;You said that because someone made fun of your suit?&lt;br /&gt;JASON&lt;br /&gt;No. It wasn't because of that.&lt;br /&gt;MR. EDISON&lt;br /&gt;Then why?&lt;br /&gt;JASON&lt;br /&gt;I don't know. Do I have to have a reason for everything?&lt;br /&gt;MR. EDISON&lt;br /&gt;Most people do. It seems that you would too. But you don't want to talk about it yet.&lt;br /&gt;JASON&lt;br /&gt;I guess. Now what?&lt;br /&gt;MR. EDISON&lt;br /&gt;Now you'll meet with me at this time every week until you feel comfortable enough to talk about it.&lt;br /&gt;JASON&lt;br /&gt;If I don't?&lt;br /&gt;MR. EDISON&lt;br /&gt;Then you'll be sent to a psychiatrist.&lt;br /&gt;JASON&lt;br /&gt;If I don't do that?&lt;br /&gt;MR. EDISON&lt;br /&gt;Jail.&lt;br /&gt;JASON&lt;br /&gt;Can I go now?&lt;br /&gt;MR. EDISON&lt;br /&gt;If you want. But make sure you're here same time next week.&lt;br /&gt;Jason gets up and leaves the room. Mr. Edison walks behind his desk and starts putting papers into his briefcase. Mike enters from the door at stage right.&lt;br /&gt;MIKE&lt;br /&gt;Mr. Edison?&lt;br /&gt;MR. EDISON&lt;br /&gt;Mike. Nice to see you.&lt;br /&gt;MIKE&lt;br /&gt;Can I talk to you?&lt;br /&gt;Mike walks further into the room.&lt;br /&gt;MR. EDISON&lt;br /&gt;Sure. What about?&lt;br /&gt;Mr. Edison puts his briefcase down.&lt;br /&gt;MIKE&lt;br /&gt;About... Uhm...college. I wasn't sure what I should do. Any ideas?&lt;br /&gt;MR. EDISON&lt;br /&gt;Well, you have good grades. And your an excellent football player. I don't think that you'll have any problems getting into whatever college you want. But you know all that.&lt;br /&gt;MIKE&lt;br /&gt;Yeah. I guess I do.&lt;br /&gt;MR. EDISON&lt;br /&gt;Why don't you tell me why you're really here?&lt;br /&gt;MIKE&lt;br /&gt;Have you...Well have you...&lt;br /&gt;MR. EDISON&lt;br /&gt;Go ahead. Whatever you say will stay between us.&lt;br /&gt;Mike takes a deep breath.&lt;br /&gt;MIKE&lt;br /&gt;Have you ever been attracted to someone you shouldn't be attracted to.&lt;br /&gt;MR. EDISON&lt;br /&gt;You mean like a student?&lt;br /&gt;MIKE&lt;br /&gt;No. More like someone you should just be friends with.&lt;br /&gt;MR. EDISON&lt;br /&gt;Sure, I've been attracted to lots of women I should have just been friends with. Some of them are still very good friends. Why?&lt;br /&gt;MIKE&lt;br /&gt;I don't mean women. I mean more like...Uhm.&lt;br /&gt;MR. EDISON&lt;br /&gt;I understand. Mike don't worry about it. It happens to all guys at some point or another. If that's the way you are then you'll know it. If not you'll know that too. Just ride out the feelings and see what happens.&lt;br /&gt;MIKE&lt;br /&gt;Are you sure?&lt;br /&gt;MR. EDISON&lt;br /&gt;Is this the first time you've ever felt this way?&lt;br /&gt;MIKE&lt;br /&gt;I don't know I've never thought about it.&lt;br /&gt;MR. EDISON&lt;br /&gt;Maybe you should then. But don't worry about it. If you are then you are and there's nothing wrong with it. Now it's getting late and I have papers to grade. If you ever need to talk again my door is always open.&lt;br /&gt;MIKE&lt;br /&gt;Thanks.&lt;br /&gt;Mr. Edison finishes putting the papers in his briefcase and he and Mike walk out of the room together.&lt;br /&gt;end scene six:&lt;br /&gt;end act one&lt;br /&gt;aCT TWO:&lt;br /&gt;sCENE ONE:&lt;br /&gt;Mike is back at the podium. Once again in cap gown and tie. His speech continues.&lt;br /&gt;MIKE&lt;br /&gt;That was the start of the changes. The night that our reality would start to bend and change to what it is now. It was the night that long held secrets started to slip and come forth. But secrets are rarely meant to be kept. They are to be held by those that know them until the time for revelation is right. It was a few months later when all the secrets would explode out into the school and alter all of our lives forever. Mr. Edison decided to hand out an original and new assignment that would allow us to learn more about ourselves. We learned all that he wanted us to and then some. At first the assignment seemed innocent enough but the best laid plans...  &lt;br /&gt;The lights go down on Mike and up on the center stage. We are in Mr. Edisons class room. Jason, David and Kim are already there along with several other students. Rowanda enters from the back door followed by Cherie. Mr. Edison then enters from front door. David is wearing a button down oxford shirt in white with a pair of jeans and loafers.&lt;br /&gt;MR. EDISON&lt;br /&gt;Alright is everyone here?&lt;br /&gt;Mr. Edison looks about the room and notices Mike is missing.             &lt;br /&gt;MR. EDISON (cont'd)&lt;br /&gt;Has anyone seen Mike? Is he in school today?&lt;br /&gt;DAVID&lt;br /&gt;Yes, He was meeting with the guidance counselor about colleges. He should be here soon.&lt;br /&gt;Mike walks in the door at stage left out of breath.&lt;br /&gt;MIKE&lt;br /&gt;Sorry I'm late Mr. Edison.&lt;br /&gt;MR. EDISON&lt;br /&gt;It's okay. Any major decisions we should know about?&lt;br /&gt;MIKE&lt;br /&gt;Nothing yet.&lt;br /&gt;MR. EDISON&lt;br /&gt;All right then. If there aren't any other things on the agenda then I'd like to start some new business.&lt;br /&gt;He pauses and looks around the class.&lt;br /&gt;MR. EDISON (cont'd)&lt;br /&gt;Okay then. Let's discuss your homework assignment.&lt;br /&gt;The class collectively groans.&lt;br /&gt;MR. EDISON (cont'd)&lt;br /&gt;Come on settle down. It's not as bad as you think. And I'm giving you two weeks to work on it.&lt;br /&gt;CHERIE&lt;br /&gt;Two weeks. That's a lot of time for homework isn't it?&lt;br /&gt;MR. EDISON&lt;br /&gt;Well it's going to be a big assignment. Anyone care to know what it is or would you like to guess?&lt;br /&gt;MIKE&lt;br /&gt;A twenty five page research paper.&lt;br /&gt;ROWANDA&lt;br /&gt;The complete history of the African American woman in white oppressionist society.&lt;br /&gt;KIM&lt;br /&gt;Rowanda give it a rest. The assignment is going to be to create an original scene in the form of a Shakespeare play to perform in class.&lt;br /&gt;MR. EDISON&lt;br /&gt;All good guesses and great ideas for future assignments. But I was thinking more along the lines of a news report.&lt;br /&gt;DAVID&lt;br /&gt;That shouldn't take two weeks.&lt;br /&gt;MR. EDISON&lt;br /&gt;Well it's going to have to. You see it's not going to be any news report. You guys are going to report on each others lives ten years from now.&lt;br /&gt;CHERIE&lt;br /&gt;That doesn't sound to bad. And it still shouldn't take two weeks to do.&lt;br /&gt;Mr. Edison goes to his desk at the front of the room and leans against it. He yawns and looks distractedly about the room. Then he looks directly at Cherie.&lt;br /&gt;MR. EDISON&lt;br /&gt;It does seem like it would be an easy one doesn't it? But like with all homework there's a catch. You will be writing about one other person in the class, who I will assign. But you have to spend an entire day with that person to get factual information about who they are... The final catch is that you have to be able to support your story with pictures and tangible facts that support it.&lt;br /&gt;ROWANDA&lt;br /&gt;(angrily)&lt;br /&gt;Wait a minute that's an invasion of privacy.&lt;br /&gt;DAVID&lt;br /&gt;Yeah, plus with all our other homework and stuff, how are we supposed to spend an entire day following someone?&lt;br /&gt;MR. EDISON&lt;br /&gt;David I'm surprised by you. I would think you'd enjoy this assignment.&lt;br /&gt;The class is starting to get angry collectively.&lt;br /&gt;KIM&lt;br /&gt;I don't care what you say. No one is going to follow me around for a day.&lt;br /&gt;JASON&lt;br /&gt;Why do you have something to hide?&lt;br /&gt;KIM&lt;br /&gt;(defensively)&lt;br /&gt;No. But I'm sure you do, jerk.&lt;br /&gt;MIKE&lt;br /&gt;I've got too much to do. With practice and student council and all. I'm not sure I could take the time.&lt;br /&gt;MR. EDISON&lt;br /&gt;Well, it's not a matter of taking the time. It's a matter of making the time. This assignment is to teach you something about yourselves and others. So give it a shot. If it proves to be too difficult maybe we'll alter it somewhat.&lt;br /&gt;The class members slump down in their chairs and start acting distracted.&lt;br /&gt;MR. EDISON (cont'd)&lt;br /&gt;These are your partners. Cherie you will report on Rowanda.&lt;br /&gt;Cherie jumps up.&lt;br /&gt;CHERIE&lt;br /&gt;Woah, wait a sec. I'm following her? So on top of rearranging my life I've gotta go to the ghetto? Noway.&lt;br /&gt;MR. EDISON&lt;br /&gt;Yes. Rowanda you will report on Mike. Jason you will do Kim. David you will do Cherie and Mike you will do Jason. Kim will do David and Bob will do Christine...&lt;br /&gt;The bell rings and Mr. Edison leaves the classroom. The lights dim. The class files out.&lt;br /&gt;End Scene one:&lt;br /&gt;scene two:&lt;br /&gt;The classroom a few days later. Mike and David are sitting next to each other and are dressed identically in button down oxford shirts, jeans, and sneakers, except that mike is wearing a black shirt and white jeans and David is wearing a white shirt and black jeans. Cherie, Kim, Jason, Rowanda are there also. They are sitting or leaning on the desks. A couple of the other students enter through the door at stage right.&lt;br /&gt;MIKE&lt;br /&gt;I still say we shouldn't do it.&lt;br /&gt;DAVID&lt;br /&gt;We can't just not do it. We'll all get effs.&lt;br /&gt;ROWANDA&lt;br /&gt;So what? Do you want someone prying in to your life?&lt;br /&gt;DAVID&lt;br /&gt;No, but if we're the only ones who don't do it then we'll fail.&lt;br /&gt;CHERIE&lt;br /&gt;So we just make sure no one else does it.&lt;br /&gt;JASON&lt;br /&gt;It's not that simple. I've already done mine.&lt;br /&gt;KIM&lt;br /&gt;That's impossible. I would've known.&lt;br /&gt;JASON&lt;br /&gt;I just followed you around for a day. It was easy. You never noticed me. Just like every other day.&lt;br /&gt;KIM&lt;br /&gt;Freak. Well just because you did it doesn't mean you have to hand it in.&lt;br /&gt;JASON&lt;br /&gt;Yes it does. Besides I'm not the only one who's finished.&lt;br /&gt;MIKE&lt;br /&gt;Yeah, who else.&lt;br /&gt;JASON&lt;br /&gt;Just about everyone else.&lt;br /&gt;MIKE&lt;br /&gt;Kim's right, you're a freak.&lt;br /&gt;DAVID&lt;br /&gt;Hey, just because we didn't do it, doesn't mean that we have to call Jason names.&lt;br /&gt;CHERIE&lt;br /&gt;David don't get on that kick again. Jason likes it. He knows we're only kidding. Don't you Jason?&lt;br /&gt;JASON&lt;br /&gt;Yeah, I suppose so.&lt;br /&gt;CHERIE&lt;br /&gt;Well, I guess we need to get started on our papers then. There's no fighting it. Especially since we have only a couple of days left.&lt;br /&gt;The bell rings class starts. Mr Edison comes into the room. The lights go out.&lt;br /&gt;end Scene two&lt;br /&gt;scene three: &lt;br /&gt;The park early morning. There is a fountain center stage. A few bushes to stage left, and a bench at stage right. There is a group of people near the fountain. They are dressed formally for a meeting of some kind. At the front of the group is Rowanda she is dressed elegantly with makeup and a business like dress. Her hair is in a twist.  She looks like a young executive. Her father, mother, and brother are standing by her. A man is shaking her fathers  hand. The crowd is composed of Black and White couples. Rowanda starts to wander through the crowd. One White couple who are elegantly dressed and standing near Rowanda can be heard.&lt;br /&gt;MAN1&lt;br /&gt;He thinks he's important just because he has money.&lt;br /&gt;WOMAN1&lt;br /&gt;Really, dear. Don't get upset. He's nouveau riche. Of course he does act very friendly at the club.&lt;br /&gt;MAN1&lt;br /&gt;He has too. He knows that we'd kick him and all his money out if he acted up. I mean he's black after all. Imagine his trying to be like us.&lt;br /&gt;WOMAN1&lt;br /&gt;Honestly, soon the club will be serving fried chicken and watermelon. We really shouldn't have to follow that Equal opportunity law. It just doesn't apply to us. The only blacks that should be at the club should be serving. Not members.&lt;br /&gt;Rowanda moves further along in the crowd and stops by two black men who are talking and able to be heard. Man2 is somewhat older. Probably early fifties or sixties. The other is around the same age as Rowandas father.&lt;br /&gt;MAN2&lt;br /&gt;Joe, I tell you I can remember him as a boy. He was always tinkering with stuff. I knew he'd come to some good.&lt;br /&gt;JOE&lt;br /&gt;I remember him to. We went to school together... Just look at him. Talking to the mayor and all. He thinks he's special cause he's rich.&lt;br /&gt;MAN2&lt;br /&gt;I'm sure he doesn't see it like that. He's just trying to give back to the community.&lt;br /&gt;JOE&lt;br /&gt;Yeah. The white community. He doesn't come around the old neighborhood anymore. He thinks that now he's rich, he's white. He hasn't got any use for black people any more. And look at his kids. They probably don't even know what it is to be black.&lt;br /&gt;MAN2&lt;br /&gt;Maybe you're right. But it doesn't seem right, saying that he wants to be white. It just doesn't sound like him.&lt;br /&gt;JOE&lt;br /&gt;Sound like him or not. That's what's happening. He could have given that money to the black community but instead he gives it to the board of education. It'll all go to the schools in the better neighborhoods. The schools our kids don't get to. Guarantee it.&lt;br /&gt;Rowanda rejoins her family and they leave the Park.&lt;br /&gt;End Scene three&lt;br /&gt;scene four:&lt;br /&gt;The park early evening the sun is setting. It is quiet there is noone about. The bench is at extreme stage right. The fountain and bushes have moved stage right in proportion to the bench. Kim enters with a stroller that has a babies bag hanging off the handle. She sits on the bench. Jason enters from stage left. He sees Kim and ducks down behind the bushes. He then sneaks over to the fountain and hides behind it.&lt;br /&gt;KIM&lt;br /&gt;That's right play in the sandbox baby. Mommy is going to be right here... No don't throw the sand... that's right just put it in the bucket... Good... Mommy's watching... You keep playing nice... That's it... No throwing the sand!...&lt;br /&gt;Jason pulls a notebook out of his back pocket and starts writing. He sneaks occasional peaks at Kim to make sure that she doesn't see him.&lt;br /&gt;KIM (cont'd)&lt;br /&gt;Robin, you're a good boy... Are you making a pie... For me... You're so smart... (Looks at her watch) It's time to go baby... I know you want to play more, but we have to go... We'll come again soon.&lt;br /&gt;It is almost completely dark. Kim gets up and pushes the stroller off stage right. Jason stays crouched beneath the fountain.&lt;br /&gt;Once Kim has gone Jason stands up and walks to the bench. He looks off in the direction she has taken.&lt;br /&gt;JASON&lt;br /&gt;Ahh. My sweet beauty. I love you. But do I love you enough... Enough to want a kid. No, a kids too much responsibility... But I want her. I need her to be mine... She won't date though. How do I make her like me... (Jason starts pacing between the fountian and the bench) She thinks I'm crazy. I'm not crazy. Am I? No, no of course not. I'm in love... With her... But the kid. I should tell her. No I can't tell her, she's probably in love with someone else. But she never dates. Is she married? No, how could she hide that? She's hidden the kid. Is it really her kid? Maybe not. But then why Mommy? What do I do... I go for it. I tell her... But what, how? I wish I were Mike. He always knows what to do. So sure of himself. Mr. Cocky. He never worries. She probably likes him. Hell the kids probably his too. I could handle that. It would be a sort of justice. Me raising Mikes kid. I should just tell her... I can't. I want to...(Jason sits back down behind the fountain hidden from view) Oh hell.&lt;br /&gt;The park is completely dark. The bench is center stage facing out. The fountain is behind it towards stage right. The bushes are behind the fountain towards stage left. Mike and David enter from back center stage. They stop at the fountain.&lt;br /&gt;DAVID&lt;br /&gt;Jason what are you doing there?&lt;br /&gt;Jason stands up.&lt;br /&gt;JASON&lt;br /&gt;I was looking for something.&lt;br /&gt;MIKE&lt;br /&gt;Can we help?&lt;br /&gt;JASON&lt;br /&gt;Help with what?&lt;br /&gt;DAVID&lt;br /&gt;With looking for whatever it is you're looking for.&lt;br /&gt;JASON&lt;br /&gt;I didn't lose anything. What would I be looking for?&lt;br /&gt;MIKE&lt;br /&gt;We don't know. You were crouched down there and we asked you what you were doing and you said looking for something. Then we asked if you needed help and you said you weren't looking for anything. What's going on?&lt;br /&gt;JASON&lt;br /&gt;Nothing. I was just watching someone...something.&lt;br /&gt;DAVID&lt;br /&gt;You're acting kind of strange. Are you okay?&lt;br /&gt;JASON&lt;br /&gt;I'm fine. I was working on my paper.&lt;br /&gt;MIKE&lt;br /&gt;You act weirder everyday.You told us you finished your paper.&lt;br /&gt;DAVID&lt;br /&gt;Besides Kim's not here.&lt;br /&gt;JASON&lt;br /&gt;She left. I wanted to add more stuff.&lt;br /&gt;MIKE&lt;br /&gt;Like?&lt;br /&gt;JASON&lt;br /&gt;Pictures. I need to get pictures to back up the story.&lt;br /&gt;DAVID&lt;br /&gt;But you don't have a camera.&lt;br /&gt;JASON&lt;br /&gt;I've gotta go now.&lt;br /&gt;MIKE&lt;br /&gt;Bye.&lt;br /&gt;Jason exits stage right. David and Mike continue to the bench. They sit down. Mike stretches and puts his arm behind David. David slides right next to Mike.&lt;br /&gt;MIKE (cont'd)&lt;br /&gt;Sometimes I think he's just plain crazy.&lt;br /&gt;DAVID&lt;br /&gt;He's not crazy. Just a little confused...By the way I am too.&lt;br /&gt;MIKE&lt;br /&gt;What are you confused about?&lt;br /&gt;DAVID&lt;br /&gt;About us. What's going on Mike?&lt;br /&gt;MIKE&lt;br /&gt;Why does something have to be going on? I mean, things are good as is. We're friends right?&lt;br /&gt;DAVID&lt;br /&gt;Of course we're friends, but what kind of friends?... I've never done that with anyone else, Mike. I need to know where we stand.&lt;br /&gt;Mike takes Davids hand in his and squeezes him with his other arm.&lt;br /&gt;MIKE&lt;br /&gt;We're really close friends, David. I know you want... No, need more from me, but I can't give it to you. You're gay. I'm not. It's as simple as that.&lt;br /&gt;DAVID&lt;br /&gt;For someone who's not gay, you do a hell of an impression of it.&lt;br /&gt;MIKE&lt;br /&gt;What's that supposed to mean?&lt;br /&gt;DAVID&lt;br /&gt;It means you asked me out. You kissed me first. You initiated our... You know. You may play the leader but you're leading with a guy. I don't care how you slice it. I'm gay yes, but I'm still male and as long as you're doing what you're doing with a male you are gay.&lt;br /&gt;MIKE&lt;br /&gt;(angrily)&lt;br /&gt;I'm not gay. I'm just fooling around with my best friend. Who happens to be.&lt;br /&gt;DAVID&lt;br /&gt;What about Cherie? When was the last time you went out or had sex with her?&lt;br /&gt;MIKE&lt;br /&gt;What's that got to do with anything?&lt;br /&gt;DAVID&lt;br /&gt;A lot. Are you more attracted to her or me Mike? Do you even spend any time with her at all?&lt;br /&gt;MIKE&lt;br /&gt;I'm attracted to you. And no I don't really spend anytime with her outside of school... But that's how it's always been. She's too busy.&lt;br /&gt;DAVID&lt;br /&gt;So are you using me so you don't have to break up with her?&lt;br /&gt;MIKE&lt;br /&gt;No. I want our relationship. But I'm not gay. It's just not who I am. Can't you understand that?&lt;br /&gt;DAVID&lt;br /&gt;I guess I can on some level. But how long do you think this can go on?&lt;br /&gt;MIKE&lt;br /&gt;Forever. Don't you want to be together always?&lt;br /&gt;DAVID&lt;br /&gt;Yeah, but not like this.&lt;br /&gt;MIKE&lt;br /&gt;Listen I can't make any promises. But maybe one day it'll all change. For right now though... I'm straight and that's all there is to it.&lt;br /&gt;Mike leans over and kisses David on the cheek. Then he nuzzles Davids neck. Three teenage boys come walking through the park. They enter from stage right.&lt;br /&gt;BOY1&lt;br /&gt;Hey, look at the faggots.&lt;br /&gt;BOY2&lt;br /&gt;Let's kick their asses.&lt;br /&gt;BOY3&lt;br /&gt;Nah. They'd be able to identify us and then we'd go to jail and have to be like them.&lt;br /&gt;BOY1&lt;br /&gt;I hate faggots. They all desearve to die.&lt;br /&gt;The boys run off the stage to stage left. David and Mike get off the bench and exit stage right.&lt;br /&gt;end Scene four:&lt;br /&gt;scene five:&lt;br /&gt;The truck stop. It is late night. There are a few tables and chairs in the restaurant. There is also a long counter with stools at it. Sitting on one of the stools is an older woman in her forties. She is obviously drunk. Her elbow is on the counter and she is leaning her head into it. Her blonde hair is disheveled and her clothes are rumpled. There are a four truckers eating their dinners. Three of them are friends and sit together. The other one sits at the counter and eats alone. David comes walking in from stage right, carrying a backpack and sits at one of the tables. He wipes his hand across it and makes a face at its greasy surface. Cherie enters from stage left. She is dressed in a waitress uniform, that looks like it has survived from the nineteen fifties. It is pink and worn, it has a low cleavage and short skirt. Cheries hair is pulled into a makeshift bun, out of which a pencil is sticking. On top of her head she has what looks like a little paper crown that is the hat for her uniform. She is wearing a name tag, but it reads Deidre. She is wearing very heavy makeup. She approaches Davids table casually and with an air of trampiness.&lt;br /&gt;CHERIE&lt;br /&gt;What can I get cha?&lt;br /&gt;David looks up at the waitress.&lt;br /&gt;DAVID&lt;br /&gt;Well I could use a menu and could you wipe down the table it's kinda greasy.&lt;br /&gt;CHERIE&lt;br /&gt;Menu'll be right back sugar. As for the table it'll probably only get worse.&lt;br /&gt;Cherie walks back to the counter and grabs a menu from behind it. She returns to the table.&lt;br /&gt;CHERIE (cont'd)&lt;br /&gt;What cha drinkin sugar?&lt;br /&gt;DAVID&lt;br /&gt;Coffee please.&lt;br /&gt;CHERIE&lt;br /&gt;You got it.&lt;br /&gt;Cherie again walks away towards the counter. She goes behind it and pulls out a coffee mug then reaches behind her for the coffee pot. She then brings the mug back to David. David looks at her long and hard.&lt;br /&gt;DAVID&lt;br /&gt;Cherie?&lt;br /&gt;CHERIE&lt;br /&gt;Nah. Name's Diedre&lt;br /&gt;DAVID&lt;br /&gt;No it's Cherie.&lt;br /&gt;Cherie looks down at the table and at David. She is shocked to see him.&lt;br /&gt;CHERIE&lt;br /&gt;David, what are you doing here?&lt;br /&gt;DAVID&lt;br /&gt;I came in for coffee and to do some homework. What are you doing here?&lt;br /&gt;CHERIE&lt;br /&gt;I work here. But I'm called Deidre. These guys don't know I'm in school... Don't tell anyone okay.&lt;br /&gt;DAVID&lt;br /&gt;Okay, but what difference does it make?&lt;br /&gt;CHERIE&lt;br /&gt;I don't know, it just does.&lt;br /&gt;LADY&lt;br /&gt;Hey stupid. Get over here and get me a drink.&lt;br /&gt;DAVID&lt;br /&gt;Who's that?&lt;br /&gt;CHERIE&lt;br /&gt;Just some old drunk. I've got to get her order. Are you ready?&lt;br /&gt;DAVID&lt;br /&gt;I need a minute. Go ahead and take care of her.&lt;br /&gt;LADY&lt;br /&gt;Hey blondie, hurry up. I brought you into this world and I'll take you out. I want another drink now!&lt;br /&gt;Cherie runs behind the counter and reaches down for a bottle. She brings it up and pours a drink for the lady.&lt;br /&gt;TRUCKER&lt;br /&gt;(at table)&lt;br /&gt;Hey beautiful, how bout bringin us some of that?&lt;br /&gt;CHERIE&lt;br /&gt;Y'all behave. You gotta drive and I ain't gonna be the one to serve ya. Now if you want anything else I might be more obligin.&lt;br /&gt;The truckers snicker and laugh at her inuendo.&lt;br /&gt;TRUCKER&lt;br /&gt;Deidre you just answered my prayers.&lt;br /&gt;CHERIE&lt;br /&gt;Just make sure you aren't praying for something you can't handle.&lt;br /&gt;The truckers laugh again. Cherie hands the glass to the lady.&lt;br /&gt;CHERIE (cont'd)&lt;br /&gt;Mom don't you think you've had enough?&lt;br /&gt;LADY&lt;br /&gt;I'll tell you when I've had enough. Now get away from me.&lt;br /&gt;Cherie goes back to Davids table she sits down.&lt;br /&gt;CHERIE&lt;br /&gt;What do you need?&lt;br /&gt;DAVID&lt;br /&gt;A piece of apple pie.&lt;br /&gt;CHERIE&lt;br /&gt;Sure.&lt;br /&gt;DAVID&lt;br /&gt;Why do you let that lady talk to you that way?&lt;br /&gt;CHERIE&lt;br /&gt;Truth?&lt;br /&gt;DAVID&lt;br /&gt;Truth.&lt;br /&gt;CHERIE&lt;br /&gt;She's my mom. She's an alcoholic. She wasn't drinking for a while but then she lost her job and started again. I work here to support us. It's okay money, but I'm just barely able to get by.&lt;br /&gt;DAVID&lt;br /&gt;Why don't you get her into one of those programs?&lt;br /&gt;CHERIE&lt;br /&gt;Because someone like her has to want to get better and right now she doesn't want to. So I do what I can to survive and wait till she hits bottom.&lt;br /&gt;DAVID&lt;br /&gt;Sounds like you've been through this before.&lt;br /&gt;CHERIE&lt;br /&gt;I have a few times. I just wish she didn't treat me like garbage when she's drunk. She's okay sober but like this...She's actually being almost nice tonight. I'll get you that pie.&lt;br /&gt;Cherie gets up and walks behind the counter. David reaches into his backpack and pulls out a book.&lt;br /&gt;Lights fade to black:&lt;br /&gt;The diner. David is finishing up his pie. The truckers have left and Cheries Mother is passed out on the counter. Cherie goes over to Davids table. She is carrying a coffee pot and a mug.&lt;br /&gt;CHERIE&lt;br /&gt;Ready for a refill?&lt;br /&gt;DAVID&lt;br /&gt;Yeah.&lt;br /&gt;Cherie sits at the table. She pours coffee into Davids cup and then fills the one she was carrying.&lt;br /&gt;DAVID (cont'd)&lt;br /&gt;Do you like working here?&lt;br /&gt;CHERIE&lt;br /&gt;No. But if I want to survive I've got to.&lt;br /&gt;DAVID&lt;br /&gt;I wish I could help.&lt;br /&gt;CHERIE&lt;br /&gt;That's really sweet David, but I doubt there's anything you can do. So how's the studying?&lt;br /&gt;DAVID&lt;br /&gt;Alright I guess. Did you finish your report on Rowanda yet?&lt;br /&gt;CHERIE&lt;br /&gt;Are you kidding. She won't let me get near her outside of school. Not to mention I seem to have very little time to do it.&lt;br /&gt;DAVID&lt;br /&gt;Why don't you just talk to Mr. Edison? I'm sure he'd understand.&lt;br /&gt;CHERIE&lt;br /&gt;No. I'll work it out somehow. I usually do. Now why don't you tell me about your social life. You've been around for a few months now. Anyone I should know about?&lt;br /&gt;DAVID&lt;br /&gt;Well I have been seeing someone.&lt;br /&gt;CHERIE&lt;br /&gt;I know it's not Kim. She would have told me. So let's see. I've got it Casey. She's wild about you.&lt;br /&gt;DAVID&lt;br /&gt;No. Not Casey.&lt;br /&gt;CHERIE&lt;br /&gt;Rebecca?&lt;br /&gt;DAVID&lt;br /&gt;No. Cherie I'm gay.&lt;br /&gt;CHERIE&lt;br /&gt;Oh. I... Hmm. Then I bet it's Kevin.&lt;br /&gt;DAVID&lt;br /&gt;No. Not Kevin. Cherie I'd love to tell you but I've been sworn to secrecy.&lt;br /&gt;CHERIE&lt;br /&gt;Okay. I can live with that. Does Mike know you're gay?&lt;br /&gt;DAVID&lt;br /&gt;I guess. It hasn't really come up.&lt;br /&gt;CHERIE&lt;br /&gt;With all the time you two spend together? I'm sure he's got an idea.&lt;br /&gt;David looks away from Cherie. Her mouth drops open in shock.&lt;br /&gt;CHERIE (cont'd)&lt;br /&gt;Mike? Are you serious?&lt;br /&gt;DAVID&lt;br /&gt;No, yes, I don't know. He says he isn't gay, but he keeps asking me out and we...uhm...we...the other night.&lt;br /&gt;CHERIE&lt;br /&gt;I don't believe it. Actually I do. But to know it's true. Man, and I've been his perfect girlfriend. We say we're dating but I'm always to busy to actually go out. I ought to tell him off.&lt;br /&gt;DAVID&lt;br /&gt;Cherie, you can't. He can't know that you know. He'll go crazy if he thinks that anyone besides me knows he's gay.&lt;br /&gt;CHERIE&lt;br /&gt;Okay. I won't say anything. But just so you know. It's not something new. The other kids have been saying he's gay since freshman year.&lt;br /&gt;DAVID&lt;br /&gt;Really?&lt;br /&gt;CHERIE&lt;br /&gt;Yeah. If we hadn't started dating he would have been outted a while ago. &lt;br /&gt;DAVID&lt;br /&gt;Does he know?&lt;br /&gt;CHERIE&lt;br /&gt;I think so, but he's so afraid to admit it. It's good to know though. Do you love him?&lt;br /&gt;DAVID&lt;br /&gt;I think so. Yeah.&lt;br /&gt;end SCENE FIVE&lt;br /&gt;SCENE six:&lt;br /&gt;Kims house. Her parents and she are sitting around the table eating. Her parents are much older probably in their late fifties. Kims father does not talk to her but talks through her mother.&lt;br /&gt;MOM&lt;br /&gt;Kim, your father wants to know where you took the child this afternoon?&lt;br /&gt;KIM&lt;br /&gt;To the park. He needs to get some fresh air.&lt;br /&gt;DAD&lt;br /&gt;(to Mom)&lt;br /&gt;Why does she try to disgrace us? Did anyone see her?&lt;br /&gt;MOM&lt;br /&gt;Kim, your father wants...&lt;br /&gt;KIM&lt;br /&gt;I know mom. I can hear him. I'm not trying to disgrace you. And no noone saw us. I made sure we were alone... The baby needs friends and fresh air. He's lonely. All you ever do is feed him and change his diapers... He's your grandson, play with him, love him.&lt;br /&gt;DAD&lt;br /&gt;NO! You will not take him out of this house again.If you do, don't come back.&lt;br /&gt;Dad gets up and storms out of the room. Kim gets up and runs out of the room crying.&lt;br /&gt;enD SCENE six&lt;br /&gt;Scene seven:&lt;br /&gt;The park late at night. The bench is center stage facing the audience. The fountain is lit and casts a dim glow to the surrounding area. The bush is just a shadow behind the fountain. Jason is laying on the bench asleep. His face is hidden from view. Mike staggers in from stage right he is wearing his letter jacket and carrying a bottle wrapped in a brown paper bag. He goes to the bench and looks down at it.&lt;br /&gt;MIKE&lt;br /&gt;Figures someone would be sleeping on my favorite bench.&lt;br /&gt;Mike turns towards the audience then sits down on the ground leaning against the bench. He leans his head back and lets out a scream that sounds like a growling animal. Jason wakes up but doesn't show his face.&lt;br /&gt;JASON&lt;br /&gt;What?... Who's there?... What's happening?&lt;br /&gt;Mike his head lays his head against Jasons legs.&lt;br /&gt;MIKE&lt;br /&gt;Hark! A voice. A familiar voice. The voice of strangeness and silence. The voice of idle threats and significance. The voice...&lt;br /&gt;JASON&lt;br /&gt;So now your Shakespeare?&lt;br /&gt;MIKE&lt;br /&gt;The voice of my friend Jason. Why are you sleeping on a park bench?&lt;br /&gt;JASON&lt;br /&gt;Cause I feel like it. Go home. You're drunk.&lt;br /&gt;MIKE&lt;br /&gt;And getting drunker.&lt;br /&gt;Mike takes a big swig from the bottle.&lt;br /&gt;MIKE (cont'd)&lt;br /&gt;Want some?&lt;br /&gt;JASON&lt;br /&gt;Yeah.&lt;br /&gt;Mike swings his arm with the bottle fast and drunkenly to Jason. Jason reaches over his shoulder for the bottle keeping his face hidden. Then takes a sip.&lt;br /&gt;JASON (cont'd)&lt;br /&gt;Thanks.&lt;br /&gt;MIKE&lt;br /&gt;So you gonna let me sit on the bench or make me stay on the cold hard ground.&lt;br /&gt;Jason rolls over and keeping his face hidden by his arm.&lt;br /&gt;JASON&lt;br /&gt;You gotta move so I can put my feet down.&lt;br /&gt;Mike stands up. He is wobbily on his feet. Jason puts his feet down and sits up. He removes his arm from his face. It is bruised and swollen. Mike flops onto the bench without looking at Jason. Jason turns his head away from Mike to hide the bruises.&lt;br /&gt;MIKE&lt;br /&gt;Gimme back the bottle.&lt;br /&gt;Jason hands the bottle back to Mike.&lt;br /&gt;MIKE (cont'd)&lt;br /&gt;Thanks.&lt;br /&gt;JASON&lt;br /&gt;How much have you had to drink?&lt;br /&gt;MIKE&lt;br /&gt;Let's see. I had a fifth at home. Then swiped this from the rents liquor cabinet. How much is left in here?&lt;br /&gt;Mike looks over to Jason while handing him the bottle. Jason turns and takes the bottle. He pulls it out of the back revealing that it is almost full.&lt;br /&gt;JASON&lt;br /&gt;Almost all of it.&lt;br /&gt;MIKE&lt;br /&gt;Then I've had a fifth and a couple a sips.(really looks at Jasons face) Woah, dude what happened? (reaches over to touch Jasons face)&lt;br /&gt;JASON&lt;br /&gt;Nothing...(winces and pulls back as Mikes hand makes contact) Owww.&lt;br /&gt;MIKE&lt;br /&gt;Sure looks like something.&lt;br /&gt;JASON&lt;br /&gt;Well it's not. Why are you drinking?&lt;br /&gt;MIKE&lt;br /&gt;Cause it seems to make things clearer.&lt;br /&gt;JASON&lt;br /&gt;What things?&lt;br /&gt;MIKE&lt;br /&gt;Life, sex, god. You know the universe.&lt;br /&gt;JASON&lt;br /&gt;I guess. Mind if I have some more.&lt;br /&gt;MIKE&lt;br /&gt;Help yourself. You sure you don't need a doctor or something?&lt;br /&gt;Jason drinks.&lt;br /&gt;JASON&lt;br /&gt;Yeah, I'm sure.&lt;br /&gt;MIKE&lt;br /&gt;So who'd you piss off?&lt;br /&gt;JASON&lt;br /&gt;Noone. You won't tell anyone about this will you?&lt;br /&gt;Mike takes the bottle back and takes a swig.&lt;br /&gt;MIKE&lt;br /&gt;I won't even remember this tomorrow. But people are gonna see your face. It's kinda hard to hide.&lt;br /&gt;A girl and guy laughing is heard.&lt;br /&gt;JASON&lt;br /&gt;I know. What should I tell them?&lt;br /&gt;MIKE&lt;br /&gt;That the other guy looks worse.&lt;br /&gt;Cherie and David walk into the park. Cherie has changed into jeans and a sweatshirt, her face is clean of the excess makeup and she is carrying a backpack. They see Mike and Jason on the bench and join them.&lt;br /&gt;DAVID&lt;br /&gt;(sitting next to Mike)&lt;br /&gt;What are you guys doing here?&lt;br /&gt;CHERIE&lt;br /&gt;It's kind of late.&lt;br /&gt;MIKE&lt;br /&gt;Just chatting away the night. And getting drunk. Want some?&lt;br /&gt;DAVID&lt;br /&gt;Why not? I could use a drink. Cherie?&lt;br /&gt;Jason hands David the bottle.&lt;br /&gt;CHERIE&lt;br /&gt;Yeah I guess a...&lt;br /&gt;DAVID&lt;br /&gt;Jeez. What happened to your face?&lt;br /&gt;Cherie looks at Jason.&lt;br /&gt;CHERIE&lt;br /&gt;Oh my god. Do you need a doctor?&lt;br /&gt;JASON&lt;br /&gt;I'm fine. I got into a fight earlier. No biggie.&lt;br /&gt;DAVID&lt;br /&gt;You sure?&lt;br /&gt;CHERIE&lt;br /&gt;It looks pretty bad.&lt;br /&gt;JASON&lt;br /&gt;Well it feels just peachy.&lt;br /&gt;CHERIE&lt;br /&gt;Sorry, I didn't mean to be nice to you or anything.&lt;br /&gt;Cherie sits down on the ground taking the bottle from David and taking a big swig.&lt;br /&gt;MIKE&lt;br /&gt;So what are you two doing out this late? You aren't trying to get my girl are you?&lt;br /&gt;DAVID&lt;br /&gt;No, Uhm we were just having coffee.&lt;br /&gt;CHERIE&lt;br /&gt;Yeah, you know I'd never go with anyone else Mike.&lt;br /&gt;MIKE&lt;br /&gt;That's right. I'm the best there is. Right David?&lt;br /&gt;DAVID&lt;br /&gt;Right.&lt;br /&gt;JASON&lt;br /&gt;What are you two talking about?&lt;br /&gt;MIKE&lt;br /&gt;Sex.&lt;br /&gt;JASON&lt;br /&gt;So how would David know if you're the best.&lt;br /&gt;DAVID&lt;br /&gt;I wouldn't.&lt;br /&gt;MIKE&lt;br /&gt;Sure you would. That's what you and Cherie were talking about isn't it?&lt;br /&gt;DAVID&lt;br /&gt;That's right Cherie told me everything.&lt;br /&gt;CHERIE&lt;br /&gt;Sure did.&lt;br /&gt;MIKE&lt;br /&gt;Who's got the bottle?&lt;br /&gt;CHERIE&lt;br /&gt;I do.&lt;br /&gt;MIKE&lt;br /&gt;Well take a drink and pass it on.&lt;br /&gt;Cherie takes a drink and passes the bottle on to Jason. Who takes a drink and passes it to David. David takes a sip and then passes the bottle to Cherie.&lt;br /&gt;MIKE (cont'd)&lt;br /&gt;Hey you skipped me.&lt;br /&gt;DAVID&lt;br /&gt;Don't you think you've had enough.&lt;br /&gt;MIKE&lt;br /&gt;Can't have enough. I need to think about things and it helps.&lt;br /&gt;CHERIE&lt;br /&gt;Being sober would help.(takes a drink and passes the bottle to David)Besides what do you need to think about?&lt;br /&gt;MIKE&lt;br /&gt;Lots of things.&lt;br /&gt;JASON&lt;br /&gt;Like what?&lt;br /&gt;MIKE&lt;br /&gt;You wouldn't understand.&lt;br /&gt;JASON&lt;br /&gt;Maybe we would.&lt;br /&gt;MIKE&lt;br /&gt;Okay, you tell me who beat your face in and I'll tell you what I'm thinking about.&lt;br /&gt;JASON&lt;br /&gt;Never mind.&lt;br /&gt;The sound of a joggers feet pounding on the sidewalk is heard. Rowanda enters from stage right. She is wearing an enormously baggy jogging suit. She is slightly out of breath and stops by the bench.&lt;br /&gt;ROWANDA&lt;br /&gt;What are you doing here?&lt;br /&gt;MIKE&lt;br /&gt;Just talking. How about you?&lt;br /&gt;ROWANDA&lt;br /&gt;Lord almighty. All brawn no brains. What's it look like I'm doing?&lt;br /&gt;CHERIE&lt;br /&gt;Running from some criminal activity.&lt;br /&gt;DAVID&lt;br /&gt;Cherie! We didn't know you jogged.&lt;br /&gt;ROWANDA&lt;br /&gt;Well believe it or not I like to keep in shape.&lt;br /&gt;MIKE&lt;br /&gt;Why? No one can see it. Here have a drink.&lt;br /&gt;Mike grabs the bottle from David and takes a sip before handing it to Rowanda.&lt;br /&gt;ROWANDA&lt;br /&gt;What is it?&lt;br /&gt;MIKE&lt;br /&gt;Water.&lt;br /&gt;Rowanda takes a big swig of it. She swallows and starts coughing.&lt;br /&gt;ROWANDA&lt;br /&gt;Are you trying to kill me?&lt;br /&gt;MIKE&lt;br /&gt;Fire water!&lt;br /&gt;ROWANDA&lt;br /&gt;How much have you had to drink?&lt;br /&gt;MIKE&lt;br /&gt;Enough. Now give the bottle to Jason it's his turn.&lt;br /&gt;Rowanda walks over to Jason and hands him the bottle.&lt;br /&gt;ROWANDA&lt;br /&gt;Holy... Who redecorated?&lt;br /&gt;JASON&lt;br /&gt;It's nothing.&lt;br /&gt;ROWANDA&lt;br /&gt;Looks pretty ugly. You need a doctor or something?&lt;br /&gt;JASON&lt;br /&gt;No I'm fine.(takes a swig from the bottle and hands it to David) The pains almost gone.&lt;br /&gt;ROWANDA&lt;br /&gt;Okay, but make sure you don't bleed on me.&lt;br /&gt;JASON&lt;br /&gt;Promise.&lt;br /&gt;CHERIE&lt;br /&gt;Rowanda why don't you just sit down and join us.&lt;br /&gt;ROWANDA&lt;br /&gt;Gotta stretch. Then I'll join the party.&lt;br /&gt;Kim runs in hands over her eyes crying. Mike calls to her.&lt;br /&gt;MIKE&lt;br /&gt;Kim! Kim! Stop!&lt;br /&gt;Kim stops and removes her hands from her eyes.&lt;br /&gt;CHERIE&lt;br /&gt;Come here. (Kim joins them at the bench)What's wrong?&lt;br /&gt;KIM&lt;br /&gt;I've got to get out of my house.&lt;br /&gt;DAVID&lt;br /&gt;Why? Did you have a fight with your parents?&lt;br /&gt;KIM&lt;br /&gt;It's not that simple.&lt;br /&gt;ROWANDA&lt;br /&gt;Why don't you tell us about it?&lt;br /&gt;KIM&lt;br /&gt;I can't.&lt;br /&gt;JASON&lt;br /&gt;Why not?&lt;br /&gt;KIM&lt;br /&gt;(looks at Jason)&lt;br /&gt;Oh my...&lt;br /&gt;JASON&lt;br /&gt;I'm fine. It doesn't hurt anymore. No I don't need a doctor. Thanks for asking. Now what's so bad at home?&lt;br /&gt;KIM&lt;br /&gt;Oh, nothing, everything. I don't know.&lt;br /&gt;MIKE&lt;br /&gt;(cheerfully)&lt;br /&gt;Have a drink.&lt;br /&gt;He takes the bottle from David. Drinks some and hands it to Kim. She takes a tentative sip. Then gulps some down.&lt;br /&gt;MIKE (cont'd)&lt;br /&gt;I now call this meeting of the mindless drunks to order.&lt;br /&gt;CHERIE&lt;br /&gt;You're the only one who's drunk.&lt;br /&gt;JASON&lt;br /&gt;I'm not far behind.&lt;br /&gt;ROWANDA&lt;br /&gt;What's going on here?&lt;br /&gt;DAVID&lt;br /&gt;What do you mean?&lt;br /&gt;ROWANDA&lt;br /&gt;I mean I came out here for some exercise. Mikes here plastered, Jasons not far behind. You and Cherie seem to be hanging out awfully late and now she comes running through the park crying. Something is really wrong here.&lt;br /&gt;CHERIE&lt;br /&gt;David and I were studying together and went out for coffee. We came across these two(points to Jason and Mike) on our way home.&lt;br /&gt;MIKE&lt;br /&gt;I came out here to get drunk and think.&lt;br /&gt;JASON&lt;br /&gt;I just needed to get away from...&lt;br /&gt;KIM&lt;br /&gt;I had a terrible argument with my father.&lt;br /&gt;ROWANDA&lt;br /&gt;So you're saying you've got problems. We all do but getting drunk in the park at four thirty in the morning isn't the best answer.&lt;br /&gt;MIKE&lt;br /&gt;Maybe not but it's the easiest one.&lt;br /&gt;JASON&lt;br /&gt;That's for sure.&lt;br /&gt;MIKE&lt;br /&gt;Hey, you've got a gun. You can blow your problem away.(Mike laughs)&lt;br /&gt;JASON&lt;br /&gt;I do have a gun. But it's not as easy as that. If it were I'da done you already.&lt;br /&gt;MIKE&lt;br /&gt;Right.&lt;br /&gt;DAVID&lt;br /&gt;Let's not talk about this. Did everyone get their papers for Mr. Edisons class done?&lt;br /&gt;ROWANDA&lt;br /&gt;Mines already typed and ready to go.&lt;br /&gt;JASON&lt;br /&gt;I'm finished.&lt;br /&gt;CHERIE&lt;br /&gt;I haven't had a chance to. Rowanda can I follow you tomorrow?&lt;br /&gt;ROWANDA&lt;br /&gt;No. I ain't gonna be chased around by walking, talking Barbie.&lt;br /&gt;CHERIE&lt;br /&gt;Well maybe I'll just follow you anyway.&lt;br /&gt;ROWANDA&lt;br /&gt;You do and you're gonna end up looking like the punching bag over there.&lt;br /&gt;CHERIE&lt;br /&gt;God you are such a...&lt;br /&gt;ROWANDA&lt;br /&gt;Say it. Come on say it.&lt;br /&gt;KIM&lt;br /&gt;Can't we ever be together without arguing?&lt;br /&gt;DAVID&lt;br /&gt;Apparently not.&lt;br /&gt;MIKE&lt;br /&gt;Look who's talking? Mr. I have the perfect life faggot.&lt;br /&gt;DAVID&lt;br /&gt;You're an ass.&lt;br /&gt;JASON&lt;br /&gt;What is going on with you two?&lt;br /&gt;DAVID&lt;br /&gt;Nothing.&lt;br /&gt;MIKE&lt;br /&gt;That's right. He wants my bod but I won't let him have it.&lt;br /&gt;JASON&lt;br /&gt;What are you talking about? Davids not gay.&lt;br /&gt;DAVID&lt;br /&gt;Yes I am.&lt;br /&gt;JASON&lt;br /&gt;You're queer?&lt;br /&gt;MIKE&lt;br /&gt;Get with the program dumbass. He's as queer as a three dollar bill.&lt;br /&gt;JASON&lt;br /&gt;So what?&lt;br /&gt;MIKE&lt;br /&gt;If you're so okay with it. Make out with him.&lt;br /&gt;JASON&lt;br /&gt;No way. I'm not like that.&lt;br /&gt;CHERIE&lt;br /&gt;Nice. Could you two be a little more stupid.&lt;br /&gt;ROWANDA&lt;br /&gt;Probably not.&lt;br /&gt;KIM&lt;br /&gt;Just a couple of assholes. Like all the other guys.&lt;br /&gt;DAVID&lt;br /&gt;It's okay. They're just drunk. They'll be alright tomorrow. Give me the bottle.&lt;br /&gt;David takes the bottle and drinks deeply. He then passes it around. The others each drink. Then they sit silently just passing the bottle around.&lt;br /&gt;end scene seven&lt;br /&gt;scene eight:&lt;br /&gt;The classroom. Mr. Edison is sitting behind his desk, grading papers late in the afternoon. Rowanda walks in quietly and stands in front of the desk.&lt;br /&gt;MR. EDISON&lt;br /&gt;Hello Rowanda, can I help you with something?&lt;br /&gt;ROWANDA&lt;br /&gt;I...&lt;br /&gt;Rowanda turns to leave.&lt;br /&gt;MR. EDISON&lt;br /&gt;Are you sure you want to leave?&lt;br /&gt;ROWANDA&lt;br /&gt;I'm not really sure what it is I want?&lt;br /&gt;MR. EDISON&lt;br /&gt;I find that surprising.&lt;br /&gt;ROWANDA&lt;br /&gt;Why?&lt;br /&gt;MR. EDISON&lt;br /&gt;Because you show yourself as being confident and strong. Isn't that the case?&lt;br /&gt;ROWANDA&lt;br /&gt;Yes, but it's just a show. I feel like I'm being torn between two worlds.&lt;br /&gt;MR. EDISON&lt;br /&gt;Most people experience that.&lt;br /&gt;ROWANDA&lt;br /&gt;How could they?&lt;br /&gt;MR. EDISON&lt;br /&gt;Well it depends, each person feels that way for different reasons. How are you being torn?&lt;br /&gt;ROWANDA&lt;br /&gt;I don't know.&lt;br /&gt;MR. EDISON&lt;br /&gt;Does the idea of growing up scare you?&lt;br /&gt;ROWANDA&lt;br /&gt;No. It's more complicated than that.&lt;br /&gt;MR. EDISON&lt;br /&gt;Maybe your afraid of having a family and a career? You can have both you know.&lt;br /&gt;ROWANDA&lt;br /&gt;That's not it. It's more black and white than that. More of a financial issue.&lt;br /&gt;MR. EDISON&lt;br /&gt;I think I understand now. It's not an easy problem. But it can be overcome.&lt;br /&gt;ROWANDA&lt;br /&gt;How?&lt;br /&gt;MR. EDISON&lt;br /&gt;By not sticking to your own prejudices and avoiding extremes. There is a middle ground, but you have to look for it.&lt;br /&gt;ROWANDA&lt;br /&gt;Where?&lt;br /&gt;MR. EDISON&lt;br /&gt;As soon as you figure that out, your problem will be over.&lt;br /&gt;ROWANDA&lt;br /&gt;I don't understand.&lt;br /&gt;MR. EDISON&lt;br /&gt;You will. It will come with time. But in the meantime, you should talk with your parents. They'll understand. And probably explain this all better than I can.&lt;br /&gt;ROWANDA&lt;br /&gt;Okay. Thanks.&lt;br /&gt;Rowanda gets up and leaves. Mr. Edison goes back to grading his papers. Kim walks into the room and sits down at a desk.&lt;br /&gt;KIM&lt;br /&gt;Mr. Edison?&lt;br /&gt;Mr. Edison looks up.&lt;br /&gt;MR. EDISON&lt;br /&gt;Hello Kim. What can I do for you?&lt;br /&gt;KIM&lt;br /&gt;I need some advice.&lt;br /&gt;Mr. Edison gets up from his desk and sits in a desk next to Kim.&lt;br /&gt;MR. EDISON&lt;br /&gt;I'll be glad to help if I can. What's the problem?&lt;br /&gt;KIM&lt;br /&gt;I have this friend. And she's the one with the problem.&lt;br /&gt;MR. EDISON&lt;br /&gt;Okay. So what's your friends problem?&lt;br /&gt;KIM&lt;br /&gt;Her parents are very strict, religious types.&lt;br /&gt;MR. EDISON&lt;br /&gt;That's not the problem is it?&lt;br /&gt;KIM&lt;br /&gt;No. She has a baby. Her parents aren't mean or anything but they are making difficult for her to do anything for the baby.&lt;br /&gt;MR. EDISON&lt;br /&gt;In what way?&lt;br /&gt;KIM&lt;br /&gt;She can't take him outside or even let anyone know that she's had a baby or they'll kick her and him out of the house. She loves her parents but she loves her baby too. She just wants to be able to go on to college and maybe find a husband and a career, without having to worry about losing it all because she's proud that she's a mom.&lt;br /&gt;MR. EDISON&lt;br /&gt;Sounds like a very complicated situation. I take it talking to her parents is out?&lt;br /&gt;KIM&lt;br /&gt;Pretty much. What can she do?&lt;br /&gt;MR. EDISON&lt;br /&gt;I'm not really sure. But maybe someone at Planned Parenthood or her guidance counselor could help her out. I'm sure she's not alone. She just has to seek out the help she needs.&lt;br /&gt;KIM&lt;br /&gt;Do you think it'll help?&lt;br /&gt;MR. EDISON&lt;br /&gt;It may make things worse first.&lt;br /&gt;KIM&lt;br /&gt;Worse?&lt;br /&gt;MR. EDISON&lt;br /&gt;Worse. Sometimes things get harder before they get easier. I suspect your friend is going to have some major decisions to make. I hope you'll stand by her whatever they are. She'll need alot of support.&lt;br /&gt;KIM&lt;br /&gt;I will.&lt;br /&gt;MR. EDISON&lt;br /&gt;Was there anything else?&lt;br /&gt;KIM&lt;br /&gt;No. Thanks I appreciate the help.&lt;br /&gt;Kim gets up and leaves the room. Mr. Edison gets up and walks back to his desk. Just as he is about to sit down Cherie walks in with David following her.&lt;br /&gt;CHERIE&lt;br /&gt;She's impossible. I can't do the assignment. She won't let me get near her. Mr. Edison you've got to do something.&lt;br /&gt;MR. EDISON&lt;br /&gt;I do?... I take it Rowanda is giving you some trouble.&lt;br /&gt;CHERIE&lt;br /&gt;Some trouble? She's being ridiculous. I asked her if I could follow her around and she threatened me.&lt;br /&gt;MR. EDISON&lt;br /&gt;Seems to me that the two of you need to work out your differences.&lt;br /&gt;CHERIE&lt;br /&gt;There is no way we can work out our differences. She's just too much of a...&lt;br /&gt;MR. EDISON&lt;br /&gt;No name calling please. I think that you can work it out if you try. Why not instead of following her around you try to interview her instead?&lt;br /&gt;CHERIE&lt;br /&gt;I suppose I could try that. But if it doesn't work I want another assignment. I'm not going to fail just because she's not cooperating.&lt;br /&gt;MR. EDISON&lt;br /&gt;Give it a shot. If she still won't cooperate. I'll talk to her and see if I can help. Alright.&lt;br /&gt;CHERIE&lt;br /&gt;Fine.&lt;br /&gt;MR. EDISON&lt;br /&gt;David did you need any help?&lt;br /&gt;DAVID&lt;br /&gt;No. Nothing you can help me with anyway.&lt;br /&gt;MR. EDISON&lt;br /&gt;Why do you say that?&lt;br /&gt;DAVID&lt;br /&gt;You wouldn't understand. Besides it's not that big a deal. I can handle it.&lt;br /&gt;MR. EDISON&lt;br /&gt;If you're sure. But if you change your mind I'll be here for a while.&lt;br /&gt;DAVID&lt;br /&gt;Thanks, but I'll take care of it.&lt;br /&gt;David and Cherie leave the room. Mr. Edison sits at his desk and starts grading the papers again. Mike walks in stopping at the doorway. He starts to cry. Mr. Edison looks up.&lt;br /&gt;MR. EDISON&lt;br /&gt;Mike what's wrong?&lt;br /&gt;Mike starts walking to Mr. Edison. When Mike reaches him he just stands in front of him looking lost.&lt;br /&gt;MR. EDISON (cont'd)&lt;br /&gt;Mike?&lt;br /&gt;Mike leans into Mr. Edison sobbing very hard. Mr. Edison hugs Mike briefly. Then gently pushes him back.&lt;br /&gt;MR. EDISON (cont'd)&lt;br /&gt;Mike calm down and take a seat.&lt;br /&gt;Mike and Mr. Edison sit at the students desks.&lt;br /&gt;MR. EDISON (cont'd)&lt;br /&gt;Mike what's wrong?&lt;br /&gt;MIKE&lt;br /&gt;I know.&lt;br /&gt;MR. EDISON&lt;br /&gt;What do you know?&lt;br /&gt;MIKE&lt;br /&gt;What I really am.&lt;br /&gt;MR. EDISON&lt;br /&gt;Mike start from the beginning. I'm a little confused.&lt;br /&gt;MIKE&lt;br /&gt;We talked about this a few weeks ago.&lt;br /&gt;MR. EDISON&lt;br /&gt;I think I understand now. You were confused about liking boys or girls.&lt;br /&gt;MIKE&lt;br /&gt;Right.&lt;br /&gt;MR. EDISON&lt;br /&gt;And you've figured out who you like?&lt;br /&gt;MIKE&lt;br /&gt;Yes.&lt;br /&gt;MR. EDISON&lt;br /&gt;Can I take it that you're not happy about it.&lt;br /&gt;MIKE&lt;br /&gt;How could I be?&lt;br /&gt;MR. EDISON&lt;br /&gt;Why can't you be?&lt;br /&gt;MIKE&lt;br /&gt;Because it's wrong. I've always been told it's wrong. That my life will be ruined. That wouldn't ever be happy living like that. That I wouldn't find love or have a family. That people would call me names and maybe even attack me for it. Why should I be happy about that?&lt;br /&gt;MR. EDISON&lt;br /&gt;How did you figure it out in the first place?&lt;br /&gt;MIKE&lt;br /&gt;What do you mean?&lt;br /&gt;MR. EDISON&lt;br /&gt;Well you were confused, but now you're not confused. Seems something must have changed to end the confusion.&lt;br /&gt;MIKE&lt;br /&gt;Yeah, I guess.&lt;br /&gt;MR. EDISON&lt;br /&gt;Well what was it?&lt;br /&gt;MIKE&lt;br /&gt;I met someone.&lt;br /&gt;MR. EDISON&lt;br /&gt;A guy I take it.&lt;br /&gt;MIKE&lt;br /&gt;Yeah.&lt;br /&gt;MR. EDISON&lt;br /&gt;And?&lt;br /&gt;MIKE&lt;br /&gt;And I like him alot.&lt;br /&gt;MR. EDISON&lt;br /&gt;Like? Are you sure that you want to throw your life away for someone you only like.&lt;br /&gt;MIKE&lt;br /&gt;Okay, maybe it's more than just like.&lt;br /&gt;MR. EDISON&lt;br /&gt;So what happened to end the confusion?&lt;br /&gt;MIKE&lt;br /&gt;We...Uhm.... I should go now.&lt;br /&gt;Mike starts to get up.&lt;br /&gt;MR. EDISON&lt;br /&gt;Mike sit down. I understand what the Uhm is. It's okay.&lt;br /&gt;Mike sits back down.&lt;br /&gt;MIKE&lt;br /&gt;It was fantastic. I never knew that I could feel that way with someone else.&lt;br /&gt;MR. EDISON&lt;br /&gt;So what's so bad?&lt;br /&gt;MIKE&lt;br /&gt;How can I live that way? I don't want people to call me names. My parents. I don't know what they would think. I mean I'd have to keep it a secret. I don't want to live like that.&lt;br /&gt;MR. EDISON&lt;br /&gt;Mike those are things that can happen. It doesn't mean that they will. You're the only one who can control what's going to happen.&lt;br /&gt;MIKE&lt;br /&gt;Is that what you really think?&lt;br /&gt;MR. EDISON&lt;br /&gt;Yes that's what I think.&lt;br /&gt;MIKE&lt;br /&gt;I think you're wrong. I think this has got to be a mistake. This isn't supposed to happen to me. I think it's all a nightmare and I'm going to wake up soon.&lt;br /&gt;MR. EDISON&lt;br /&gt;Well I hope you'll think about this some more. If you want I can see about getting you some help.&lt;br /&gt;MIKE&lt;br /&gt;Like what?&lt;br /&gt;MR. EDISON&lt;br /&gt;Well there are some gay youth groups. I have a friend who's a counselor. There are I think some other options, but I'll have check into them.&lt;br /&gt;MIKE&lt;br /&gt;Yeah okay, whatever. I've gotta go. Thanks. Bye.&lt;br /&gt;Mike leaves the room. Mr. Edison once again returns to his desk to grade papers. He glances down at his watch and looks to the doors of the classroom. He starts grading a paper, then glances at his watch once more. He stops and puts the pen down. Mr. Edison turns and watches the doors of the classroom. Jason walks in slowly. His head is hanging. He sits at one of the desks.&lt;br /&gt;MR. EDISON&lt;br /&gt;What happened?&lt;br /&gt;JASON&lt;br /&gt;I got into a fight.&lt;br /&gt;MR. EDISON&lt;br /&gt;Over what?&lt;br /&gt;JASON&lt;br /&gt;Nothing.&lt;br /&gt;MR. EDISON&lt;br /&gt;You're awfully bruised for nothing. Now why don't you tell me what's going on.&lt;br /&gt;JASON&lt;br /&gt;It's none of your business. Just leave me alone.&lt;br /&gt;MR. EDISON&lt;br /&gt;Not this time Jason. This time I hear the truth.&lt;br /&gt;JASON&lt;br /&gt;The truth is I was beat up. Now can I go.&lt;br /&gt;MR. EDISON&lt;br /&gt;No. Who beat you up?&lt;br /&gt;JASON&lt;br /&gt;Noone.&lt;br /&gt;MR. EDISON&lt;br /&gt;Why are you protecting them?&lt;br /&gt;JASON&lt;br /&gt;I'm not protecting anyone.&lt;br /&gt;MR. EDISON&lt;br /&gt;Then tell me who did this.&lt;br /&gt;Mr. Edison stands and leans on his desk.&lt;br /&gt;JASON&lt;br /&gt;(hostiliy)&lt;br /&gt;Noone. Just leave me alone.&lt;br /&gt;MR. EDISON&lt;br /&gt;Jason someone beat the crap out of you. Why?&lt;br /&gt;JASON&lt;br /&gt;No reason.&lt;br /&gt;MR. EDISON&lt;br /&gt;Jason what caused the fight.&lt;br /&gt;JASON&lt;br /&gt;(very angry)&lt;br /&gt;Why can't you just leave me alone?&lt;br /&gt;MR. EDISON&lt;br /&gt;(firmly)&lt;br /&gt;Because this is important. What started the fight?&lt;br /&gt;JASON&lt;br /&gt;Some guy called me stupid. I got angry and hit him.&lt;br /&gt;MR. EDISON&lt;br /&gt;You got into a fight because someone called you a name?&lt;br /&gt;JASON&lt;br /&gt;Yeah so.&lt;br /&gt;MR. EDISON&lt;br /&gt;Why? From the look of your face, you could have been in danger. Was it worth getting beat up for?&lt;br /&gt;JASON&lt;br /&gt;I'm tired of everyone always calling me names. Alright. I decided it was time to make them stop.&lt;br /&gt;MR. EDISON&lt;br /&gt;Make who stop?&lt;br /&gt;JASON&lt;br /&gt;Everyone.&lt;br /&gt;MR. EDISON&lt;br /&gt;Could you be a little more specific?&lt;br /&gt;JASON&lt;br /&gt;My friends, the other kids here. They're always making fun of me.&lt;br /&gt;MR. EDISON&lt;br /&gt;So you figure that fighting is going to make it stop. Is that it?&lt;br /&gt;JASON&lt;br /&gt;Yes. I'm sick of them always calling me stupid, or weird. I'm tired of him telling me how I can't do anything. Of how he always act so perfect. And he does it for no reason.&lt;br /&gt;MR. EDISON&lt;br /&gt;Who's he?&lt;br /&gt;JASON&lt;br /&gt;I said they not he.&lt;br /&gt;MR. EDISON&lt;br /&gt;You said he. Who is he?&lt;br /&gt;JASON&lt;br /&gt;Noone. Just let it go.&lt;br /&gt;MR. EDISON&lt;br /&gt;No not this time. I want answers. Who is he.&lt;br /&gt;JASON&lt;br /&gt;He's my father okay! He beat the crap out of me the other night, because I borrowed his shirt.&lt;br /&gt;MR. EDISON&lt;br /&gt;He what? That's no reason to hit you.&lt;br /&gt;JASON&lt;br /&gt;It's enough for him. No can I go.&lt;br /&gt;MR. EDISON&lt;br /&gt;No you're not leaving this building not until you've talked to the police.&lt;br /&gt;JASON&lt;br /&gt;No. I can't he'll kill me.&lt;br /&gt;MR. EDISON&lt;br /&gt;Jason he could kill you anyway.&lt;br /&gt;JASON&lt;br /&gt;He's not always like this. Just once in awhile.&lt;br /&gt;MR. EDISON&lt;br /&gt;How once in a while?&lt;br /&gt;JASON&lt;br /&gt;It's been a couple of years since the last time.&lt;br /&gt;MR. EDISON&lt;br /&gt;So why now? Does he drink? Do drugs?&lt;br /&gt;JASON&lt;br /&gt;No. He just gets crazy sometimes. I don't know why.&lt;br /&gt;MR. EDISON&lt;br /&gt;There's got to be a reason. What happened the last time he did it.&lt;br /&gt;JASON&lt;br /&gt;I'm not sure. I came home from school and he was beating up my mom. My older brother was lying on the floor his back was red and my fathers belt was next to him. (starts crying) I came in and attacked him. I caught him off guard and knocked him to the floor. I just started hitting him. My mother begged me to stop. I couldn't. He got up and ran out of the house.&lt;br /&gt;MR. EDISON&lt;br /&gt;Then what happened?&lt;br /&gt;JASON&lt;br /&gt;My mother went to clean herself up. I took my brother to bed. We spent the next couple of hours taking care of him and waiting for my dad to come back.(takes a deep breath) He did eventually after I had gone to sleep. He woke me up. It was pointed right at my face. He told me if I ever did that again he'd kill me. Then he started hitting me with it. I thought he was going to kill me. I... He made me promise never to do it again. I did. Then he made me roll over and he whipped me.&lt;br /&gt;MR. EDISON&lt;br /&gt;What did your father hold in your face?&lt;br /&gt;JASON&lt;br /&gt;A gun.&lt;br /&gt;MR. EDISON&lt;br /&gt;Jason he's dangerous. I have to call the police.&lt;br /&gt;JASON&lt;br /&gt;Please don't. The next morning he didn't even remember it. He does that sometimes.&lt;br /&gt;MR. EDISON&lt;br /&gt;You mean he blacks out.&lt;br /&gt;JASON&lt;br /&gt;Please just leave it alone. In a couple of months I'll graduate and go to college. Then I won't have to worry anymore.&lt;br /&gt;MR. EDISON&lt;br /&gt;What do you do till then?&lt;br /&gt;JASON&lt;br /&gt;(softly)&lt;br /&gt;I've got a gun.&lt;br /&gt;MR. EDISON&lt;br /&gt;That's what the gun is for protection?&lt;br /&gt;JASON&lt;br /&gt;Yes. And I'm not going to take anyone treating me badly anymore either. I've had enough.&lt;br /&gt;MR. EDISON&lt;br /&gt;Jason I can't. You could end up killing yourself or someone else.&lt;br /&gt;JASON&lt;br /&gt;What do you want from me. I'm afraid. I don't know what to do. I'm afraid.(Breaks into sobbing) I'm so afraid.&lt;br /&gt;Mr. Edison hugs him.&lt;br /&gt;MR. EDISON&lt;br /&gt;It'll be alright. Somehow it'll be alright.&lt;br /&gt;JASON&lt;br /&gt;He's my father. I don't want him in jail. Oh god. How can he do this? Please help.&lt;br /&gt;end scene eight&lt;br /&gt;End acT TWO&lt;br /&gt;act three:&lt;br /&gt;sCENE ONE:&lt;br /&gt;The scene opens on the classroom. It is empty except for the desks. Rowanda enters from the door at stage right. She sits at one of the desks and pulls some papers from a backpack. She then starts arranging the papers in order. Cherie enters also through the door at stage right.&lt;br /&gt;CHERIE&lt;br /&gt;Rowanda, I'm glad I found you. Our papers are due today and you haven't let me spend any time with you. So I have a few questions.&lt;br /&gt;ROWANDA&lt;br /&gt;Good but I don't have any answers.&lt;br /&gt;CHERIE&lt;br /&gt;You've got to answer them. I'm not going to get an eff just for you.&lt;br /&gt;ROWANDA&lt;br /&gt;It's seems like you are Barbie. Cause I ain't answering a thing.&lt;br /&gt;CHERIE&lt;br /&gt;That's not very fair. You're going to make me fail just because you don't like me.&lt;br /&gt;ROWANDA&lt;br /&gt;Seems like it.&lt;br /&gt;CHERIE&lt;br /&gt;Fine then I'll just make something up. Because I'm not going to fail for some cheap excuse for a gang banger.&lt;br /&gt;ROWANDA&lt;br /&gt;Do what you want. I don't care about anything you've got to say. No leave me alone so I can finish my paper.&lt;br /&gt;CHERIE&lt;br /&gt;It's a free country I can stay if I want to.&lt;br /&gt;Rowanda packs her stuff angrily and leaves the room through the door at stage left. As soon as she leaves David enters through the door at stage right.&lt;br /&gt;DAVID&lt;br /&gt;Hey, Cherie what's up?&lt;br /&gt;CHERIE&lt;br /&gt;What did you write about me?&lt;br /&gt;DAVID&lt;br /&gt;The truth. Why?&lt;br /&gt;CHERIE&lt;br /&gt;Because the truth that you know could destroy me.&lt;br /&gt;DAVID&lt;br /&gt;Cherie nobody would hold any of that stuff against you. Actually it gives you a whole new dimension.&lt;br /&gt;CHERIE&lt;br /&gt;David I don't care what you think. You are not going to put any of what you know in that paper.&lt;br /&gt;DAVID&lt;br /&gt;I don't know why you're so afraid of people knowing that you are strong and capable.&lt;br /&gt;CHERIE&lt;br /&gt;People aren't going to think I'm strong and capable they're going to think that I have an alcoholic mother, live in a trailer and work at an all night truck stop. David they'll think I'm trash. I'm the girl that everyone in school looks up to. The one they all want to be. If the truth comes out I'll go from prom queen to street trash in point oh five seconds, got it. You may be willing to take that chance, but I'm not. I've worked too hard to put that life as far away from me as possible and in a few months I'm in college and as far away from all of this as I can get. Now you better damn well change that paper, or I'll make you regret it you little faggot.&lt;br /&gt;Cherie storms out of the class through the door at stage left. Kim enters through the door at stage right. David continuously stares at the door Cherie just walked through.&lt;br /&gt;KIM&lt;br /&gt;Hello, what's up with her?&lt;br /&gt;DAVID&lt;br /&gt;Nothing. Hi.&lt;br /&gt;KIM&lt;br /&gt;Have you done your paper yet?&lt;br /&gt;DAVID&lt;br /&gt;Yeah. You?&lt;br /&gt;KIM&lt;br /&gt;Duh? It's on you so you know I did. By the way how's Mike?&lt;br /&gt;DAVID&lt;br /&gt;He's great, just great.&lt;br /&gt;KIM&lt;br /&gt;I'll bet he is. Too bad you're the only one who's finding out. Poor Cherie. Did they have a lovers quarrel?&lt;br /&gt;DAVID&lt;br /&gt;No I don't think so.&lt;br /&gt;KIM&lt;br /&gt;That's right they're not really lovers. I almost forgot.&lt;br /&gt;David turns and looks at Kim in confusion.&lt;br /&gt;DAVID&lt;br /&gt;What are you talking about?&lt;br /&gt;KIM&lt;br /&gt;Cherie and Mike. You know how they're only boyfriend and girlfriend in public. But you and I both know that in private Mike has an entirely different lover.&lt;br /&gt;DAVID&lt;br /&gt;Kim I don't know what game you're playing or think you're playing, but leave it alone. Someone might get hurt if you don't and I get the feeling it'll be me.&lt;br /&gt;KIM&lt;br /&gt;And what have you got to do with it?&lt;br /&gt;DAVID&lt;br /&gt;Kim just don't do whatever it is you're planning to do. Okay?&lt;br /&gt;David turns and leaves the room, by the door at stage left, before Kim can answer. Jason comes in the door at stage right.&lt;br /&gt;JASON&lt;br /&gt;Kim, what's up?&lt;br /&gt;KIM&lt;br /&gt;Jason, do you need something?&lt;br /&gt;JASON&lt;br /&gt;Just a little confirmation.&lt;br /&gt;KIM&lt;br /&gt;About what?&lt;br /&gt;JASON&lt;br /&gt;About your son.&lt;br /&gt;Kim becomes instantly edgy. She looks scared.&lt;br /&gt;KIM&lt;br /&gt;About my what?&lt;br /&gt;JASON&lt;br /&gt;Your son. You know the kid you were playing with in the park the other day.&lt;br /&gt;KIM&lt;br /&gt;How would you know about that?&lt;br /&gt;JASON&lt;br /&gt;I followed you. I wanted to see what you were really like, not who you want to be.&lt;br /&gt;KIM&lt;br /&gt;Freak. Why would you follow someone without their knowing?&lt;br /&gt;JASON&lt;br /&gt;Cause it's easier if they don't know. Now what's your sons' name?&lt;br /&gt;KIM&lt;br /&gt;None of your business. Besides that's my little brother not my son.&lt;br /&gt;JASON&lt;br /&gt;You tell your little brother to come to mommy? That's kind of strange isn't it.&lt;br /&gt;KIM&lt;br /&gt;The only strange thing around here is you. Now leave me alone.&lt;br /&gt;JASON&lt;br /&gt;I'm not leaving until you tell me about your son.&lt;br /&gt;KIM&lt;br /&gt;You moron don't you get it? don't you see? I can't tell you about it. I can't tell anyone about it.&lt;br /&gt;JASON&lt;br /&gt;Why?&lt;br /&gt;Kim is completely frustrated. She is feeling scared and angry all at the same time.&lt;br /&gt;KIM&lt;br /&gt;Because it'll put us out on the street.&lt;br /&gt;JASON&lt;br /&gt;But why would telling someone you have a baby put you out on the street? It's not like it isn't common now.&lt;br /&gt;KIM&lt;br /&gt;My parents are Chinese. They were raised very old school traditional. I disgraced them by getting pregnant without being married. The only reason that things are okay so far is I swore that no one would ever find out. If they heard that someone knows about my baby. They'd kick us out on the street and disown us. Don't you understand?&lt;br /&gt;JASON&lt;br /&gt;I guess but how could your parents do something like that to you and him?&lt;br /&gt;KIM&lt;br /&gt;Because they are old school. That's what is done to children who disgrace their families honor. Jason you can't tell anyone about my son. You even need to forget you know about him.&lt;br /&gt;JASON&lt;br /&gt;Kim it's part of my paper. I'm not going to lie about it. So what if your friends know.&lt;br /&gt;Kim attacks Jason pushing him up against a wall and holding him there.&lt;br /&gt;KIM&lt;br /&gt;Are you stupid? I just told you what would happen to us if anyone found out. You won't change your paper. We'll see about that you ass. I'll kill you if you say anything about it. Do you understand? You are putting me and my baby in danger of having to live on the streets and I won't let that happen. Not for a pathetic little nerd like you. You're worthless. You hang around us like your one of our friends and the only reason we let you is so we have something to laugh at. Your so dumb you just keep coming back for more. None of us like you we just tolerate your existence in our world. Now be real careful what you do in that paper, because if you do anything that can cause my child harm I'll end that existence. Clear?&lt;br /&gt;JASON&lt;br /&gt;(startled)&lt;br /&gt;Yes.&lt;br /&gt;Kim tears in her eyes runs out of the room through the door at stage left. Jason goes to the nearest desk and sits down. He stares down at the floor. He is breathing heavily. After a couple of minutes Mike enters through the door at stage right.&lt;br /&gt;MIKE&lt;br /&gt;Jason are you all right?&lt;br /&gt;JASON&lt;br /&gt;Like you care.&lt;br /&gt;MIKE&lt;br /&gt;Well I thought I did, but maybe I don't now.&lt;br /&gt;JASON&lt;br /&gt;You never did in the first place. It's like Kim said you just let me hang around so you can laugh at me.&lt;br /&gt;MIKE&lt;br /&gt;That's not true. Not entirely anyway. What do you care what Kim says? It's not like the universe revolves around her.&lt;br /&gt;JASON&lt;br /&gt;Mine did.&lt;br /&gt;MIKE&lt;br /&gt;What do you mean yours did?&lt;br /&gt;JASON&lt;br /&gt;I've had a crush on Kim since we were in junior high, but she never noticed me. She still doesn't not really.&lt;br /&gt;MIKE&lt;br /&gt;So why don't you just ask her out?&lt;br /&gt;JASON&lt;br /&gt;Because she hates me. She thinks I'm nothing. She just tolerates me in her world and she can destroy my existence if she wants to. Besides she said that's how all of you felt.&lt;br /&gt;MIKE&lt;br /&gt;Maybe sometimes Jason. But you act so weird. You stay quiet and just watch us. Then when you do say something it doesn't always fit the conversation. I know your shy and all, but it's like extreme with you... and it's funny. Except when you decide to threaten us with death. Like the night of the dance when you announced to the whole school that you had a gun.&lt;br /&gt;JASON&lt;br /&gt;I do have a gun.&lt;br /&gt;MIKE&lt;br /&gt;I'm sure you do, but why talk about it. You don't have the balls to use it. So who cares. You just end up making a fool of yourself. We all laugh and then things go back to normal until the next time.&lt;br /&gt;JASON&lt;br /&gt;Your right I should stop talking about doing something and just do it.&lt;br /&gt;MIKE&lt;br /&gt;That's the ticket. Now just stop acting like we're a personal show and things will get better I promise.&lt;br /&gt;JASON&lt;br /&gt;What do you mean?&lt;br /&gt;MIKE&lt;br /&gt;Stop staring at us all the time, when you think we're not looking. It's strange. Sometimes I think your like stalking us.&lt;br /&gt;JASON&lt;br /&gt;Don't worry about me any more I won't bother you. But I'm going to tell you something. I'm done being the one who gets laughed at. By this time tomorrow when class is over you are gonna be the biggest laughing stock the school has ever known.&lt;br /&gt;MIKE&lt;br /&gt;I thought you weren't going to threaten us anymore.&lt;br /&gt;JASON&lt;br /&gt;That's not a threat it's a guaranteed statement. By this time tomorrow you're gonna be the one who wishes he were popular not me.&lt;br /&gt;Jason gets up and smiling contentedly leaves the room through the door at stage left. Mike stares at him till he's gone. Then he shakes his head and shrugs his shoulders not taking the threat seriously. He sits down in one of the desks and leans his head back. He starts rubbing his temples. David reenters the room from the door at stage left. He sneaks up behind Mike and starts rubbing Mikes temples.&lt;br /&gt;DAVID&lt;br /&gt;Hey, friend.&lt;br /&gt;MIKE&lt;br /&gt;Hey, buddy. What's happening?&lt;br /&gt;DAVID&lt;br /&gt;A lot. Everyones fighting with each other. I just wish I knew why?&lt;br /&gt;MIKE&lt;br /&gt;Same here. It's giving me a headache. But I do have one piece of the puzzle.&lt;br /&gt;Jason reenters through the door at stage left but stops short. He watches and listens to what is being said.&lt;br /&gt;DAVID&lt;br /&gt;Oh yeah, what's that?&lt;br /&gt;MIKE&lt;br /&gt;Jasons' in love with Kim. Can you believe it. The psycho and the prude. What a sad combination that is.&lt;br /&gt;DAVID&lt;br /&gt;Actually, I think they might be good for each other.&lt;br /&gt;MIKE&lt;br /&gt;Your nuts you know that? You never see the bad in things. But it's probably the reason I like you so much. But I still think that Jason is too weird to ever be in a relationship at least with anyone normal.&lt;br /&gt;Jason turns and leaves the room.&lt;br /&gt;MIKE (cont'd)&lt;br /&gt;It's weird though.&lt;br /&gt;DAVID&lt;br /&gt;Why?&lt;br /&gt;MIKE&lt;br /&gt;Cause he's really a nice guy under neath it all.&lt;br /&gt;DAVID&lt;br /&gt;Then maybe that's what you should see.&lt;br /&gt;Mike sits up in the desk and turns to David.&lt;br /&gt;MIKE&lt;br /&gt;All I want to see is everything go back to the way it was a few weeks ago when the only problem we had was Rowanda and Cherie going head to head.&lt;br /&gt;David kneels down in front of Mike and hugs him. Mike hugs him back.&lt;br /&gt;DAVID&lt;br /&gt;Don't worry about it. It'll all straighten itself out...Mike?&lt;br /&gt;MIKE&lt;br /&gt;Yeah?&lt;br /&gt;DAVID&lt;br /&gt;I know you don't really want to hear this, but I just really need to say it right now.&lt;br /&gt;MIKE&lt;br /&gt;What?&lt;br /&gt;DAVID&lt;br /&gt;I love you.&lt;br /&gt;MIKE&lt;br /&gt;David I tol...&lt;br /&gt;DAVID&lt;br /&gt;It's okay. I don't expect you to respond. I just had to tell you. So you'd know.&lt;br /&gt;Mike breaks the hug and stands up.&lt;br /&gt;MIKE&lt;br /&gt;Cool. It's time for us to go.&lt;br /&gt;DAVID&lt;br /&gt;Yeah, I guess it is. You coming over to my house to night?&lt;br /&gt;MIKE&lt;br /&gt;Yep. It'll be fun since your parents are out of town. Let's go.&lt;br /&gt;Mike and David walk out the door at the front of the classroom stage right.&lt;br /&gt;end scene one:&lt;br /&gt;scene two:&lt;br /&gt;Mr. Edison is sitting at his desk in the classroom. He is looking at the clock and waiting for class to start. The students start entering through the door at the back of the classroom stage left. Cherie enters first she goes to her seat drops her bookbag on the floor and sits down in her desk. Rowanda enters she goes to her desk and sits down casually on the opposite side of the room from Cherie. A couple of the other students come into the room  they are laughing at some joke. Cherie and Rowanda simultaneously glare them into silence. Jason enters the room. He is carrying an overloaded backpack. He goes to his seat at the front of the room and sits down. Kim enters the room. She is timid at first and acts like she might leave but goes to her seat. Mike and David enter together. They are dressed identically in blue jeans,polo shirts, and sneakers, except that Mikes shirt is blue and Davids shirt is white. They stop at the door and survey their friends all of whom are sitting away from each other and avoiding talking. They walk into the room and sit at two desks side by side in the middle of the class. Mr. Edison gets up from his chair and moves around to the front of his desk which he then leans on.&lt;br /&gt;MR. EDISON&lt;br /&gt;Well it looks like there have been a few changes in the last couple of weeks. Did everyone finish their assignment.&lt;br /&gt;Cherie, Rowanda, Kim, Jason, Mike and David all look around at each other. Then turn and face the front of the class.&lt;br /&gt;MR. EDISON (cont'd)&lt;br /&gt;I'll take the silence as a yes... Well who would like to go first. Rowanda?&lt;br /&gt;Rowanda turns her head away towards the audience and looks out the window.&lt;br /&gt;MR. EDISON (cont'd)&lt;br /&gt;Rowanda, would you read your paper first please.&lt;br /&gt;Rowanda continues to ignore him. The rest of the class starts watching her. After a few seconds Cherie raises her hand in exasperation.&lt;br /&gt;CHERIE&lt;br /&gt;I'll go first.&lt;br /&gt;Cherie gets up and stands in front of the teachers desk facing the class. She has her paper in her hand. She looks down at it. She is ready to start but hesitates.&lt;br /&gt;MR. EDISON&lt;br /&gt;Cherie, whenever you're ready.&lt;br /&gt;Cherie clears her throat.&lt;br /&gt;CHERIE&lt;br /&gt;Rowanda Watts, who was born in a down trodden suberb of Chicago, grew up on the streets. She almost overcame her poverty stricken childhood in the beautiful midwestern town of Center City, where she attended George Bush High School her senior year. But she was unable to raise herself out of the muck of the streets. She grew into a drug user, with three kids a live in lover who beat her, and welfare recipient. Rowanda had no aspirations in school except her fantasy world... &lt;br /&gt;Rowanda stands up out of her seat and interrupts.&lt;br /&gt;ROWANDA&lt;br /&gt;Stop it Barbie! Just stop it. You made all that stuff up and you know it. So does Mr. Edison.&lt;br /&gt;CHERIE&lt;br /&gt;How could he know that I made it up?&lt;br /&gt;ROWANDA&lt;br /&gt;Well, aside from the fact that you just told him. He does business with my father.&lt;br /&gt;CHERIE&lt;br /&gt;So what business does your father have? A butcher shop.&lt;br /&gt;ROWANDA&lt;br /&gt;God blonde girl. You are stupid. Have you ever read a newspaper in your life. My whole familys picture was on the front page last Sunday.&lt;br /&gt;CHERIE&lt;br /&gt;Under what headline? Local drug bust?&lt;br /&gt;ROWANDA&lt;br /&gt;No under the headline: Compulabs owner donates millions to local school board.&lt;br /&gt;CHERIE&lt;br /&gt;Wait a minute. I did see that article. But that wasn't you in the picture. You were beautiful and you were wearing a dress.&lt;br /&gt;ROWANDA&lt;br /&gt;My father makes me dress like that for photos. I don't like it. But it makes him happy.&lt;br /&gt;Cherie returns to her seat somewhat dazed.&lt;br /&gt;CHERIE&lt;br /&gt;If it were me I wouldn't complain about it.&lt;br /&gt;ROWANDA&lt;br /&gt;That's because you wouldn't have anything to complain about.&lt;br /&gt;MIKE&lt;br /&gt;What are you talking about Rowanda?&lt;br /&gt;ROWANDA&lt;br /&gt;I'm talking about discrimination. You guys don't know how easy you have it. You're so wrapped up in your little world that the rest of it doesn't penetrate. Do you have any idea what it means to be black and rich in America?... No you couldn't could you. It's awful going to events with my family. I hear all the rich white folks that my dad says are his friends talking behind his back. Saying things like "He thinks that just because he has money he fits in, but he's just an uppity..."(Rowanda starts crying) or "He doesn't belong here. I don't care how much money he has."... No matter what my family does as far as the white world is concerned we're still just fieldhands. Then of course there's the black community.... To them we're just trying to be white. Trying to change the color of our skin. My father worked his way through school and studied as hard as he could to be sucessful. We're not supposed to get rich, because the way we live is like the white folks. We're just a bunch of white want to bes. Because we live in a house and belong to a country club according to my Uncle. So I try to forget that my father has money so I can at least be accepted for being black. What I want is to just be accepted because I'm a nice, intelligent person, with the capability of doing anything I want to. But you can't understand that.&lt;br /&gt;CHERIE&lt;br /&gt;Maybe we can. Everything isn't always what it seems to be.&lt;br /&gt;ROWANDA&lt;br /&gt;How would you know? You have everything. You're popular, pretty and rich. How could you possibly understand what it's like not to fit in?&lt;br /&gt;CHERIE&lt;br /&gt;I think David should read his paper next Mr. Edison. (Turning to David) The way it was originally written.&lt;br /&gt;MR. EDISON&lt;br /&gt;That's fine. David go ahead.&lt;br /&gt;David gets out of his seat nervously. He holds his paper in his hand. He starts reading quietly without looking up from the paper. Rowanda wipes her eyes and sits listening for what David is saying.&lt;br /&gt;DAVID&lt;br /&gt;(quietly, almost a whisper)&lt;br /&gt;Cherie has just won her first Oscar.&lt;br /&gt;MR. EDISON&lt;br /&gt;Louder please we can't hear you.&lt;br /&gt;DAVID&lt;br /&gt;(louder, clearly audible)&lt;br /&gt;Cherie has just won her first Oscar. She attributes her success to the demanding life she led in high school. Cheries' school friends would say she was the head cheerleader and always very popular.The truth according to the actress herself, however, is that she learned a tremendous amount of discipline and gained inner strength during that time by taking care of her alcoholic mother, and working late nights at a highway truckstop to make enough money to support them both. She remembers all the hard work to keep up her grades and the appearances of being the most popular girl in school. The experience will continue to send her to new heights as an actress.&lt;br /&gt;David sits down quickly. The class sits in stunned silence.&lt;br /&gt;CHERIE&lt;br /&gt;As I said not everything is what it seems to be. It's not easy to play miss popular when you know that if you go to a party instead of work you could lose your electricity. All I want is to feel safe, and right now here in school where everyone wants to be me.... I'm safe. I'm in control, I can be anything I want,... but when schools over, I go home and if I'm lucky my mother isn't passed out on the couch. I get to make dinner. Do a little homework and then go to work. That's my life, my real life. So I do understand trying to fit in. I just hope things won't change now that you all know.&lt;br /&gt;MR. EDISON&lt;br /&gt;Is there anything we can do to help?&lt;br /&gt;CHERIE&lt;br /&gt;Just don't make me resign as head cheerleader.&lt;br /&gt;KIM&lt;br /&gt;What is this confession day or something? I'm glad I don't have any secrets like that.&lt;br /&gt;MIKE&lt;br /&gt;C'mon Kim. Your life isn't picture perfect. We all know how strict your parents are. And you had to have that surgery and stuff.&lt;br /&gt;JASON&lt;br /&gt;She didn't have surgery she had a baby.&lt;br /&gt;ROWANDA&lt;br /&gt;What?&lt;br /&gt;JASON&lt;br /&gt;She had a baby. A boy. He's two now.&lt;br /&gt;KIM&lt;br /&gt;(stunned)&lt;br /&gt;NO...No I didn't. I would have had to get pregnant to... I had to have surgery on my kidney...(in sudden rage) I'm going to kill you Jason. You're a pathetic moron. (Kim jumps out of her chair and attacks Jason) I told you not to say anything and you just blurt it out. Don't you understand what you've done to me. Do You!&lt;br /&gt;MIKE&lt;br /&gt;Kim stop!&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Mike grabs Kim in an effort to stop her. Kim keeps swinging at Jason and Mike. Mr. Edison gets up and tries to assist. After a short struggle Kim gives up. Mike and Mr. Edison assist her back to her seat.&lt;br /&gt;CHERIE&lt;br /&gt;Kim did you?&lt;br /&gt;KIM&lt;br /&gt;Yes.&lt;br /&gt;CHERIE&lt;br /&gt;Why didn't you say anything?&lt;br /&gt;KIM&lt;br /&gt;Because my parents ordered me not to. They said I shamed them. They hate me. They haven't spoken to me since the day I told them I was pregnant. Except to tell me if anyone knew I had a baby I would be kicked out... baby and all.&lt;br /&gt;David goes to her. He hugs her.&lt;br /&gt;DAVID&lt;br /&gt;It's okay. Your secret will stay in this room. But I would really like to meet your little brother sometime, if it's okay?&lt;br /&gt;Kim smiles wanly&lt;br /&gt;KIM&lt;br /&gt;I think that would be great.&lt;br /&gt;ROWANDA&lt;br /&gt;I could babysit sometime. You know if you need one.&lt;br /&gt;CHERIE&lt;br /&gt;Yeah, and I'll keep Rowanda company.&lt;br /&gt;MIKE&lt;br /&gt;Just make sure you two can keep from fighting around him. So he grows up normal.&lt;br /&gt;Kim giggles slightly.&lt;br /&gt;KIM&lt;br /&gt;Look who's talking about being normal.&lt;br /&gt;MIKE&lt;br /&gt;What's that supposed to mean. I'm normal in everyway.&lt;br /&gt;KIM&lt;br /&gt;Overall I'd say you're right except for your little secret.&lt;br /&gt;MIKE&lt;br /&gt;What secret? How good I am in bed maybe?&lt;br /&gt;KIM&lt;br /&gt;There is only one person who can answer that.&lt;br /&gt;MIKE&lt;br /&gt;Oh? Who?&lt;br /&gt;KIM&lt;br /&gt;Mr. Edison, I think I'd like to read my report next.&lt;br /&gt;MR. EDISON&lt;br /&gt;Go ahead, but let's try and keep from having another outburst. You kids are starting to sound like a soap opera.&lt;br /&gt;Kim stands again. She grabs her report off her desk and starts to read.&lt;br /&gt;KIM&lt;br /&gt;Mike has become very successful in the last ten years. Conquering New Yorks financial world the way he did opposing football teams during his high school years. Having just opened his own stock brokerage. Mike attributes his success to the love and support of his family and his long time lover David.&lt;br /&gt;MIKE&lt;br /&gt;Ha, Ha, Kim very funny. Why would David have anything to do with it?&lt;br /&gt;Kim returns to her seat.&lt;br /&gt;KIM&lt;br /&gt;Maybe because you two have been dating since the fall formal?&lt;br /&gt;MIKE&lt;br /&gt;I'm going out with Cherie.&lt;br /&gt;CHERIE&lt;br /&gt;Really, you are? The last time we went out was the fall formal.&lt;br /&gt;MIKE&lt;br /&gt;You've been busy. Working and stuff. Remember.&lt;br /&gt;CHERIE&lt;br /&gt;Not that busy. Besides everywhere you go David is with you.&lt;br /&gt;MIKE&lt;br /&gt;What are you guys trying to prove?&lt;br /&gt;ROWANDA&lt;br /&gt;We're not trying to prove anything. Mike we're just stating the fact that you're gay. Everyone in school knows it. People have been talking about it for months now.&lt;br /&gt;Mike gets up and out of his seat slowly.&lt;br /&gt;MIKE&lt;br /&gt;I am not. I repeat I am not gay. I never have been. Never will be. Is that understood.&lt;br /&gt;JASON&lt;br /&gt;What difference does it make? So you're a fruit? Who cares?&lt;br /&gt;MR. EDISON&lt;br /&gt;Jason watch what you're saying.&lt;br /&gt;MIKE&lt;br /&gt;(snapping angrily)&lt;br /&gt;I care. My father cares. It's that simple. I can't be gay. Guys like me aren't gay. They play football go to college on scholarships. Get married have kids and make successes of their lives.... They don't become decorators and florists, and fool around with other guys....David are you going to sit there and let them call us faggots.&lt;br /&gt;DAVID&lt;br /&gt;I can't say they're wrong and you know that. Cause I am gay. And I don't plan on becoming a decorator or a florist. I'm going to be an architect.&lt;br /&gt;Mike looks stunned. Cherie crosses over to him.&lt;br /&gt;CHERIE&lt;br /&gt;Mike it's okay to be gay. People understand better. It doesn't have the stigma it used to.&lt;br /&gt;MIKE&lt;br /&gt;(getting louder)&lt;br /&gt;Yes it does. If it didn't then why did those guys call us faggots in the park last week? All we were doing was sitting on a bench talking.&lt;br /&gt;DAVID&lt;br /&gt;We were holding hands too.&lt;br /&gt;MIKE&lt;br /&gt;Shut up David. It's all right for you if you want to be queer, but I'm not going to be. I'm not going to be a freak. I have a good future and I'm not going to lose it. (yelling) I'm not gay and that's, that.&lt;br /&gt;JASON&lt;br /&gt;Oh look the faggot's going to cry.&lt;br /&gt;MR. EDISON&lt;br /&gt;(sharply)&lt;br /&gt;I told you to watch what you're saying Jason. I'm not going to warn you again.&lt;br /&gt;ROWANDA&lt;br /&gt;Jason leave it alone. You're not exactly the one who can talk about anyone else.&lt;br /&gt;JASON&lt;br /&gt;I can talk about anyone I want too. It's about time you all started to realize that you're the freaks the strange ones. You pick on me all the time but it's you guys who are all...&lt;br /&gt;Mike goes to Jason and punches him in the face. Jason gets out of his chair and runs from the room through the door at stage right.&lt;br /&gt;MIKE&lt;br /&gt;(screaming after Jason)&lt;br /&gt;You're the freak you always have been and always will be. (calmer) Now for the last time I'm not gay. I can't and won't be. David is just a friend and nothing more. If you people can't accept it that's your problem.&lt;br /&gt;ROWANDA&lt;br /&gt;Fine Mike. You're straight as they come.&lt;br /&gt;KIM&lt;br /&gt;Just sit down and relax. Who's next?&lt;br /&gt;MR. EDISON&lt;br /&gt;I think that we should end the reports for the day. I didn't realize that they would cause so much trouble.&lt;br /&gt;Mr. Edison moves back to his own desk. The students start putting away their stuff waiting for the bell to ring. Jason comes back in through the door at stage right. He is holding a revolver. David looks up.&lt;br /&gt;DAVID&lt;br /&gt;Jason, what are you doing with that?&lt;br /&gt;JASON&lt;br /&gt;I'm going to show you who the freak is once and for all. I'm sick of you guys pretending to be my friends and then making fun of me.&lt;br /&gt;Mike and David get out of their seats. Mr. Edison comes around from behind his desk. They slowly head towards Jason.&lt;br /&gt;Jason&lt;br /&gt; You're all just a bunch of selfish brats that only care about themselves. No one else matters. You can hurt anyone at any time and it's okay because you all think your so cool.&lt;br /&gt;MR. EDISON&lt;br /&gt;Jason don't do anything rash.&lt;br /&gt;JASON&lt;br /&gt;I'll do what ever I want. I'm in control now.&lt;br /&gt;MIKE&lt;br /&gt;Jason I'm sorry. I was upset... I didn't mean...&lt;br /&gt;JASON&lt;br /&gt;You never mean to, but you always do. Don't you?... Well now maybe you'll think about how you treat people.&lt;br /&gt;David calls out Jasons' name. Just as he does Mike rushes Jason. The lights go out. The stage is lit with a strobe effect as the shots are fired. Six shots. The girls are screaming. Everyone is running around trying to get away from the gunshots. Pandemonium. When the shots stop the lights come back on. The students are spread around the stage. Kim is leaning against the back wall of the classroom stage left seated with her legs out in front of her. Cherie and Rowanda are on the floor hugging each other slightly forward of and down from Kim at stage left. Mike is on top of Jason struggling to get the gun at the door stage right. Mr. Edison is crouched on the floor in front of his desk stage right. The other students are lying on the floor or against walls around the room. David is lying face down on the floor front center stage, he looks as if he is asleep.&lt;br /&gt;Mr. Edison stands up. He surveys the class.&lt;br /&gt;MR. EDISON&lt;br /&gt;Is everyone all right?&lt;br /&gt;MIKE&lt;br /&gt;Mr. Edison I need help.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Mr. Edison helps Mike restrain Jason. Then he takes the gun and puts it on his desk. Sirens can already be heard.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;MR. EDISON&lt;br /&gt;Someone go get help. Hurry!&lt;br /&gt;One of the students gets up and runs out of the room through the door at stage left. Jason is being held in a chair by Mr. Edison. Mike is standing looking around the room. The rest of the students are getting up.&lt;br /&gt;MIKE&lt;br /&gt;David. Where's David? (Mike looks to center stage and sees him) David!&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;All action in the room stops. The lights go down. There is a spotlight on Mike and one on David the rest of the scene is black. Mike runs to where David is. He grabs him and turns him over so that his front is to the audience. Davids chest is covered in blood. There is a pool of blood where he was lying. Mike holds Davids limp, lifeless body in his arms. Their faces are close together.&lt;br /&gt;MIKE&lt;br /&gt;No! God no. David... Please be alright, please... I promise I won't hide anymore... We can go out together like a real couple... You can't be dead... You can't. I love you!&lt;br /&gt;Mike pulls David tightly to him and kisses him on the mouth. Then he falls over him and cries.&lt;br /&gt;End scene two&lt;br /&gt;Scene three:&lt;br /&gt;Mike is once again at the podium dressed for graduation. There are tears running down his cheeks.&lt;br /&gt;MIKE&lt;br /&gt;We've lost a lot this year. But we have gained a lot as well. It has been a year of growth for us all, as we learned to understand ourselves and each other better. To be kinder to those around us and to accept people unconditionally. The things that seemed so important just a few months ago seem so insignificant in the big picture. Fitting in doesn't seem as important as just being ourselves. You may ask who are we? Well that is simple. We are the future. We are a rich black woman, a head cheerleader who supports herself and her mother. We are a teenage mother, a scared, shy young man, a smart, intelligent, caring, deceased young man. And we are the class president, captain of the football team, and...forgive me for not saying it sooner David...A homosexual. We are the future, and if we can remember what we have learned here at George Bush High, then we are a brighter, happier tomorrow... Thank you.&lt;br /&gt;Mike turns away from the podium. Applause and cheers are heard. He exits stage right.&lt;br /&gt;END ACT Three&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:85%;"&gt;Copyright June 1999&lt;/span&gt;&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/7510320586972452939-5186401372451688198?l=wackywriting.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://wackywriting.blogspot.com/feeds/5186401372451688198/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://www.blogger.com/comment.g?blogID=7510320586972452939&amp;postID=5186401372451688198' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/7510320586972452939/posts/default/5186401372451688198'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/7510320586972452939/posts/default/5186401372451688198'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://wackywriting.blogspot.com/2008/01/class.html' title='The Class'/><author><name>Wacky Writing</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/16429046367632003472</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='http://img2.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-7510320586972452939.post-8479793189491609762</id><published>2008-01-05T12:14:00.005-05:00</published><updated>2008-04-06T23:02:45.440-04:00</updated><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='Screenplay'/><title type='text'>Judgements</title><content type='html'>Dream Cast:&lt;br /&gt;Robert: &lt;a href="http://www.imdb.com/name/nm0001832"&gt;Sam Waterson&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Susan: Sally Field&lt;br /&gt;Lila: Olympia Dukakis&lt;br /&gt;Betty: Goldie Hawn&lt;br /&gt;Diana: Drew Barrymore&lt;br /&gt;Aaron: Jared Leto&lt;br /&gt;Jarred: Chad Allen&lt;br /&gt;Brian: Kevin Zegers&lt;br /&gt;John: Benjamin Bratt&lt;br /&gt;Eve: Melissa Gilbert&lt;br /&gt;Mike: Bill Cambell&lt;br /&gt;Jenny: Laura Linney&lt;br /&gt;Sarah: Taylor Momsen&lt;br /&gt;Sam: ??&lt;br /&gt;Dan: Zac Efron&lt;br /&gt;Kevin: ??&lt;br /&gt;Billy: Shia LeBeouf&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;JUDGEMENTS&lt;br /&gt;fADE IN:&lt;br /&gt;ext. san francisco-sunset&lt;br /&gt;We see the multi-colored sunset against the city of San Francisco, from the bay. We fly over the bay into the city.&lt;br /&gt;We move into the cities Castro St. district. Stopping in front of a street cafe called Cafe Les Hommes.&lt;br /&gt;ext. cafe les hommes-sunset&lt;br /&gt;The cafe is very crowded as is the street. A section of the cafe is open to the sidewalk, patio style.&lt;br /&gt;At the table nearest the sidewalk are two young men, JARRED (25), who has short dark hair and a muscular build,he is dressed in jeans and a short sleeve dress shirt and BRIAN (23) a Blonde haired clean cut preppie type, who is wearing a dark colored well tailored business suit. They are sipping coffee and sharing a piece of chocolate cake, that is smothered in whipped cream.&lt;br /&gt;Every once in a while another gentleman stops on the sidewalk and leans over the rail to talk to Jarred or Brian.&lt;br /&gt;We start flying over the city again in the direction of Berkley University.&lt;br /&gt;ext. berkley university quadrangle-dusk&lt;br /&gt;The quadrangle is almost completely empty. A few students are throwing a frisbee around, some others are sitting in the grass studying. A young couple sits away from all the other people. The young man, AARON (21) has medium length light brown hair, he is thin and of average height, he is wearing jeans and a sweater, the young woman, DIANA (20) has short blonde hair, a cherubic face, and is well proportioned, she is wearing worn out bell bottom jeans, a tied died T-shirt and has daisies stuck into her short blonde hair.&lt;br /&gt;He is sitting on the ground on one knee. She is standing looking down on him. They are holding hands. He uses his free hand and reaches into his pants pocket and pulls out a small jewelry box. He hands the box to Diana and stands up.&lt;br /&gt;Diana takes the box and opens it. She jumps into his arms with a huge smile on her face and hugs him tightly. She releases him, takes a step back and shakes her head yes, then jumps into his arms and hugs him again.&lt;br /&gt;We start flying over the city again in the direction of Oakland.&lt;br /&gt;We stop at the large house. It looks almost like a plantation house from the deep south.&lt;br /&gt;As we approach the front door opens to the house.&lt;br /&gt;int. susan and roberts house-night&lt;br /&gt;We turn into a room on the right side of the house. It is a library. Lined with full bookshelves, a large fireplace sits in the middle of the wall across from the door. A painting hangs over the mantle. In the center of the room are two large comfortable couches, which face each other, they are separated by a coffee table.  The room is lit by a large chandelier. There are four people in the room.&lt;br /&gt;ROBERT, a distinguished looking gentlemen with salt and pepper hair, wearing slacks, shirt and a cardigan sweater, he looks like he is in his late 40's but he is really in his early 60's. He is combing the shelves in search of a book.&lt;br /&gt;SUSAN, who has short brown hair and is petite, is wearing a stylish womans' business suit, without shoes, she looks much younger than her 59 years. She is the head of the family and used to getting her own way. She's sitting stretched out on one of the couches, drinking a cup of herbal tea.&lt;br /&gt;LILA, is an older woman in her late 70's, she is wearing jeans, a T-shirt that reads "kiss my a...",and sneakers. She could still pass for her early 60's, and is distinguished looking, she is also a bit of a wildcard, she is laughing at something she is reading. She is sitting on the couch across from the one Susan is on, with another woman. She leans over to the other woman and shows her the passage she is laughing at.&lt;br /&gt;BETTY, is in her early 50's, she is also wearing jeans, but she has on high heels, and a silk blouse, she has medium length blonde hair and an arresting smile, and is a girl next door type. She reads the passage and she too laughs heartily.&lt;br /&gt;A phone rings.&lt;br /&gt;Susan puts down her tea, and gets up off the couch to answer it. She walks to a small table by the door which has the phone on it.&lt;br /&gt;SUSAN&lt;br /&gt;Hello.&lt;br /&gt;DIANA (VO)&lt;br /&gt;Hi, Mom. I'm engaged.&lt;br /&gt;Susan rolls her eyes, and looks to her husband Robert. Robert has stopped his search for the book and is watching his wife.&lt;br /&gt;SUSAN&lt;br /&gt;Really. Who to this time?&lt;br /&gt;DIANA (VO)&lt;br /&gt;Aaron of course. He asked me tonight.&lt;br /&gt;Susan is trying to be enthusiastic but is failing miserably. She signals for Robert to join her.&lt;br /&gt;SUSAN&lt;br /&gt;Aaron of course. So did you set a date this time?&lt;br /&gt;DIANA (VO)&lt;br /&gt;Yes. We're getting married on my birthday next year.&lt;br /&gt;Susan is shocked out of her complacency.&lt;br /&gt;SUSAN&lt;br /&gt;Your actually serious this time? That's only...&lt;br /&gt;Susan starts counting to herself on her fingers.&lt;br /&gt;SUSAN (cont'd)&lt;br /&gt;nine months away. Congratulations. That's wonderful. We'll have to have the whole family for dinner to celebrate.&lt;br /&gt;DIANA (VO)&lt;br /&gt;That's sounds great, but uhm, are you going to invite them?&lt;br /&gt;Susans' excitement is quelled and her attitude becomes defensive.&lt;br /&gt;SUSAN&lt;br /&gt;Of course I am. He's your brother.&lt;br /&gt;ext. cafe Les Hommes-night&lt;br /&gt;Jarred and Brian are walking out of the cafe. They are holding hands and talking. They turn left down the street passing by the patio they just left. As they pass the building there is a small alley way.&lt;br /&gt;ext. alley way next to cafe les hommes-night&lt;br /&gt;In the alley is a group of five college age BOYS. They are dressed in black and cannot be easily seen. They are standing in silence. One of the boys signals the others to follow behind Jarred and Brian.&lt;br /&gt;ext. castro street-night&lt;br /&gt;Jarred and Brian reach the street corner. They turn left onto a quiet street without much traffic or light.&lt;br /&gt;The boys are following a short distance behind. Trying to blend in with the crowd on the street.&lt;br /&gt;ext. quiet street-night&lt;br /&gt;Jarred and Brian are nearing what appears to be an empty lot.&lt;br /&gt;The boys are close behind Jarred and Brian. The leader signals for them to move closer. He also pulls out a black knit ski mask hat, and puts it on. The others do the same.&lt;br /&gt;ext. parking lot-night&lt;br /&gt;Jarred and Brian have entered the empty lot. We see that it is a parking lot full of cars. It is only lit by the street lamp on the curb.&lt;br /&gt;The five boys start running into the parking lot.&lt;br /&gt;Just as Jarred is about to insert the key into the lock of his car, the five boys attack grabbing Jarred by the arm and punching Brian in the face.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;BOY 1&lt;br /&gt;Fucking faggots!&lt;br /&gt;BOY 2&lt;br /&gt;We're gonna kill you queers!&lt;br /&gt;Two of the boys throw Jarred to the ground and start pounding on him. Jarred is fighting to get free but he is unable to loose their grip.&lt;br /&gt;The other three have Brian bent backwards over the hood of the car. Two are holding him down while the other continually beats him with his fists.&lt;br /&gt;Jarred manages to get free from the two beating on him. He scrambles to get up and go to Brian, but just as he starts running around the car one of the boys kicks his legs out from under him. He trips and falls hitting his head on the car on the way down knocking him out.&lt;br /&gt;The two guys that were attacking Jarred join their friends in beating on Brian. Brian is still being held on the hood of the car, he is barely conscious.&lt;br /&gt;ext. parking lot-night&lt;br /&gt;A group of MEN turn into the parking lot. They see the commotion. One of them screams. The others run to help Brian and Jarred.&lt;br /&gt;MAN 1&lt;br /&gt;Call the police!&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The man who screamed goes running for the phone.&lt;br /&gt;The five boys hear the men and take off at a run. The leader lags behind for a last punch.&lt;br /&gt;One of the men reaches him just as he turns to leave. The man grabs him and rips off the ski mask.&lt;br /&gt;The boy is Aaron, he is startled but punches the man in the stomach. The man loses his grip and hunches over. Aaron takes off running after his friends. Sirens can be heard coming in the b.g.&lt;br /&gt;ext. san francisco memorial hospital-night&lt;br /&gt;An ambulance with flashing sirens pulls up to the emergency room entrance.&lt;br /&gt;Susan, Robert, Lila, and Betty come running up to the doors. They are stopped from entering by the PARAMEDICS unloading their PATIENT. The paramedics pass through the doors, and the four people run in right behind them.&lt;br /&gt;int. san francisco memorial hospital-night&lt;br /&gt;The paramedics run the stretcher through the double doors to the emergency room.&lt;br /&gt;Susan, Robert, Lila, and Betty are stopped from following by a NURSE at the registration desk.&lt;br /&gt;NURSE&lt;br /&gt;You can't go in there!&lt;br /&gt;Susan turns towards the voice and goes running for the registration desk. She is panting and out of breath.&lt;br /&gt;SUSAN&lt;br /&gt;Where's my son?&lt;br /&gt;The nurse starts flipping through charts. Susan is clutching at the collar of her coat near her heart.&lt;br /&gt;SUSAN (cont'd)&lt;br /&gt;Where is my son damn it!&lt;br /&gt;The nurse looks up from the chart she is holding.&lt;br /&gt;NURSE&lt;br /&gt;His name?&lt;br /&gt;Robert comes up alongside his wife who is frantic. He appears calm. Betty and Lila join them.&lt;br /&gt;ROBERT&lt;br /&gt;Brian, Brian Jamison.&lt;br /&gt;The nurse starts shuffling charts around again. She finds the one she is looking for and spends a few seconds scanning it.&lt;br /&gt;NURSE&lt;br /&gt;Your son is still in with the doctor. We don't have any information yet. If you would like there is a waiting room over there.&lt;br /&gt;The nurse points to the right and Susan follows her finger.&lt;br /&gt;susans pov&lt;br /&gt;Through the doorway of the waiting room we see Eve,(36) a beautiful woman and her husband John (38) a handsome business man type.&lt;br /&gt;back to shot&lt;br /&gt;Susan takes off at a run into the waiting room tailed closely by Robert, Betty, and Lila.&lt;br /&gt;int. waiting room-night&lt;br /&gt;Susan comes into the room and stops right in front of Eve.&lt;br /&gt;SUSAN&lt;br /&gt;Is he okay? Have you heard anything? What happened? My God. What happened?&lt;br /&gt;Eve reaches out for her husband. He squeezes her tightly. Tears are streaming down her face.&lt;br /&gt;EVE&lt;br /&gt;I don't know what's happening. We're waiting for the doctor.&lt;br /&gt;Robert reaches up and squeezes Susans' shoulder to reassure her.&lt;br /&gt;ROBERT&lt;br /&gt;Why don't we all sit down.&lt;br /&gt;They all sit in chairs facing each other as if they were foes, except for Lila. Lila continues to stand, she is smiling and in good spirits.&lt;br /&gt;LILA&lt;br /&gt;Who wants some coffee?&lt;br /&gt;Susan looks up at her mother as if she has two heads.&lt;br /&gt;SUSAN&lt;br /&gt;Mom, what's wrong with you? Your grandson was attacked and your thinking about coffee.&lt;br /&gt;Lila shrugs her shoulders.&lt;br /&gt;LILA&lt;br /&gt;What should I do sit here and mope. He's a strong boy. He'll be alright and until I hear different, everything goes on as normal.&lt;br /&gt;Susan throws up her hands in frustration. John gets up and holds out his hand to Lila.&lt;br /&gt;JOHN&lt;br /&gt;Nana, I'll help you with the coffee. Matter of fact my treat.&lt;br /&gt;Lila takes John's hand and smiles brightly.&lt;br /&gt;LILA&lt;br /&gt;It's been along time since a gorgeous young man bought me a drink.&lt;br /&gt;Lila winks at him. John smiles back.&lt;br /&gt;JOHN&lt;br /&gt;For a babe like you I'd buy the moon.&lt;br /&gt;Lila throws her head back in laughter, then looks to her granddaughter.&lt;br /&gt;LILA&lt;br /&gt;Don't worry Eve. I'll bring him back in one piece.&lt;br /&gt;Eve chuckles a little while wiping tears from her eyes. Betty picks up a magazine and starts flipping through the pages. Susan turns her face into Roberts shoulder she is sobbing.&lt;br /&gt;JOHN&lt;br /&gt;Come on Nana, let's go.&lt;br /&gt;Just as they start to walk out of the doorway, Jarred is brought into the waiting room in a wheel chair. His right arm is in a sling and his face is badly bruised and cut.&lt;br /&gt;The atmosphere of the room changes. The smiles are gone. Everyone is tense. Susan senses the change and looks up. The second she sees Jarred, she jumps up from her seat and goes to him.&lt;br /&gt;SUSAN&lt;br /&gt;Where's Brian? How is he? What happened?&lt;br /&gt;Jarred tries to get up out of the wheel chair, he is to weak from the fight and pain killers. Tears start falling from his eyes.&lt;br /&gt;JARRED&lt;br /&gt;He's back there.&lt;br /&gt;Jarred signals the direction with his head.&lt;br /&gt;Susan starts biting her well manicured nails.&lt;br /&gt;JARRED (cont'd)&lt;br /&gt;I heard the doctors talking about x-rays and surgery. They wouldn't tell me anything. They wouldn't even let me see him.&lt;br /&gt;Jarred completely breaks down, sobbing heavily.&lt;br /&gt;Lila walks to him. She reaches out her hand to his shoulder. She then bends to him and lovingly hugs him.&lt;br /&gt;LILA&lt;br /&gt;It'll be alright. Now stop that whaling and come with John and me to get a cup of coffee. We'll leave these saps to worry about him.&lt;br /&gt;Jarred weak and exhausted from the ordeal just shakes his head yes.&lt;br /&gt;Lila gets up and moves to the back of the wheel chair, signaling John to join her.&lt;br /&gt;John walks to her side.&lt;br /&gt;Lila turns the wheel chair around to face the door.&lt;br /&gt;Susan is seething at her mothers' cavalier attitude. She is standing with her mouth agape as if she is about to start talking.&lt;br /&gt;The rest of the family returns to their seats.&lt;br /&gt;Just as Lila is about to pass through the doorway, she turns back to face Susan.&lt;br /&gt;LILA (cont'd)&lt;br /&gt;Close your mouth dear, before someone sticks something in it.&lt;br /&gt;Susan closes her mouth.&lt;br /&gt;Lila turns back to the wheel chair.&lt;br /&gt;LILA (cont'd)&lt;br /&gt;I wonder how fast this thing can go.&lt;br /&gt;John gently grabs Lila by the arm.&lt;br /&gt;JOHN&lt;br /&gt;Don't you think he's had enough trauma for one night.&lt;br /&gt;Lila just laughs him off and exits the room with Mike following.&lt;br /&gt;int. wAITING ROOM-later&lt;br /&gt;All are sitting around sipping on coffee. They are starting to look tired.&lt;br /&gt;Jarred has fallen asleep in the wheel chair. Betty is reading another magazine. Eve is asleep against John's shoulder. Lila and Susan are having a staring contest, Susan is obviously angry, Lila is just trying to get a reaction from her. Robert has his head leaned back against the wall, he is asleep and suddenly starts snoring, loudly.&lt;br /&gt;Lila hears the snore and loses the staring contest, when she bursts into laughter. The quiet of the room is broken and the others look up or wake up to see what is happening.&lt;br /&gt;waiting room door&lt;br /&gt;A WOMAN DOCTOR in green scrubs comes up to the waiting room doorway.&lt;br /&gt;DOCTOR&lt;br /&gt;Mr. and Mrs. Jamison?&lt;br /&gt;Susan jumps up from her seat, shouting.&lt;br /&gt;SUSAN&lt;br /&gt;Yes, that's us.&lt;br /&gt;DOCTOR&lt;br /&gt;Your son is okay. He has three broken ribs, his right wrist is sprained, he has a broken leg, and a lot of bruises and cuts.&lt;br /&gt;Susan and the rest of the room visibly relax. Susan lets out a sigh of relief.&lt;br /&gt;SUSAN&lt;br /&gt;Why did it take so long.&lt;br /&gt;The woman looks at Susan and wipes her brow.&lt;br /&gt;DOCTOR&lt;br /&gt;He had a collapsed lung. We thought it might have been punctured and an operation would have been necessary, but we were able to take care of it  without surgery.&lt;br /&gt;Susan collapses into the chair nearest her.&lt;br /&gt;Robert moves forward.&lt;br /&gt;ROBERT&lt;br /&gt;How soon till he can come home?&lt;br /&gt;The Doctor turns her attention to Robert.&lt;br /&gt;DOCTOR&lt;br /&gt;He can go home tomorrow. We want to keep him overnight to make sure he's alright.&lt;br /&gt;Robert reaches his hand out to the Doctor and shakes her hand.&lt;br /&gt;ROBERT&lt;br /&gt;Thank you, Doctor. We appreciate it.&lt;br /&gt;The Doctor turns and leaves the room. Everyone returns to their respective seats. Lila grins widely.&lt;br /&gt;LILA&lt;br /&gt;I told you he'd be all right. He's a fighter that one.&lt;br /&gt;Susan turns her head in her mothers direction and glares at her. She decides to leave things alone and turns her attention to Robert.&lt;br /&gt;SUSAN&lt;br /&gt;Well, now we need to make arrangements for a nurse. He can stay in his old room of course. Oh and Jarred if you need anything you can call us anytime.&lt;br /&gt;Eve who is sitting quietly behind her husband, looks appalled.&lt;br /&gt;EVE&lt;br /&gt;Mother what are you talking about?&lt;br /&gt;Susan gets up and goes to Eve.&lt;br /&gt;SUSAN&lt;br /&gt;Taking care of your brother.&lt;br /&gt;Eve stands up.&lt;br /&gt;EVE&lt;br /&gt;In your house? I don't think so.&lt;br /&gt;Susan backs up a step, and uses a commanding voice.&lt;br /&gt;SUSAN&lt;br /&gt;Yes, in my house. Why? Is there a problem with that?&lt;br /&gt;Eve steps towards her mother, and uses a sarcastic tone.&lt;br /&gt;EVE&lt;br /&gt;Absolutely. What happens to Jarred?&lt;br /&gt;Susan nonchalantly.&lt;br /&gt;SUSAN&lt;br /&gt;He stays in the apartment.&lt;br /&gt;Eve, getting angry.&lt;br /&gt;EVE&lt;br /&gt;That's the problem. They're a couple mother and they are going to want to be with each other after this. So, they can both come to my house, and I'll take care of them.&lt;br /&gt;Susan looking offended.&lt;br /&gt;SUSAN&lt;br /&gt;They are not a couple. They're two boys playing games with each other. Now your brother will come home with me.&lt;br /&gt;Eve blows her stack.&lt;br /&gt;EVE&lt;br /&gt;(shouting)&lt;br /&gt;Don't be a Bitch.(beat) They're staying at my house. I can take care of them both.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;SUSAN&lt;br /&gt;(shouting)&lt;br /&gt;(beat) How dare you call me a bitch. You can't take care of yourself let alone them.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;EVE&lt;br /&gt; At least with me they'll get treated with respect. Unlike with you, where Jarred isn't even allowed to enter the house.&lt;br /&gt;SUSAN&lt;br /&gt;I won't respect something that's wrong. Jarred not my son, let his mother take care of him.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;EVE&lt;br /&gt; If you really cared about your son, you would love him for who he is.&lt;br /&gt;SUSAN&lt;br /&gt;I care about son, I just want him to be normal. I'm a great mother.&lt;br /&gt;EVE&lt;br /&gt; You're a lousy mother!&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Susan slaps Eve across the face. John gets in front of his wife, he is pissed. Robert pulls Susan back.&lt;br /&gt;ROBERT&lt;br /&gt;Why don't we let Brian decide for himself tomorrow?&lt;br /&gt;Susan stands down, Robert lets her go. John turns to his wife and kisses the cheek she was hit on. Lila gets up walks over to Eve and hugs her.&lt;br /&gt;LILA&lt;br /&gt;(loud)&lt;br /&gt;Congratulations! You finally stood up to the bitch.&lt;br /&gt;Susan's mouth drops open.&lt;br /&gt;SUSAN&lt;br /&gt;(loudly,shocked)&lt;br /&gt;Mother!&lt;br /&gt;int. hospital room-morning&lt;br /&gt;The blinds on the windows are closed, and the lights are off. Brian is lying in the bed asleep. His face is badly bruised, there are bandages around his chest, and his arm is in a sling. The blanket has slid down to his waist.&lt;br /&gt;In walks MIKE,(37) a muscular, but trim man with dark hair. He is dressed like a construction worker. Mike is accompanied by JENNY (35) his wife, A good looking woman with brown hair, she is dressed casually. Their kids SARAH (16) and SAM (15), Sarah is a tomboy type with brown hair, Sam is a slight nerd, dressed preppy style with brown hair.&lt;br /&gt;Mike goes to the window and opens the blinds. Bright sunlight blasts into the room.&lt;br /&gt;MIKE&lt;br /&gt;Hey, little bro. Wakey, wakey time.&lt;br /&gt;Brian opens his eyes slightly.&lt;br /&gt;BRIAN&lt;br /&gt;Hey, Mike. What's up?&lt;br /&gt;Jenny smiles and walks to Brians' bedside.&lt;br /&gt;JENNY&lt;br /&gt;Did you get the license number of the truck that hit you, or were you pretending to be superman again?&lt;br /&gt;Brian laughs, but grabs his ribs with his free hand.&lt;br /&gt;BRIAN&lt;br /&gt;Jen it hurts too much to laugh.&lt;br /&gt;Jen looks somewhat abashed, but then she smiles brightly.&lt;br /&gt;JENNY&lt;br /&gt;The kids brought you presents. Sarah wanted to bring you a carburetor, but I talked her into a teddy bear.&lt;br /&gt;Sarah walks over to Brian, she is carrying a little teddy bear that is bandaged up. She looks at her mother disgusted.&lt;br /&gt;SARAH&lt;br /&gt;Mom lay off would you? (beat) Hey Uncle Bri. Nice shiner.&lt;br /&gt;Brian looks to Sarah.&lt;br /&gt;BRIAN&lt;br /&gt;Hey girl, how ya been?&lt;br /&gt;Sarah hands him the teddy bear.&lt;br /&gt;SARAH&lt;br /&gt;Better than you apparently.&lt;br /&gt;Sam walks over.&lt;br /&gt;SAM&lt;br /&gt;Hello Uncle Brian. I brought you some flowers.&lt;br /&gt;Brian attempts a smile at Sam.&lt;br /&gt;BRIAN&lt;br /&gt;Thanks, Sammy, could you put them in some water.&lt;br /&gt;Sam grabs a pitcher sitting on the bedside table and goes to fill it with water.&lt;br /&gt;Mike sits down in a chair near the bed.&lt;br /&gt;MIKE&lt;br /&gt;Seriously, Brian. Did you see who did this to you?&lt;br /&gt;Brian thinks for a minute.&lt;br /&gt;BRIAN&lt;br /&gt;No. They were wearing masks.&lt;br /&gt;Sam comes back and puts the pitcher on the bed. Jenny and Mike exchange glances.&lt;br /&gt;JENNY&lt;br /&gt;Hey kids, why don't you go downstairs and keep a lookout for grandma and Aunt Eve.&lt;br /&gt;Sam and Sarah each kiss Brian on the cheek.&lt;br /&gt;SAM AND SARAH&lt;br /&gt;See ya later Uncle Brian.&lt;br /&gt;Sam and Sarah leave the room.&lt;br /&gt;Mike looks at Brian, and sighs.&lt;br /&gt;MIKE&lt;br /&gt;Mom called last night after they got home from here. It seems she and Eve are fighting over custody of you.&lt;br /&gt;Brian groans and looks at Jenny.&lt;br /&gt;JENNY&lt;br /&gt;Eve took Jarred to her house. Susan is on the warpath though. She thinks you and Jarred need to be separated.&lt;br /&gt;Brian groans again.&lt;br /&gt;BRIAN&lt;br /&gt;She knows I want to be with Jarred. Eve took him in?&lt;br /&gt;Mike nods his head yes.&lt;br /&gt;MIKE&lt;br /&gt;Yeah, She's planning on having you too. Seems our sister suddenly developed a backbone.&lt;br /&gt;Brian laughs a little.&lt;br /&gt;BRIAN&lt;br /&gt;She's always been my protector. She really stood up to Mom? Wow, wish I'd have seen that.&lt;br /&gt;Jenny takes Brians good hand.&lt;br /&gt;JENNY&lt;br /&gt;You know, you and Jarred are welcome to stay with us. Out of the line of fire.&lt;br /&gt;Brian attempts another smile.&lt;br /&gt;BRIAN&lt;br /&gt;I know. Thanks, but I'll stay with Eve. I don't want to miss any of the action. Besides it'll drive Mom crazy.&lt;br /&gt;Mike and Jenny both laugh. Mike pats Brians leg.&lt;br /&gt;MIKE&lt;br /&gt;You've always liked to live dangerously. Well, we just thought we'd warn you. We gotta get going. If you need anything just call.&lt;br /&gt;BRIAN&lt;br /&gt;Thanks, I will.&lt;br /&gt;Mike and Jenny get up and leave the room.&lt;br /&gt;Brian is in thought, subconsciously he hugs the teddy bear like a little boy.&lt;br /&gt;Int. hospital room-morning-later&lt;br /&gt;A NURSE is standing next to Brians' bed taking his temperature and checking his pulse.&lt;br /&gt;Susan comes sailing into the room. She has a huge smile and is carrying a large bouquet of flowers with balloons.&lt;br /&gt;SUSAN&lt;br /&gt;Good morning sunshine. I'm glad to see your up. I spoke with the Doctor and she said that you'll be out in a couple of hours.&lt;br /&gt;Brian nods his head in assent with the thermometer still in his mouth. The nurse releases his hand and makes a note on his chart.&lt;br /&gt;Susan continues speaking at a rapid fire pace.&lt;br /&gt;SUSAN (cont'd)&lt;br /&gt;I bet you'll be glad to get out of here. I have your old room all ready for you. Dad and I are going to hire a nurse to help you out.(beat) Oh, Dad says hi. He would have been here but he had a meeting at the club he couldn't get out of.(beat)(beat) Jarred is fine. He's at Eves' and she'll take care of him.&lt;br /&gt;Brian is looking at the nurse with a pained expression on his face. The nurse is smiling, while looking at her watch.&lt;br /&gt;NURSE&lt;br /&gt;Just a few more seconds. (beat)Now.&lt;br /&gt;The Nurse removes the thermometer from Brians' mouth. She makes a quick note on Brians chart. Then leaves the room.&lt;br /&gt;BRIAN&lt;br /&gt;Mom, Mike and Jenny were here already, they told me about your plans. I appreciate what your doing, but I'm going to stay at Eves'.&lt;br /&gt;Susans' smile disappears, she looks annoyed.&lt;br /&gt;SUSAN&lt;br /&gt;That figures. Your brother always sides with her. Why? I don't know. What can she do that I can't?&lt;br /&gt;BRIAN&lt;br /&gt;No, it's not that. I just want to be with Jarred.&lt;br /&gt;Susan is getting angry.&lt;br /&gt;SUSAN&lt;br /&gt;How can you continue to act that way?&lt;br /&gt;Brian is upset by his mothers' question.&lt;br /&gt;BRIAN&lt;br /&gt;It's not an act. I'm gay, and I love Jarred. When are you going to accept that?&lt;br /&gt;Susan loses her temper.&lt;br /&gt;SUSAN&lt;br /&gt;Never! I can't accept sitting up at night worrying if your okay or not. Look at what happened to you. You want me to accept your getting attacked over this. I won't.&lt;br /&gt;Brian turns his face to avoid looking at Susan.&lt;br /&gt;BRIAN&lt;br /&gt;That's why I'm staying at Eves'.&lt;br /&gt;Susan is furious.&lt;br /&gt;SUSAN&lt;br /&gt;Fine, stay with your sister. I don't care what happens to you anymore.&lt;br /&gt;Susan storms out of the room.&lt;br /&gt;Brian lays in the bed tears are falling down his bruised cheek.&lt;br /&gt;Int. eves' house-upstairs guestroom-night&lt;br /&gt;Eve and John are helping Brian get into bed next to Jarred.&lt;br /&gt;EVE&lt;br /&gt;I can't believe how long it took for that Doctor to release you.&lt;br /&gt;Brian is settling himself next to Jarred.&lt;br /&gt;Jarred leans over and kisses Brian on the cheek.&lt;br /&gt;JOHN&lt;br /&gt;We won't be having any of that going on here. At least not until you've healed a little.&lt;br /&gt;Jarred smiles sheepishly.&lt;br /&gt;JARRED&lt;br /&gt;I'm too tired anyway. I couldn't sleep last night.&lt;br /&gt;Brian grabs Jarreds' good hand with his good hand.&lt;br /&gt;BRIAN&lt;br /&gt;I'm here now.&lt;br /&gt;Brian looks at John and smiles tentatively.&lt;br /&gt;BRIAN (cont'd)&lt;br /&gt;We'll behave. I promise.&lt;br /&gt;Eve tucks them in like she would little boys, placing the teddy bear from the hospital in between them.&lt;br /&gt;EVE&lt;br /&gt;If you need anything let us know. We'll check in every so often.&lt;br /&gt;John looks longingly at his wife.&lt;br /&gt;JOHN&lt;br /&gt;I don't know about these two, but I'm starved.&lt;br /&gt;Eve turns to leave the room.&lt;br /&gt;EVE&lt;br /&gt;I'll have dinner ready in a little while. John if you get the TV trays we can all eat in here.&lt;br /&gt;JOHN&lt;br /&gt;Sounds good to me.&lt;br /&gt;Eve leaves the room.&lt;br /&gt;John turns to follow her. He looks back.&lt;br /&gt;JOHN&lt;br /&gt;Are you two sure your okay?&lt;br /&gt;Jarred looks at Brian then to John.&lt;br /&gt;JARRED&lt;br /&gt;Yeah. We're okay. (beat)Now.&lt;br /&gt;John leaves the room.&lt;br /&gt;Jarred looks to Brian and pulls him close.&lt;br /&gt;JARRED (cont'd)&lt;br /&gt;Are you sure you're okay?&lt;br /&gt;Brian nods his head yes.&lt;br /&gt;BRIAN&lt;br /&gt;Yeah. I'm sore, but I'll live. How about you?&lt;br /&gt;Jarred leans his head on Brians' chest.&lt;br /&gt;JARRED&lt;br /&gt;I was so scared. I wanted to protect you and I couldn't. Then in the emergency room, they wouldn't tell me...&lt;br /&gt;Jarred starts crying.&lt;br /&gt;Brian leans down and kisses the top of Jarreds' head.&lt;br /&gt;BRIAN&lt;br /&gt;It's okay. I know you would've taken care of me. We were outnumbered. That's all.&lt;br /&gt;Jarred lifts his head.&lt;br /&gt;JARRED&lt;br /&gt;I'm sorry babe. I won't ever let you down again.&lt;br /&gt;Brian smiles slightly.&lt;br /&gt;BRIAN&lt;br /&gt;You never let me down. Now why don't you tell me about my sister and mother fighting. That had to be something.&lt;br /&gt;int. eves house-kitchen-night&lt;br /&gt;Eve is standing in front of the stove. Pot couple of pots are boiling.&lt;br /&gt;John is bringing TV trays in from a door to the side of the stove.&lt;br /&gt;DAN (17) well built with short dark hair and Kevin (14) thin with blonde hair are getting dishes out of the cupboards.&lt;br /&gt;KEVIN&lt;br /&gt;How long are Uncle Brian and Uncle Jarred gonna stay?&lt;br /&gt;Eve turns to face her son.&lt;br /&gt;EVE&lt;br /&gt;A few weeks. And it's go ing.&lt;br /&gt;Dan laughs at his little brother.&lt;br /&gt;DAN&lt;br /&gt;Yeah squirt.&lt;br /&gt;(mocking fathers voice)&lt;br /&gt;Speak properly or don't speak at all.&lt;br /&gt;KEVIN&lt;br /&gt;Shut up Dan.&lt;br /&gt;John looks over to Eve rolling his eyes.&lt;br /&gt;JOHN&lt;br /&gt;Hey, Kevin how bout helping me?&lt;br /&gt;KEVIN&lt;br /&gt;all right.&lt;br /&gt;int. susan and roberts house-kitchen-night&lt;br /&gt;Susan, Robert, Lila, and Betty are sitting around the kitchen table eating dinner.&lt;br /&gt;SUSAN&lt;br /&gt;Can you believe he wanted to be there?&lt;br /&gt;Robert drops his fork.&lt;br /&gt;ROBERT&lt;br /&gt;Suzy if that's what he wants it's his business. He's an adult.&lt;br /&gt;Susan looks at Robert angrily.&lt;br /&gt;SUSAN&lt;br /&gt;He's a boy pretending to have a life with another boy. Are you going to tell me that you agree with it?&lt;br /&gt;Robert sighs deeply.&lt;br /&gt;ROBERT&lt;br /&gt;No I don't agree with it. I also know that fighting him will only make his resolve stronger.&lt;br /&gt;Lila flings some mashed potatoes off her fork into Roberts face.&lt;br /&gt;LILA&lt;br /&gt;You two act like it's some temporary phase. He's gay, a fairy, a queen, a fag...&lt;br /&gt;Susan pounds her hand on the table.&lt;br /&gt;SUSAN&lt;br /&gt;Mother, would you please stop that. Brian is not gay. He's just doing this to aggravate me. The same way he's staying at Eves' to aggravate me.&lt;br /&gt;Betty finishing her dinner, looks up at Susan and in innocence says.&lt;br /&gt;BETTY&lt;br /&gt;If it bothers you so much. Why don't you go to Eves' first thing tomorrow morning and make sure he's being taken care of.&lt;br /&gt;Susan contemplates Bettys' suggestion for a minute. She then smiles and laughs.&lt;br /&gt;SUSAN&lt;br /&gt;Betty, that's a good idea.&lt;br /&gt;int. eves house-guest bedroom-night-later&lt;br /&gt;Brian is sitting up in bed reading a book. Jarred is asleep next to him. There is only a soft light coming from a lamp next to the bed.&lt;br /&gt;Dan enters the room, standing by the door.&lt;br /&gt;Brian looks up from his book to Dan.&lt;br /&gt;BRIAN&lt;br /&gt;Hey, Dan. What's up?&lt;br /&gt;Dan looks at his feet, then back up to Brian.&lt;br /&gt;DAN&lt;br /&gt;Nothing, I... I just wanted to see how you're doing.&lt;br /&gt;Brian puts the book down.&lt;br /&gt;BRIAN&lt;br /&gt;I hurt all over, but it's getting better.&lt;br /&gt;Dan stands at the door staring at Brian.&lt;br /&gt;BRIAN (cont'd)&lt;br /&gt;Are you sure there isn't anything else?&lt;br /&gt;Dan bites his lip, again looking down at his feet.&lt;br /&gt;DAN&lt;br /&gt;I (beat) I was (beat) I (beat) I wanted to know how you knew you were in love.&lt;br /&gt;Brian is momentarily stunned.&lt;br /&gt;BRIAN&lt;br /&gt;As long as it's nothing complicated. (beat)&lt;br /&gt;Listen for me it was simple. When all I could think of was Jarred, and I only wanted to be with him and no one else. I knew I loved him. It may not be that easy for you.&lt;br /&gt;Dan looks up at Brian.&lt;br /&gt;DAN&lt;br /&gt;Thanks Uncle Bri. Goodnight.&lt;br /&gt;Dan leaves the room.&lt;br /&gt;Int. diana's dorm room-morning&lt;br /&gt;Diana is on the phone and trying to get dressed at the same time.&lt;br /&gt;DIANA&lt;br /&gt;Yes... Okay mom... Mom I will... Yes.&lt;br /&gt;There is a knock on the door.&lt;br /&gt;DIANA (cont'd)&lt;br /&gt;Mom I gotta go. Aarons at the door... I will... Okay, see you at Eve's on Sunday.&lt;br /&gt;Diana hangs up the phone. The she answers the door. She is still half dressed.&lt;br /&gt;DIANA (cont'd)&lt;br /&gt;Hey hon. I'll only be a minute.&lt;br /&gt;Aaron steps into the room and grabs Diana, turning her around and giving her a deep, passionate kiss.&lt;br /&gt;AARON&lt;br /&gt;I like your outfit.&lt;br /&gt;Diana smiles and turns toward the bed, where her shirt is laying.&lt;br /&gt;DIANA&lt;br /&gt;I'm sure, but Professor Morris won't.&lt;br /&gt;AARON&lt;br /&gt;So let's skip class.&lt;br /&gt;Diana giggles. Aaron starts rubbing her shoulders.&lt;br /&gt;DIANA&lt;br /&gt;He'll hate that even more.&lt;br /&gt;She pulls her shirt over her head blocking Aaron's kiss.&lt;br /&gt;Aaron drops his arms to his sides.&lt;br /&gt;AARON&lt;br /&gt;All right. We'll go to class. (beat) What're we doing this weekend?&lt;br /&gt;Diana drops herself onto the bed and sounding depressed.&lt;br /&gt;DIANA&lt;br /&gt;Saturday we can do whatever, but I promised my mother we'd have dinner with my family.&lt;br /&gt;Aaron sits down beside Diana on the bed.&lt;br /&gt;AARON&lt;br /&gt;Okay. But why act like it's a funeral? I want to meet your folks.&lt;br /&gt;Diana jumps off the bed.&lt;br /&gt;DIANA&lt;br /&gt;No you don't. Come on we're gonna be late.&lt;br /&gt;ext. mike and Jenny's house-Morning&lt;br /&gt;We see Mike and Jenny's house. The garage door is open and there is someone leaned over the exposed engine of an old Camaro.&lt;br /&gt;int. mike and Jenny's garage-Morning&lt;br /&gt;Sam enters the garage from a door connecting it to the house. He walks to the front of the car.&lt;br /&gt;SAM&lt;br /&gt;What'cha doin?&lt;br /&gt;Sarah straightens up from the engine. Her face and hands are covered in grease.&lt;br /&gt;SARAH&lt;br /&gt;Trying to get this darn car working.&lt;br /&gt;Sam leans over and looks at the engine.&lt;br /&gt;SAM&lt;br /&gt;Mom wants you to come in for breakfast.&lt;br /&gt;Sarah wipes her hand across her brow, smearing the grease on her forehead.&lt;br /&gt;SARAH&lt;br /&gt;Tell her I'll be there in a minute.&lt;br /&gt;Sam turns and leaves the garage.&lt;br /&gt;Sarah returns to her work on the car.&lt;br /&gt;int. mike and Jenny's kitchen-Morning&lt;br /&gt;Mike is sitting at the kitchen table reading the newspaper.&lt;br /&gt;Jenny is on the phone.&lt;br /&gt;JENNY&lt;br /&gt;We will I promise. Seven o'clock Sunday. Okay (beat) bye.&lt;br /&gt;Jenny hangs up the phone. She acts exhausted.&lt;br /&gt;JENNY (cont'd)&lt;br /&gt;Your mother is a real pain.&lt;br /&gt;Mike continues reading his paper.&lt;br /&gt;Sam sits down at the table quietly.&lt;br /&gt;MIKE&lt;br /&gt;Can't argue with that.&lt;br /&gt;Jenny moves to the table.&lt;br /&gt;JENNY&lt;br /&gt;Sam, did you tell your sister?&lt;br /&gt;SAM&lt;br /&gt;She said she'd be in, in a minute.&lt;br /&gt;Jenny turns towards Mike and pulls down his newspaper.&lt;br /&gt;JENNY&lt;br /&gt;Did you know Diana's engaged again?&lt;br /&gt;Mike looks at Jenny questioningly.&lt;br /&gt;MIKE&lt;br /&gt;Really, what's his name?&lt;br /&gt;JENNY&lt;br /&gt;Aaron. And get this. The family is going to meet him at dinner this Sunday at Eves' house.&lt;br /&gt;Mike laughs.&lt;br /&gt;MIKE&lt;br /&gt;Well that's a first. She must like this one.&lt;br /&gt;Jenny in an exaggerated ominous voice.&lt;br /&gt;JENNY&lt;br /&gt;They even set a date.&lt;br /&gt;(normal voice, giggling)&lt;br /&gt;This is what? Her sixth engagement.&lt;br /&gt;MIKE&lt;br /&gt;No. I think this is seven. But at least we get to meet this one.&lt;br /&gt;JENNY&lt;br /&gt;You hope. We have almost a week till then. They could break up.&lt;br /&gt;Mike stops laughing.&lt;br /&gt;MIKE&lt;br /&gt;I just thought of something.&lt;br /&gt;Jenny stops laughing.&lt;br /&gt;JENNY&lt;br /&gt;What?&lt;br /&gt;MIKE&lt;br /&gt;You think mom bothered to tell Eve that she's having us all for dinner.&lt;br /&gt;Jenny reacts shocked.&lt;br /&gt;JENNY&lt;br /&gt;No. Your mother wouldn't do something that obnoxious. Would she?&lt;br /&gt;MIKE&lt;br /&gt;She might. She was pretty angry the other night.&lt;br /&gt;Jenny shrugs her shoulders.&lt;br /&gt;JENNY&lt;br /&gt;Well I'll make sure Eve knows.&lt;br /&gt;(beat)&lt;br /&gt;Would you get your daughter?&lt;br /&gt;Mike gets out of the chair&lt;br /&gt;MIKE&lt;br /&gt;Yeah, I'll get the motorhead.&lt;br /&gt;JENNY&lt;br /&gt;I'm beginning to worry about her.&lt;br /&gt;MIKE&lt;br /&gt;What are you worried about?&lt;br /&gt;JENNY&lt;br /&gt;All she thinks about are cars.&lt;br /&gt;MIKE&lt;br /&gt;So?&lt;br /&gt;JENNY&lt;br /&gt;She's sixteen. She should be boy crazy.&lt;br /&gt;MIKE&lt;br /&gt;Don't go rushing my little girl to the alter. She'll come around.&lt;br /&gt;Mike goes to the garage door and opens it.&lt;br /&gt;MIKE&lt;br /&gt;Sarah, get your butt in here and get ready for school now.&lt;br /&gt;SARAH (VO)&lt;br /&gt;I'm coming. I'm coming.&lt;br /&gt;The sound of a car hood slamming is heard. Moments later Sarah enters the kitchen squeezing by Mike.&lt;br /&gt;SARAH (cont'd)&lt;br /&gt;What is your problem? I have plenty of time.&lt;br /&gt;Jenny looks at Sarah frustrated.&lt;br /&gt;JENNY&lt;br /&gt;Look at you. You're covered in grease.&lt;br /&gt;Sarah rubs her nose, smearing grease on her upper lip.&lt;br /&gt;SARAH&lt;br /&gt;So what? It washes off.&lt;br /&gt;JENNY&lt;br /&gt;Well good. Go wash it off then.&lt;br /&gt;ext. taft high school-morning-later&lt;br /&gt;There are students walking in the doors of the school. Many are just milling about in front. Groups are talking, playing games, or just hanging out.&lt;br /&gt;Dan is with BILLY the popular first baseman of the schools baseball team. They are sitting on the steps in front of the doors.&lt;br /&gt;Sarah and Sam get off the school bus parked in front of the school.&lt;br /&gt;Sarah spots Dan and Billy and starts walking towards them.&lt;br /&gt;Sam follows behind.&lt;br /&gt;Sarah reaches Dan and Billy. She glances at Billy quickly, then focuses on Dan.&lt;br /&gt;SARAH&lt;br /&gt;Hey cuz. What's up?&lt;br /&gt;DAN&lt;br /&gt;Nothing. Why the bus? Still can't get that heap running?&lt;br /&gt;Sarahs' shoulders drop, in frustration.&lt;br /&gt;SARAH&lt;br /&gt;I just can't get the carburetor working right.&lt;br /&gt;Billy looks surprised that Sarah is working on a car.&lt;br /&gt;BILLY&lt;br /&gt;You work on cars?&lt;br /&gt;Sarahs' attention turns to Billy. She is defensive.&lt;br /&gt;Dan is staring at Billy.&lt;br /&gt;Sam is looking around ignoring them.&lt;br /&gt;SARAH&lt;br /&gt;Got a problem?&lt;br /&gt;BILLY&lt;br /&gt;No. I like to fix cars too. Maybe I can help you.&lt;br /&gt;Sarah looks Billy up and down, but says nonchalantly.&lt;br /&gt;SARAH&lt;br /&gt;Cool.&lt;br /&gt;Sarah returns her attention to Dan.&lt;br /&gt;SARAH (cont'd)&lt;br /&gt;Think you could give me a ride home?&lt;br /&gt;Dan is startled and turns to Sarah, he is hesitant.&lt;br /&gt;DAN&lt;br /&gt;I have practice till four.&lt;br /&gt;SARAH&lt;br /&gt;That's okay. I have to do some research for a paper.&lt;br /&gt;DAN&lt;br /&gt;Okay. I'll meet you in the library.&lt;br /&gt;SARAH&lt;br /&gt;I'll just meet you by the locker room.&lt;br /&gt;DAN&lt;br /&gt;Okay see ya then. Oh hey, Sam you wanna ride too?&lt;br /&gt;Sam turns his attention to Dan.&lt;br /&gt;SAM&lt;br /&gt;No, I'll take the bus.&lt;br /&gt;DAN&lt;br /&gt;Okay, whatever.&lt;br /&gt;(beat)&lt;br /&gt;See ya at four.&lt;br /&gt;Sarah and Sam head into the school.&lt;br /&gt;Int. taft high school-hallway-morning&lt;br /&gt;Sam and Sarah are walking down the hallway.&lt;br /&gt;SAM&lt;br /&gt;You like Billy.&lt;br /&gt;Sarah looks startled and stops walking. She grabs Sams' arm and stops him.&lt;br /&gt;SARAH&lt;br /&gt;Why ya say that?&lt;br /&gt;SAM&lt;br /&gt;Usually you talk to everybody, but you ignore him.&lt;br /&gt;SARAH&lt;br /&gt;Do you think he knows?&lt;br /&gt;SAM&lt;br /&gt;No. He only likes baseball. I gotta get to class.&lt;br /&gt;Sam takes off down the hall. Sarah stares after him for a second then heads down a side corridor to her class.&lt;br /&gt;ext. locker room entrance-3:45p.m.&lt;br /&gt;Sarah is standing outside the Locker room door pacing.&lt;br /&gt;Int. locker room-3:45p.m.&lt;br /&gt;Dan and Billy are cleaning and stowing the baseball equipment. Billy is standing by the storage locker holding a bat. Dan is sitting on a bench in front of it polishing a batters helmet.&lt;br /&gt;DAN&lt;br /&gt;I can't believe the coach is making me do this because of a couple of bad pitches.&lt;br /&gt;BILLY&lt;br /&gt;You know his rule. Be at your best, or clean the mess.&lt;br /&gt;DAN&lt;br /&gt;I know.&lt;br /&gt;(beat)&lt;br /&gt;Thanks for helping.&lt;br /&gt;Billy puts the bat he is holding into the storage locker. He then sits down beside Dan on the bench.&lt;br /&gt;Dan puts the helmet aside.&lt;br /&gt;BILLY&lt;br /&gt;No sweat.&lt;br /&gt;ext. locker room-later&lt;br /&gt;Sarah looks at her watch and then at the locker room door.&lt;br /&gt;She leans back against the wall.&lt;br /&gt;SARAH&lt;br /&gt;Screw it.&lt;br /&gt;Sarah stands up and slowly goes into the locker room door.&lt;br /&gt;int. locker room-later&lt;br /&gt;Sarah comes through the locker room door. She looks around and sees that no one is there.&lt;br /&gt;Sarah continues into the locker room. She hears MUFFLED VOICES towards the back of the locker room. She heads in the direction of the voices slowly and quietly.&lt;br /&gt;Sarah reaches the last set of lockers. There is a mirror hanging on the wall that is angled to see the storage locker. Sarah can see Dan and Billy sitting on the bench. She stops where she is and listens to their conversation.&lt;br /&gt;dan and billy&lt;br /&gt;BILLY&lt;br /&gt;You gotta admit, you sucked today.&lt;br /&gt;DAN&lt;br /&gt;Yeah, I've had some things on my mind.&lt;br /&gt;Billy raises an eyebrow in question.&lt;br /&gt;BILLY&lt;br /&gt;Such as?&lt;br /&gt;Dan with an evil grin.&lt;br /&gt;DAN&lt;br /&gt;Such as this.&lt;br /&gt;Dan leans in and kisses Billy on the mouth. Billy kisses him back.&lt;br /&gt;sarah&lt;br /&gt;Sarah stares into the mirror watching them kiss. She is horrified.&lt;br /&gt;She turns and leaves the locker room.&lt;br /&gt;ext. mike and Jenny's house-later&lt;br /&gt;Dans' car a late model Ford Escort pulls up in front of the house.&lt;br /&gt;Sarah jumps out of the car and goes running into the house.&lt;br /&gt;int. mike and JenNYS' HOUSE&lt;br /&gt;Sarah runs up stairs to her bedroom and slams the door shut.&lt;br /&gt;living room&lt;br /&gt;Jenny and Betty are in the living room. Jenny is on the phone.&lt;br /&gt;JENNY&lt;br /&gt;Sunday at seven... I know that's why I am... I'll come early and help you... Why don't you just tell her your going to school again?... I'll be there around three... bye.&lt;br /&gt;Jenny hangs up the phone at sighs.&lt;br /&gt;Betty looks at here inquiringly.&lt;br /&gt;BETTY&lt;br /&gt;Sue didn't tell her.&lt;br /&gt;JENNY&lt;br /&gt;No.&lt;br /&gt;BETTY&lt;br /&gt;Why do you and Mike put up with all the garbage?&lt;br /&gt;JENNY&lt;br /&gt;Because we can give it all to you. Was that Sarah?&lt;br /&gt;BETTY&lt;br /&gt;Yeah, I think I'll go say hello.&lt;br /&gt;Betty gets up from the couch and goes upstairs.&lt;br /&gt;int. hallway in front of Sarahs' bedroom door&lt;br /&gt;Betty knocks on the door. Then she just opens it and walks in.&lt;br /&gt;int. sarahs' bedroom&lt;br /&gt;Sarahs' room is furnished in all white with a large canopy bed. The walls are covered with posters of heavy metal bands, the floor is covered with different car magazines and clothing.&lt;br /&gt;Sarah is lying on her unmade bed, face down.&lt;br /&gt;Betty closes the door behind her.&lt;br /&gt;BETTY&lt;br /&gt;What's his name?&lt;br /&gt;Sarah looks up at Betty.&lt;br /&gt;SARAH&lt;br /&gt;Leave me alone.&lt;br /&gt;Betty goes to the bed and sits down, after moving a greasy cloth from the bed.&lt;br /&gt;BETTY&lt;br /&gt;Come on Sarah. Tell your old Aunt Betty what's wrong.&lt;br /&gt;SARAH&lt;br /&gt;Nothing. Just leave me alone.&lt;br /&gt;BETTY&lt;br /&gt;It's a boy. I'll bet he real cute and doesn't even know your alive. Right.&lt;br /&gt;Sarah turns over and sits up on the bed.&lt;br /&gt;SARAH&lt;br /&gt;No. He knows I'm alive. I just saw him kissing someone else.&lt;br /&gt;BETTY&lt;br /&gt;Oh? Does he know your like him?&lt;br /&gt;SARAH&lt;br /&gt;No.&lt;br /&gt;BETTY&lt;br /&gt;Well then you gotta let him know. You can get his attention away from the other girl.&lt;br /&gt;SARAH&lt;br /&gt;I don't think so.&lt;br /&gt;BETTY&lt;br /&gt;Sure you can. I'll help you.&lt;br /&gt;SARAH&lt;br /&gt;I don't think you can help me with this.&lt;br /&gt;Betty pats Sarah on the leg and gets up off the bed.&lt;br /&gt;BETTY&lt;br /&gt;Well, if you change your mind you know where to reach me.&lt;br /&gt;Betty leaves the room.&lt;br /&gt;int. living room&lt;br /&gt;Betty enters the living room.&lt;br /&gt;Jenny looks up at her.&lt;br /&gt;JENNY&lt;br /&gt;So how's she doing?&lt;br /&gt;Betty has a big grin on her face.&lt;br /&gt;BETTY&lt;br /&gt;She's suffering her first crush.&lt;br /&gt;Jenny getting excited.&lt;br /&gt;JENNY&lt;br /&gt;Really! I was beginning to wonder if she would ever like boys.&lt;br /&gt;Sam enters the living room.&lt;br /&gt;JENNY (cont'd)&lt;br /&gt;Did she tell you who?&lt;br /&gt;BETTY&lt;br /&gt;No. Only that he was with someone else.&lt;br /&gt;Jenny loses her excitement.&lt;br /&gt;JENNY&lt;br /&gt;Oh no. She didn't say anything else.&lt;br /&gt;BETTY&lt;br /&gt;No. I wish I knew who it was.&lt;br /&gt;Sam looks at Jenny and Betty.&lt;br /&gt;SAM&lt;br /&gt;She likes Billy. But Billy's always with Dan.&lt;br /&gt;Jenny and Betty both get excited.&lt;br /&gt;BETTY&lt;br /&gt;That's great if he's friends with Dan. Then Dan can help us get them together.&lt;br /&gt;Sam shrugs his shoulders.&lt;br /&gt;SAM&lt;br /&gt;I don't think he'll help. Dan likes him too.&lt;br /&gt;Jenny turns her head sharply to glare at Sam.&lt;br /&gt;JENNY&lt;br /&gt;Sam! Don't be ridiculous. Dan's not like that.&lt;br /&gt;Sam shrugs his shoulders again.&lt;br /&gt;SAM&lt;br /&gt;If you say so.&lt;br /&gt;int. eves house- den-morning&lt;br /&gt;Eve is sitting in front of a computer typing. She glances at a book sitting on the desk to verify a fact.&lt;br /&gt;Susan comes in the front door.&lt;br /&gt;SUSAN&lt;br /&gt;Hello.&lt;br /&gt;Eve continues at the computer.&lt;br /&gt;Susan enters the den.&lt;br /&gt;SUSAN (cont'd)&lt;br /&gt;(sarcastically)&lt;br /&gt;Hello... Hi mom, nice to see you.&lt;br /&gt;Eve looks up at her mother.&lt;br /&gt;EVE&lt;br /&gt;Hi mom, thanks for inviting the family to dinner at my house without telling me.&lt;br /&gt;SUSAN&lt;br /&gt;I figured I'd tell you when I got here.&lt;br /&gt;EVE&lt;br /&gt;You told all of them yesterday.&lt;br /&gt;SUSAN&lt;br /&gt;Don't be so knit picky. I'm telling you now.&lt;br /&gt;EVE&lt;br /&gt;Jenny told me yesterday. What're you doing here?&lt;br /&gt;Susan moves over to the desk and starts looking over Eves' shoulder.&lt;br /&gt;SUSAN&lt;br /&gt;I thought you might need some help with Brian. Why are you doing Dans' homework?&lt;br /&gt;EVE&lt;br /&gt;It's not Dans'.&lt;br /&gt;SUSAN&lt;br /&gt;Well it certainly isn't Kevins'.&lt;br /&gt;Susan starts walking around the room. As she passes some shelves, she swipes them with her finger. Her finger comes up dusty and she grimaces.&lt;br /&gt;EVE&lt;br /&gt;It's mine.&lt;br /&gt;SUSAN&lt;br /&gt;Yours? Why would you have homework?&lt;br /&gt;EVE&lt;br /&gt;I'm finishing up my degree.&lt;br /&gt;SUSAN&lt;br /&gt;Why do that? You have a home and family to take care of. And judging by this dust, your not doing that too well.&lt;br /&gt;EVE&lt;br /&gt;Mother if you don't like my house why'd you invite the family here?&lt;br /&gt;SUSAN&lt;br /&gt;I love your house. I just think you should clean it once in awhile.&lt;br /&gt;Eve is getting angry, but trying not to show it.&lt;br /&gt;EVE&lt;br /&gt;If it isn't up to your standards feel free to clean it yourself.&lt;br /&gt;SUSAN&lt;br /&gt;It's your house if you want to live in filth that's your business. I'm just here to take care of Brian.&lt;br /&gt;EVE&lt;br /&gt;And Jarred.&lt;br /&gt;SUSAN&lt;br /&gt;I'm sure your doing enough for him. But Brian needs his mother.&lt;br /&gt;EVE&lt;br /&gt;Brian needs to be left alone.&lt;br /&gt;SUSAN&lt;br /&gt;I'll go see if he needs anything.&lt;br /&gt;Susan leaves the room and heads upstairs.&lt;br /&gt;int. EVES HOUSE-GUEST BEDROOM-morning&lt;br /&gt;Susan enters the guest bedroom, but stops short a grimace on her face.&lt;br /&gt;Brian and Jarred are asleep in bed. Jarred is lying on his back. Brians' head is resting on Jarreds' chest.&lt;br /&gt;SUSAN&lt;br /&gt;Time to get up.&lt;br /&gt;Jarred opens his eyes. He blinks several times to get them to focus. He lifts his head to see who's in the room.&lt;br /&gt;JARRED&lt;br /&gt;(sleepily)&lt;br /&gt;Morning Susan.&lt;br /&gt;Susan walks to the bed and starts shaking Brian.&lt;br /&gt;SUSAN&lt;br /&gt;Brian, time to get up.&lt;br /&gt;Brian groans and pulls away from Susans' shaking.&lt;br /&gt;JARRED&lt;br /&gt;Come on babe, wake up your mother's here.&lt;br /&gt;Brian opens his eyes and shifts his position on the bed, his face shows that he is in pain.&lt;br /&gt;SUSAN&lt;br /&gt;Brian be careful, don't hurt yourself.&lt;br /&gt;BRIAN&lt;br /&gt;Mom, I'm fine. Morning.&lt;br /&gt;SUSAN&lt;br /&gt;Your not fine. You just got out of the hospital.&lt;br /&gt;BRIAN&lt;br /&gt;That was days ago. What are you doing here?&lt;br /&gt;SUSAN&lt;br /&gt;I came to take care of you. Eve obviously isn't.&lt;br /&gt;BRIAN&lt;br /&gt;Mom leave Eve alone.&lt;br /&gt;Susan looks annoyed.&lt;br /&gt;SUSAN&lt;br /&gt;I'll leave her alone, when she learns how to take care of herself and her family.&lt;br /&gt;(beat)&lt;br /&gt;Did you know she's going to school again?&lt;br /&gt;JARRED&lt;br /&gt;Yeah, she told us when she started last year.&lt;br /&gt;SUSAN&lt;br /&gt;Last year? No wonder this place looks the way it does. Why didn't she tell me?&lt;br /&gt;BRIAN&lt;br /&gt;She didn't think you'd like the idea.&lt;br /&gt;SUSAN&lt;br /&gt;That's ridiculous. She's an adult she can do what she wants.&lt;br /&gt;BRIAN&lt;br /&gt;Right. The same way I can.&lt;br /&gt;SUSAN&lt;br /&gt;Your still a kid. But you do what you want anyway.&lt;br /&gt;BRIAN&lt;br /&gt;Mom I'm too tired to argue. What're you planning to do today?&lt;br /&gt;SUSAN&lt;br /&gt;Well for starters let's get you dressed.&lt;br /&gt;Susan reaches down to pull the covers off of Brian.&lt;br /&gt;BRIAN&lt;br /&gt;Mom!&lt;br /&gt;(beat)&lt;br /&gt;I'll dress myself.&lt;br /&gt;Susan pulls her hand back, momentarily shocked by Brians' resistance.&lt;br /&gt;SUSAN&lt;br /&gt;Fine I'll go make you some breakfast.&lt;br /&gt;Susan leaves the bedroom.&lt;br /&gt;int. eves house- den-morning&lt;br /&gt;Eve is still at the computer typing.&lt;br /&gt;Susan enters the room.&lt;br /&gt;SUSAN&lt;br /&gt;I'm going to make some breakfast for your brother.&lt;br /&gt;EVE&lt;br /&gt;Go ahead.&lt;br /&gt;The doorbell rings.&lt;br /&gt;Eve looks up angrily.&lt;br /&gt;EVE&lt;br /&gt;Now what?&lt;br /&gt;Susan turns and heads for the door.&lt;br /&gt;SUSAN&lt;br /&gt;I'll get it. I wouldn't want to interrupt your work.&lt;br /&gt;Eve answers under her breath while returning to work.&lt;br /&gt;EVE&lt;br /&gt;Gee thanks. It's not like you haven't already.&lt;br /&gt;Eve slams her book closed as she hears the voice of Lila and a loud commotion in the hallway.&lt;br /&gt;LILA (OS)&lt;br /&gt;Where are they? Where have you stashed my grandsons.&lt;br /&gt;SUSAN&lt;br /&gt;Your grandson is upstairs. His friend is with him.&lt;br /&gt;Eve is rubbing her temples to relieve an oncoming headache.&lt;br /&gt;Lila enters the room. Susan and Betty are following.&lt;br /&gt;LILA&lt;br /&gt;Hello dear. How's the schoolwork coming?&lt;br /&gt;Eve smiles wanly at Lila.&lt;br /&gt;EVE&lt;br /&gt;Great, when I'm not getting interrupted.&lt;br /&gt;Lila looks apologetic.&lt;br /&gt;LILA&lt;br /&gt;You go on with your work. Betty and I will hang out with the boys and keep your mom out of your way.&lt;br /&gt;Eve looks almost relieved.&lt;br /&gt;EVE&lt;br /&gt;Swear?&lt;br /&gt;Lila winks and grins.&lt;br /&gt;LILA&lt;br /&gt;Shit yeah.&lt;br /&gt;Eve laughs at her grandmothers joke.&lt;br /&gt;Lila turns and heads upstairs, with Betty following.&lt;br /&gt;Susan continues to the kitchen.&lt;br /&gt;int. eVES HOUSE-GUEST BEDROOM-morning-later&lt;br /&gt;Brian and Jarred are sitting up in the bed. There is a tray with dirty dishes sitting to the side.&lt;br /&gt;Lila and Betty are sitting in chairs.&lt;br /&gt;Susan comes into the room and picks up the tray.&lt;br /&gt;LILA&lt;br /&gt;Susan, leave it. Spend some time with your son and his lover.&lt;br /&gt;SUSAN&lt;br /&gt;Mother I wish you wouldn't say that.&lt;br /&gt;LILA&lt;br /&gt;Would you rather I said come sit with the faggots?&lt;br /&gt;Betty acts falsely shocked.&lt;br /&gt;BETTY&lt;br /&gt;Mother that's not politically correct. I think queers is better.&lt;br /&gt;Brian and Jarred start laughing&lt;br /&gt;BRIAN&lt;br /&gt;No Nana, you gotta use homosexual.&lt;br /&gt;JARRED&lt;br /&gt;Or gay.&lt;br /&gt;Susan quickly loses her temper.&lt;br /&gt;SUSAN&lt;br /&gt;I hate all of those words. So stop.&lt;br /&gt;Betty looks at her in all innocence.&lt;br /&gt;BETTY&lt;br /&gt;Why should we stop? You need to accept your kids for who they are.&lt;br /&gt;SUSAN&lt;br /&gt;I don't need to accept anything. And until you become a mother, don't go around criticizing.&lt;br /&gt;The phone rings.&lt;br /&gt;SUSAN (cont'd)&lt;br /&gt;You and mother are worse than the kids.&lt;br /&gt;EVE (OS)&lt;br /&gt;Mom phone. It's Dad.&lt;br /&gt;SUSAN&lt;br /&gt;I'll be there in a minute... You two shouldn't encourage them.&lt;br /&gt;Susan leaves to go answer the phone.&lt;br /&gt;Betty, Lila, Brian and Jarred bust out laughing.&lt;br /&gt;Int. eves house- den-morning&lt;br /&gt;Susan walks in the den and grabs the phone out of Eves' hand.&lt;br /&gt;SUSAN&lt;br /&gt;Hello...what...a pipe...well did you call a plumber...call a plumber he can't fix that. I'll be home soon.&lt;br /&gt;Susan hangs up the phone.&lt;br /&gt;EVE&lt;br /&gt;What's wrong?&lt;br /&gt;SUSAN&lt;br /&gt;A pipe burst. Your father calls Mike to fix it. I've gotta go.&lt;br /&gt;(beat)&lt;br /&gt;Do me a favor and clean this place before Sunday. We want Dianas' fiance to have a good impression.&lt;br /&gt;Susan turns and leaves the room. Moments later the front door is heard closing.&lt;br /&gt;Eve grabs a book from the desk and flings it as hard as she can across the room, while screaming.&lt;br /&gt;ext. susan and roberts house-afternoon&lt;br /&gt;As Susans' car pulls into the driveway we see a truck that has a sign reading "Jamison Contracting Corp." painted on the door.&lt;br /&gt;Susan parks her car behind the truck and gets out. As she heads up the steps to the house she can see a small stream of water coming from the front door.&lt;br /&gt;SUSAN&lt;br /&gt;Damn it!&lt;br /&gt;Susan enters the house.&lt;br /&gt;int. susan and roberts house-hallway-afternoon&lt;br /&gt;Susan sees that the floor is covered in water. She heads to the kitchen where voices can be heard.&lt;br /&gt;int. susan and roberts house-kitchen-afternoon&lt;br /&gt;The kitchen has been flooded. Water is on every surface. Susan looks appalled.&lt;br /&gt;Robert is standing in the middle of the kitchen with a mop.&lt;br /&gt;SUSAN&lt;br /&gt;Did you call a plumber.&lt;br /&gt;ROBERT&lt;br /&gt;No, I called Mike.&lt;br /&gt;SUSAN&lt;br /&gt;Why would you call Mike. He's a construction worker, not a plumber.&lt;br /&gt;ROBERT&lt;br /&gt;He's a licensed contractor. Which means he can do plumbing, electrical, and construction.&lt;br /&gt;Susan turns and walks to the phone.&lt;br /&gt;SUSAN&lt;br /&gt;That's nice dear. I'm calling a real plumber.&lt;br /&gt;Mike enters the kitchen.&lt;br /&gt;MIKE&lt;br /&gt;Dad, I turned off the water. It's your main that burst.&lt;br /&gt;ROBERT&lt;br /&gt;How long to fix it?&lt;br /&gt;MIKE&lt;br /&gt;You guys need a place to stay?&lt;br /&gt;ROBERT&lt;br /&gt;That bad huh?&lt;br /&gt;Mike looks around the room.&lt;br /&gt;MIKE&lt;br /&gt;It'll take longer to repair the damage, than the pipe.&lt;br /&gt;Robert sighs.&lt;br /&gt;MIKE&lt;br /&gt;Who's mom calling?&lt;br /&gt;ROBERT&lt;br /&gt;A plumber.&lt;br /&gt;Susan hangs up the phone. She turns and looks at Mike.&lt;br /&gt;SUSAN&lt;br /&gt;The plumber will be here tomorrow at nine.&lt;br /&gt;MIKE&lt;br /&gt;Why'd you call a plumber. I can take care of this.&lt;br /&gt;SUSAN&lt;br /&gt;What do you know about plumbing?&lt;br /&gt;MIKE&lt;br /&gt;I...&lt;br /&gt;Susan interrupts.&lt;br /&gt;SUSAN&lt;br /&gt;Your good at building, but plumbing is complicated, we need someone who knows what they're doing.&lt;br /&gt;Mike is getting angry.&lt;br /&gt;MIKE&lt;br /&gt;I'm fully capable of handling a burst pipe mother.&lt;br /&gt;SUSAN&lt;br /&gt;I'm sure you are. Now Dad and I have to start cleaning this mess up. You go on back to work.&lt;br /&gt;Mike furious glares at his father.&lt;br /&gt;MIKE&lt;br /&gt;Next time you need help call a professional.&lt;br /&gt;Mike storms out of the kitchen.&lt;br /&gt;Robert stares angrily at Susan.&lt;br /&gt;ROBERT&lt;br /&gt;You didn't have to be so hard on him.&lt;br /&gt;SUSAN&lt;br /&gt;Hard. I wasn't hard. I was telling the truth.&lt;br /&gt;ROBERT&lt;br /&gt;No you were being arrogant and stupid.&lt;br /&gt;Robert drops the mop and leaves the kitchen.&lt;br /&gt;Susan stares after him. She then goes and picks up the mop and starts mopping the floor. She starts crying.&lt;br /&gt;Int. eves HOUSE-Living room-Sunday-nIGHT&lt;br /&gt;John is serving drinks to the family.&lt;br /&gt;Betty, Dan, Sarah, Kevin, and Sam are playing monopoly. They are sitting on the floor around the coffee table.&lt;br /&gt;Susan and Robert are sitting on opposite sides of the room there is obvious tension between them. They keep glancing at each other.&lt;br /&gt;Mike is sitting next to Robert.&lt;br /&gt;Susan is talking with Lila.&lt;br /&gt;SUSAN&lt;br /&gt;Mother please act normal in front of Aaron.&lt;br /&gt;LILA&lt;br /&gt;I act normal in front of everyone dear.&lt;br /&gt;SUSAN&lt;br /&gt;I mean none of your silliness tonight.&lt;br /&gt;LILA&lt;br /&gt;Relax Suzy. I'm not going to toke up a joint, drink from the finger bowl, and throw my feet up on the table.&lt;br /&gt;SUSAN&lt;br /&gt;That's what I'm talking about. Do you have to be so vulgar?&lt;br /&gt;LILA&lt;br /&gt;Yes I do. You've become quite the hypocrite, you know.&lt;br /&gt;SUSAN&lt;br /&gt;Mother I don't know what you're talking about.&lt;br /&gt;LILA&lt;br /&gt;But you do dear. You most certainly do.&lt;br /&gt;The doorbell rings.&lt;br /&gt;JOHN&lt;br /&gt;I'll get it.&lt;br /&gt;John leaves the room.&lt;br /&gt;JOHN (OS)&lt;br /&gt;Hey Di. Come on in.&lt;br /&gt;DIANA (OS)&lt;br /&gt;Hi John. This is Aaron.&lt;br /&gt;JOHN&lt;br /&gt;Hi, nice to meet you everyone's in the livingroom.&lt;br /&gt;Diana and Aaron enter the livingroom. John is behind them.&lt;br /&gt;The whole family is staring at Aaron.&lt;br /&gt;Diana breaks the silence.&lt;br /&gt;DIANA&lt;br /&gt;Everyone this is Aaron.&lt;br /&gt;Susan walks over to him.&lt;br /&gt;SUSAN&lt;br /&gt;How nice to finally meet you. Come in sit down. Would you like a drink?&lt;br /&gt;Aaron smiles at Susan.&lt;br /&gt;AARON&lt;br /&gt;Yes, Please.&lt;br /&gt;Diana grabs Aarons hand and leads him around the room to meet everyone starting with Robert.&lt;br /&gt;DIANA&lt;br /&gt;Dad this is Aaron.&lt;br /&gt;ROBERT&lt;br /&gt;So this is the young man who finally managed to snag you. Nice to meet you Aaron.&lt;br /&gt;They move to Mike.&lt;br /&gt;Mike reaches down and hugs Diana.&lt;br /&gt;MIKE&lt;br /&gt;Hey little sis. You finally got one to commit huh?&lt;br /&gt;DIANA&lt;br /&gt;Mike. Be nice. Where's Jenny&lt;br /&gt;MIKE&lt;br /&gt;Helping Eve in the kitchen.&lt;br /&gt;They move to the group on the floor. Diana points to each one as they are introduced.&lt;br /&gt;DIANA&lt;br /&gt;This is my Aunt Betty. My nephews Dan, Kevin and Sam. And my niece Sarah.&lt;br /&gt;BETTY&lt;br /&gt;Nice to meet you.&lt;br /&gt;DAN&lt;br /&gt;Hey.&lt;br /&gt;SARAH&lt;br /&gt;Hi.&lt;br /&gt;SAM&lt;br /&gt;Hello.&lt;br /&gt;KEVIN&lt;br /&gt;How ya doin.&lt;br /&gt;Diana pulls Aaron to Lila.&lt;br /&gt;DIANA&lt;br /&gt;This is my grandmother Lila. We all call her Nana. Watch out for her.&lt;br /&gt;LILA&lt;br /&gt;Hello young man. It's a pleasure to meet you.&lt;br /&gt;AARON&lt;br /&gt;Nice to meet you Ma'am.&lt;br /&gt;Lila fakes being appalled.&lt;br /&gt;LILA&lt;br /&gt;Call me Nana or Lila. Never Ma'am I'm not old enough for that yet.&lt;br /&gt;Aaron, Diana and Lila laugh lightly.&lt;br /&gt;AARON&lt;br /&gt;Alright Nana.&lt;br /&gt;Diana then guides Aaron to the couch completely bypassing Brian and Jarred.&lt;br /&gt;Mike looks at her annoyed.&lt;br /&gt;MIKE&lt;br /&gt;Aren't you forgetting a couple of people Di?&lt;br /&gt;Diana looks at him innocently. Then annoyed as she realizes she has no choice. She brings Aaron to Brian.&lt;br /&gt;Aaron looks at Brians' face and his expression becomes complete shock. He recognizes his victim.&lt;br /&gt;DIANA&lt;br /&gt;This is my brother Brian and his friend Jarred.&lt;br /&gt;Brian extends his good hand.&lt;br /&gt;BRIAN&lt;br /&gt;Hi, nice meeting you.&lt;br /&gt;Aaron is staring at Brian. A few seconds pass before he realizes that Brian has his hand extended. He extends his hand and they shake.&lt;br /&gt;AARON&lt;br /&gt;H...hi. Nice to meet you too.&lt;br /&gt;Brian glances at Jarred questioningly.&lt;br /&gt;Aaron returns to the couch and sits down quickly. He looks at the group playing monopoly, avoiding looking at either Brian or Jarred.&lt;br /&gt;Diana joins Aaron.&lt;br /&gt;int. evES HOUSE-KITCHEN-NIGHT&lt;br /&gt;Eve is closing the oven door. Jenny is putting the finishing touches on the salad.&lt;br /&gt;JENNY&lt;br /&gt;So now that he's here. What do you think he looks like?&lt;br /&gt;EVE&lt;br /&gt;Knowing Di, black leather, tattoos all over, but he's going to be an accountant.&lt;br /&gt;Eve and Jenny both laugh.&lt;br /&gt;EVE&lt;br /&gt;What do you think he looks like?&lt;br /&gt;Jenny gives some thought to it.&lt;br /&gt;JENNY&lt;br /&gt;He's clean cut preppy looking, but he's into S&amp;amp;M, and drugs.&lt;br /&gt;They both laugh again.&lt;br /&gt;EVE&lt;br /&gt;The only thing we can be sure of is that he's not normal. I don't know what she's thinking about half the time.&lt;br /&gt;JENNY&lt;br /&gt;Me either. Let's face it though... If she were a few years younger. Either of us could have been her mother.&lt;br /&gt;EVE&lt;br /&gt;Thanks, but no. I love my sister, but she is way too much of a wildcard.&lt;br /&gt;JENNY&lt;br /&gt;Come on you remember what you were like at her age.&lt;br /&gt;EVE&lt;br /&gt;Yeah, I was married and had a son already. She was just a baby then herself. So was Brian.&lt;br /&gt;Eve looks sad.&lt;br /&gt;EVE&lt;br /&gt;You know it's weird sometimes.&lt;br /&gt;Jenny somewhat confused.&lt;br /&gt;JENNY&lt;br /&gt;What is?&lt;br /&gt;EVE&lt;br /&gt;Having a son almost the same age as my sister.&lt;br /&gt;JENNY&lt;br /&gt;Why is that weird?&lt;br /&gt;EVE&lt;br /&gt;Because sometimes I want to be her friend, but I'm so much older than her... I used to pray for a little sister.&lt;br /&gt;Jenny smiles and leans on the counter.&lt;br /&gt;JENNY&lt;br /&gt;So you got one. Just because she's about half your age doesn't mean anything.&lt;br /&gt;Eve starts giggling. Jenny giggles with her.&lt;br /&gt;JENNY (cont'd)&lt;br /&gt;What's so funny?&lt;br /&gt;EVE&lt;br /&gt;Actually I got one when I was a teenager.&lt;br /&gt;JENNY&lt;br /&gt;Huh?&lt;br /&gt;EVE&lt;br /&gt;Brian.&lt;br /&gt;JENNY&lt;br /&gt;Come on, I remember when Brian was a kid. He wasn't like that.&lt;br /&gt;EVE&lt;br /&gt;Yes he was. He used to spend hours in my room. I was his Mom.&lt;br /&gt;Jenny looks confused.&lt;br /&gt;JENNY&lt;br /&gt;I don't remember that.&lt;br /&gt;EVE&lt;br /&gt;It was before you and Mike. When he was a baby. Mom actually worked back then.&lt;br /&gt;Jenny looks shocked.&lt;br /&gt;JENNY&lt;br /&gt;Susan worked! That had to be interesting.&lt;br /&gt;EVE&lt;br /&gt;It was the house was peaceful. Anyway I was sixteen he was three, Mom was pregnant. Mike had just gone to college. Dad was running his company. I took care of Brian.&lt;br /&gt;Jenny shrugs her shoulders.&lt;br /&gt;JENNY&lt;br /&gt;So what?&lt;br /&gt;EVE&lt;br /&gt;I used to let him play with my dolls while I did homework. He used to watch me get ready for dates. I'd let him play with my makeup. I thought it was cute. It's my fault.&lt;br /&gt;Jenny looks at Eve stunned.&lt;br /&gt;JENNY&lt;br /&gt;Eve you can't possibly think.&lt;br /&gt;Eve has tears rolling down her cheeks.&lt;br /&gt;EVE&lt;br /&gt;Yes, I can. He's gay because of me.&lt;br /&gt;Jenny hugs Eve.&lt;br /&gt;JENNY&lt;br /&gt;That's not true and you know it. Being gay is most likely genetic. He would have been gay if he'd played with soldiers.&lt;br /&gt;Eve backs away from Jenny.&lt;br /&gt;EVE&lt;br /&gt;I know you're right, but I feel so guilty sometimes.&lt;br /&gt;Jenny smiles at Eve.&lt;br /&gt;JENNY&lt;br /&gt;Because you want him to be happy and he is. Now let's go meet Dianas' new psycho.&lt;br /&gt;Eve starts laughing. She goes to the kitchen sink and cleans the tears from her face. When she is done. They leave the kitchen.&lt;br /&gt;int. eves HOUSE-Living room-NIGHT&lt;br /&gt;Eve and Jenny come walking into the living room smiling and looking happy. They walk right to Aaron.&lt;br /&gt;JENNY&lt;br /&gt;Hi, I'm Mikes' wife Jenny and this is his sister Eve.&lt;br /&gt;AARON&lt;br /&gt;Hello.&lt;br /&gt;Eve shakes Aarons hand. Then Jenny does.&lt;br /&gt;Eve looks around the room.&lt;br /&gt;EVE&lt;br /&gt;Dinner's almost ready so why don't we go to the dining room.&lt;br /&gt;Jenny and Eve head back to the kitchen. Eve whispers something to her and Jenny starts laughing.&lt;br /&gt;The rest of the family heads for the dining room.&lt;br /&gt;Mike goes to Brian.&lt;br /&gt;MIKE&lt;br /&gt;Need a lift little bro?&lt;br /&gt;BRIAN&lt;br /&gt;How about just some help?&lt;br /&gt;MIKE&lt;br /&gt;Come on I haven't given you a piggy back ride in years.&lt;br /&gt;BRIAN&lt;br /&gt;This is embarrassing.&lt;br /&gt;Mike laughs but positions himself for Brian to grab on. Mike grabs hold of Brians legs. Then he lifts Brian out of the chair and heads for the dining room.&lt;br /&gt;int. evES HOUSE-dining room-night&lt;br /&gt;As everyone sits down Eve and Jenny start bringing the food in from the kitchen.&lt;br /&gt;Susan and Robert sit themselves at either end of the table.&lt;br /&gt;Everyone else arranges themselves around the table.&lt;br /&gt;Mike enters with Brian on his back. He walks down the table and deposits Brian on the chair next to Aaron.&lt;br /&gt;Mike then walks to the other side of the table where there are seats for him Jenny and Eve.&lt;br /&gt;Jenny and Eve bring in the last of the food and sit down.&lt;br /&gt;SUSAN&lt;br /&gt;Robert would you say grace.&lt;br /&gt;Robert bows his head. The rest of the family follows suit.&lt;br /&gt;ROBERT&lt;br /&gt;Thank you lord for the gifts that you have given us. For our health, love, and compassion. And bless our family with your kindness. Amen.&lt;br /&gt;ALL&lt;br /&gt;Amen.&lt;br /&gt;All heads are raised.&lt;br /&gt;Robert starts serving himself.&lt;br /&gt;ROBERT&lt;br /&gt;Well dig in kids.&lt;br /&gt;The members of the family start serving themselves. Susan and Eve take turns serving Brian and Jarred.&lt;br /&gt;BRIAN&lt;br /&gt;So, Aaron what are you studying?&lt;br /&gt;Aaron looks down at his plate.&lt;br /&gt;AARON&lt;br /&gt;I'm studying journalism.&lt;br /&gt;Brian smiles.&lt;br /&gt;BRIAN&lt;br /&gt;Really you should let me read some of your stuff. I work for a magazine. If your any good I'll show it to my editor.&lt;br /&gt;AARON&lt;br /&gt;Thanks.&lt;br /&gt;Susan looks pulls Brians plate to her and starts cutting the meat.&lt;br /&gt;BRIAN&lt;br /&gt;Mom, you don't have to do that.&lt;br /&gt;SUSAN&lt;br /&gt;What are you going to pick it up with the fork and just tear it apart with your teeth like a savage.&lt;br /&gt;BRIAN&lt;br /&gt;Sure why not?&lt;br /&gt;SUSAN&lt;br /&gt;Brian don't act like a little boy.&lt;br /&gt;BRIAN&lt;br /&gt;Then don't treat me like one.&lt;br /&gt;SUSAN&lt;br /&gt;I'm just helping you. When the doctor says you can use your arm, you can do for yourself okay.&lt;br /&gt;Brian in defeat.&lt;br /&gt;BRIAN&lt;br /&gt;Fine.&lt;br /&gt;JENNY&lt;br /&gt;So Aaron, how did you and Diana meet?&lt;br /&gt;AARON&lt;br /&gt;I saw her in the quad one day talking with some friends, and just decided to ask her out.&lt;br /&gt;Lila laughs.&lt;br /&gt;LILA&lt;br /&gt;That was pretty brave. What if she said no.&lt;br /&gt;AARON&lt;br /&gt;I would have kept found out everything I could about her and chased her till she said yes.&lt;br /&gt;LILA&lt;br /&gt;Persistence, now we know how he got this far.&lt;br /&gt;Dan is just pushing the food around on his plate.&lt;br /&gt;SARAH&lt;br /&gt;Dan you okay?&lt;br /&gt;DAN&lt;br /&gt;Yeah, just not real hungry.&lt;br /&gt;Kevin starts laughing.&lt;br /&gt;KEVIN&lt;br /&gt;Yeah, he had a fight with his girlfriend.&lt;br /&gt;DAN&lt;br /&gt;How would you know?&lt;br /&gt;KEVIN&lt;br /&gt;I heard you on the phone. I can't see you tonight. I do love you.&lt;br /&gt;DAN&lt;br /&gt;Shut up!&lt;br /&gt;JOHN&lt;br /&gt;Dan don't talk to your brother like that. And Kevin what have you been told about eaves dropping?&lt;br /&gt;KEVIN&lt;br /&gt;Sorry.&lt;br /&gt;DAN&lt;br /&gt;Sorry.&lt;br /&gt;Sarah looks at Dan.&lt;br /&gt;SARAH&lt;br /&gt;After dinner can I talk to you about something.&lt;br /&gt;DAN&lt;br /&gt;Sure.&lt;br /&gt;SUSAN&lt;br /&gt;Diana we need to start planning the wedding.&lt;br /&gt;DIANA&lt;br /&gt;Mom we have time.&lt;br /&gt;SUSAN&lt;br /&gt;No we don't it takes a year to plan a proper wedding and we only have eight and a half months.&lt;br /&gt;DIANA&lt;br /&gt;Fine what would you like.&lt;br /&gt;SUSAN&lt;br /&gt;I'm thinking a big church wedding. With Eve and Jenny as your matrons of honor and Sarah as a bridesmaid. Kevins the youngest he can be the ring bearer. Lots of flowers. You can wear my dress and...&lt;br /&gt;DIANA&lt;br /&gt;Mom, I think Aaron and I want something small.&lt;br /&gt;SUSAN&lt;br /&gt;Don't be ridiculous. You'll get married with a proper wedding.&lt;br /&gt;Robert annoyed.&lt;br /&gt;ROBERT&lt;br /&gt;Why don't you let the kids decide their own wedding.&lt;br /&gt;SUSAN&lt;br /&gt;Because I'm arrogant and stupid and have to have things my own way.&lt;br /&gt;MIKE&lt;br /&gt;Mom, calm down. You and Diana can discuss the wedding later during dessert.&lt;br /&gt;SUSAN&lt;br /&gt;Mike be quiet, we're not talking about sports, it's a wedding and we need to get started on the plans now.&lt;br /&gt;Everyone quiets down.&lt;br /&gt;Diana looks appalled.&lt;br /&gt;DIANA&lt;br /&gt;You wonder why I never introduced you to my boyfriends.&lt;br /&gt;Susan looks around the table.&lt;br /&gt;SUSAN&lt;br /&gt;(sarcastically)&lt;br /&gt;I'm sorry.&lt;br /&gt;Everyone continues eating in silence.&lt;br /&gt;Eve finishes quickly.&lt;br /&gt;EVE&lt;br /&gt;When everyone's ready we can have dessert in the living room.&lt;br /&gt;Eve gets up and takes her dish into the kitchen.&lt;br /&gt;The others finish up.&lt;br /&gt;DIANA&lt;br /&gt;I'll help Eve clear.&lt;br /&gt;Diana gets up and takes hers and Aarons' dishes into the Kitchen.&lt;br /&gt;Aaron looks at Brian for the first time since they met.&lt;br /&gt;AARON&lt;br /&gt;So which magazine do you work for?&lt;br /&gt;Brian smiles at Aaron.&lt;br /&gt;BRIAN&lt;br /&gt;Rock N Roll weekly.&lt;br /&gt;AARON&lt;br /&gt;That's a cool magazine I read it all the time.&lt;br /&gt;Eve and Diana continue gathering dishes and taking them into the kitchen.&lt;br /&gt;int. eVES HOUSE-KITCHEN-NIGHT&lt;br /&gt;Eve and Diana unload the plates they just brought in from the dining room.&lt;br /&gt;EVE&lt;br /&gt;So are you in love?&lt;br /&gt;Diana smiling.&lt;br /&gt;DIANA&lt;br /&gt;Yeah.&lt;br /&gt;EVE&lt;br /&gt;Can I offer you some advice.&lt;br /&gt;DIANA&lt;br /&gt;Sure.&lt;br /&gt;EVE&lt;br /&gt;Mom's going to get her way no matter what. So just do what she wants overall and make the details yours.&lt;br /&gt;Diana sighs and sits down on the counter.&lt;br /&gt;DIANA&lt;br /&gt;I know. I just hope she doesn't want Brian in the wedding.&lt;br /&gt;Eve looking at her sister cautiously.&lt;br /&gt;EVE&lt;br /&gt;Why not? He's your brother.&lt;br /&gt;DIANA&lt;br /&gt;I know. But I hate what he is.&lt;br /&gt;EVE&lt;br /&gt;What he is, is a sweet, loving, young man, with a good future.&lt;br /&gt;DIANA&lt;br /&gt;He's a faggot. And I don't think that's right.&lt;br /&gt;EVE&lt;br /&gt;Who taught you that.&lt;br /&gt;DIANA&lt;br /&gt;Mom, she feels the same way.&lt;br /&gt;EVE&lt;br /&gt;Naturally. Mom hates everything that isn't the way she wants it.&lt;br /&gt;DIANA&lt;br /&gt;Why are you always picking on her?&lt;br /&gt;EVE&lt;br /&gt;Why is she always mean to me? I don't want to talk about Mom or fight with you.&lt;br /&gt;int. evES HOUSE-dining room-night&lt;br /&gt;Betty gets up and collects the few remaining plates.&lt;br /&gt;The rest of the family is talking animatedly about different subjects.&lt;br /&gt;Betty heads to the kitchen door.&lt;br /&gt;int. eVES HOUSE-KITCHEN-NIGHT&lt;br /&gt;Diana jumps down from the counter. Eve is rinsing dishes in the sink.&lt;br /&gt;DIANA&lt;br /&gt;I don't want to fight with you either. I also don't want Brian and his girlfriend at my wedding.&lt;br /&gt;Eve puts the dish she is holding down. She is getting angry.&lt;br /&gt;EVE&lt;br /&gt;Brian will be at your wedding, or I won't.&lt;br /&gt;The kitchen door swings open. Betty steps in, holding the door open with her butt. The talk in the dining room can be heard in the b.g.&lt;br /&gt;DIANA&lt;br /&gt;(yelling)&lt;br /&gt;Fine. Don't come. Just keep the little faggot at home with you.&lt;br /&gt;Betty drops the plates she is holding, the crash breaking the silence that has fallen over the family.&lt;br /&gt;EVE&lt;br /&gt;Get out of my house you miserable bitch. I don't ever want to see you again.&lt;br /&gt;DIANA&lt;br /&gt;Bye fag hag.&lt;br /&gt;Diana leaves the kitchen and goes to Aaron.&lt;br /&gt;DIANA (cont'd)&lt;br /&gt;Let's go.&lt;br /&gt;Aaron gets up and follows Diana out.&lt;br /&gt;Moments later the front door slams shut.&lt;br /&gt;ext. eves house-backyard-night&lt;br /&gt;Sarah and Dan are sitting on the swings of a kids swingset.&lt;br /&gt;Sam and Kevin are sitting on the back porch not too far away. They are hidden by bushes.&lt;br /&gt;SARAH&lt;br /&gt;Dan I saw you and Billy the other day.&lt;br /&gt;DAN&lt;br /&gt;Yeah, we drove you home.&lt;br /&gt;SARAH&lt;br /&gt;No, I mean, I saw you in the lockerroom.&lt;br /&gt;DAN&lt;br /&gt;So.&lt;br /&gt;SARAH&lt;br /&gt;Dan I saw you kissing each other.&lt;br /&gt;Dan gets off the swing and grabs Sarah up off hers.&lt;br /&gt;DAN&lt;br /&gt;You can't tell. Please you can't tell anyone. Oh my god. Oh jeez.&lt;br /&gt;Sarah pries herself loose from Dan's grip.&lt;br /&gt;SARAH&lt;br /&gt;Hey, it's okay. I won't tell. But it's not like there isn't a fag in the family already.&lt;br /&gt;Dan looks up at Sarah sharply.&lt;br /&gt;DAN&lt;br /&gt;I hate that. Besides I'm not sure if I am or not. We just sort of fool around.&lt;br /&gt;SARAH&lt;br /&gt;Okay I won't say it again... you two fool around deeper than most married couples though.&lt;br /&gt;Kevin is sitting on the porch crying. Sam is comforting him silently.&lt;br /&gt;SARAH (cont'd)&lt;br /&gt;You know it's okay if you're gay.&lt;br /&gt;DAN&lt;br /&gt;Is it?... Everyone thinks I'm this major jock and everything.&lt;br /&gt;SARAH&lt;br /&gt;So everyone thinks I'm this major Dyke and everything... What do you think they'd all say if I told them I wasn't a virgin and that I've been dating Jason Singer for two years.&lt;br /&gt;Dan looks at Sarah shocked.&lt;br /&gt;DAN&lt;br /&gt;No way. They'd say you were lying.&lt;br /&gt;SARAH&lt;br /&gt;Of course. He's such a motorhead, that the only way I could get his pretty little face out of the engine, was to become one myself.&lt;br /&gt;They both start laughing. Sarah hugs Dan.&lt;br /&gt;SARAH (cont'd)&lt;br /&gt;Hey maybe we can double date for the prom?&lt;br /&gt;Kevin gets up and runs into the house. Sam follows looking over his shoulder at Dan and Sarah.&lt;br /&gt;DAN&lt;br /&gt;Oh man! I didn't know they were there.&lt;br /&gt;SARAH&lt;br /&gt;I don't think they'll say anything. Not for a while at least. Relax.&lt;br /&gt;int. eves HOUSE-LIVING ROOM-day-three weeks later&lt;br /&gt;Brian is reclining on the couch, a pair of crutches lie on the floor next to him. The bruises and cuts have started to heal. He is reading Aarons body of work.&lt;br /&gt;Aaron is sitting in a chair across the room.&lt;br /&gt;Brian puts down the paper he is reading adding to the stack already in front of him&lt;br /&gt;BRIAN&lt;br /&gt;This is good. Real good.&lt;br /&gt;AARON&lt;br /&gt;Really. Thanks.&lt;br /&gt;BRIAN&lt;br /&gt;I want to show your stuff to my editor.&lt;br /&gt;AARON&lt;br /&gt;Do you think I can get a job?&lt;br /&gt;BRIAN&lt;br /&gt;I was thinking more of an internship...A paid one.&lt;br /&gt;AARON&lt;br /&gt;That would be cool. Can I ask why you're doing this for someone you barely know?&lt;br /&gt;BRIAN&lt;br /&gt;You're going to be my brother in a few months.&lt;br /&gt;AARON&lt;br /&gt;You mean in-law.&lt;br /&gt;Brian laughs.&lt;br /&gt;BRIAN&lt;br /&gt;In this family the in-laws are treated the same as the real kids. Just watch out for Mom.&lt;br /&gt;AARON&lt;br /&gt;You got it. So do you really think I have I'm good enough for the internship.&lt;br /&gt;BRIAN&lt;br /&gt;You're good enough to get my job. But it's not open.&lt;br /&gt;They both laugh.&lt;br /&gt;Jarred enters the room. His face is has started healing and his arm remains in a cast.&lt;br /&gt;JARRED&lt;br /&gt;You almost ready to go?&lt;br /&gt;BRIAN&lt;br /&gt;Yeah, I can't wait to get home.&lt;br /&gt;AARON&lt;br /&gt;You guys are leaving?&lt;br /&gt;JARRED&lt;br /&gt;Yeah, since we're both mobile, it's time to go.&lt;br /&gt;BRIAN&lt;br /&gt;Besides Eve has enough to do without us.&lt;br /&gt;(beat)&lt;br /&gt;I have an idea. If you follow us home then, you can drive me to my office and we can show your stuff to the editor today.&lt;br /&gt;AARON&lt;br /&gt;I don't want you going out of your way.&lt;br /&gt;BRIAN&lt;br /&gt;I have to go anyway, but I can't drive with my leg, so if you can?&lt;br /&gt;AARON&lt;br /&gt;All right, cool.&lt;br /&gt;JARRED&lt;br /&gt;Let me give you directions to our place in case we get separated.&lt;br /&gt;int. bridal shop-day&lt;br /&gt;Susan and Jenny are picking out dresses for the bridesmaids.&lt;br /&gt;Diana is on a pedestal, in a flowing wedding gown. A SEAMSTRESS is moving around her pinning the gown.&lt;br /&gt;Susan pulls a dress off the rack and turns to Diana.&lt;br /&gt;SUSAN&lt;br /&gt;What do you think of this one.&lt;br /&gt;Diana looks towards Susan.&lt;br /&gt;DIANA&lt;br /&gt;That's the ugliest dress I've ever seen.&lt;br /&gt;Jenny removes a dress from the rack. She looks at the one Susan is holding up.&lt;br /&gt;JENNY&lt;br /&gt;I agree. That thing is horrible.&lt;br /&gt;Susan puts the dress back.&lt;br /&gt;SUSAN&lt;br /&gt;It's not that bad.&lt;br /&gt;Jenny and Diana look at each other.&lt;br /&gt;JENNY AND DIANA&lt;br /&gt;Yes it is.&lt;br /&gt;Jenny holds up the dress she has.&lt;br /&gt;JENNY&lt;br /&gt;I think this would be perfect. It's the right color and it's simple, so anyone can wear it.&lt;br /&gt;Diana looks at the dress.&lt;br /&gt;DIANA&lt;br /&gt;I think you're right. Go try it on.&lt;br /&gt;Jenny takes the dress and goes into the changing room.&lt;br /&gt;Susan continues looking at the dresses. She sees a formal that she likes for herself.&lt;br /&gt;SUSAN&lt;br /&gt;Is this okay for the mother of the bride.&lt;br /&gt;Diana is paying more attention to where the seamstress is sticking pins than her mother.&lt;br /&gt;DIANA&lt;br /&gt;If you like it try it on.&lt;br /&gt;Susan takes the dress into the changing room next to Jenny.&lt;br /&gt;The seamstress finishes pinning the gown.&lt;br /&gt;SEAMSTRESS&lt;br /&gt;All done. You'll look beautiful.&lt;br /&gt;DIANA&lt;br /&gt;Thanks.&lt;br /&gt;Diana turns to face a mirror and steps down off the pedestal.&lt;br /&gt;Jenny comes out of the dressing room in the bridesmaid gown.&lt;br /&gt;JENNY&lt;br /&gt;Wow. You look fantastic.&lt;br /&gt;DIANA&lt;br /&gt;You really think so?&lt;br /&gt;JENNY&lt;br /&gt;There's no thinking about it. You look gorgeous.&lt;br /&gt;Susan comes out of the changing room. The dress she picked is stunningly beautiful on her, making her equal to the bride.&lt;br /&gt;Susan looks at Diana.&lt;br /&gt;SUSAN&lt;br /&gt;Oh my. You look magnificent.&lt;br /&gt;Jenny turns to look at Susan. Her eyes bulge at the sight of her mother-in-law.&lt;br /&gt;JENNY&lt;br /&gt;Susan, you can't wear that dress to the wedding.&lt;br /&gt;Diana turns around.&lt;br /&gt;DIANA&lt;br /&gt;Holy shit! Mom you are not wearing that dress.&lt;br /&gt;Susan looks at them confused. She moves to the mirror to look at herself.&lt;br /&gt;SUSAN&lt;br /&gt;Why, too much cleavage.&lt;br /&gt;JENNY&lt;br /&gt;Susan you look magnificent. You'd outshine Diana if you wore that.&lt;br /&gt;SUSAN&lt;br /&gt;Right. An old woman in an evening gown's going to outshine the bride.&lt;br /&gt;DIANA&lt;br /&gt;Mom that gown was made for you. You look prettier than I've ever seen.&lt;br /&gt;JENNY&lt;br /&gt;I would definitely buy it. But don't wear it to the wedding.&lt;br /&gt;Susan turns to look back at Diana and Jenny who are staring at her in shock.&lt;br /&gt;SUSAN&lt;br /&gt;I'll buy it then. And I'll find something else to wear for the wedding... Diana you look gorgeous, and Jenny that dress is perfect on you.&lt;br /&gt;Jenny looks at Diana.&lt;br /&gt;JENNY&lt;br /&gt;It'll look good on Sarah and Eve too.&lt;br /&gt;Diana looks sharply at Jenny.&lt;br /&gt;DIANA&lt;br /&gt;I thought we agreed not too mention her.&lt;br /&gt;JENNY&lt;br /&gt;Di she's your sister.&lt;br /&gt;DIANA&lt;br /&gt;I don't care.&lt;br /&gt;Susan angrily.&lt;br /&gt;SUSAN&lt;br /&gt;You'd better care. She's going to be in the bridal party.&lt;br /&gt;Diana angrily&lt;br /&gt;DIANA&lt;br /&gt;Hey, she kicked me out of her house five months ago, and I haven't heard any apologies.&lt;br /&gt;JENNY&lt;br /&gt;Did you apologize to Brian?&lt;br /&gt;Diana goes to the changing room. She shouts to be heard through the door.&lt;br /&gt;DIANA&lt;br /&gt;What I said was true. She just doesn't like anyone criticizing her baby.&lt;br /&gt;Susan shouts back.&lt;br /&gt;SUSAN&lt;br /&gt;He's not her baby. He's my baby.&lt;br /&gt;JENNY&lt;br /&gt;He's no one's baby. He's a grown man.&lt;br /&gt;DIANA&lt;br /&gt;Come on. Eve treats him more like her son than she does Dan or Kevin.&lt;br /&gt;Diana comes out of the dressing room in her own clothes.&lt;br /&gt;SUSAN&lt;br /&gt;They'll both be at the wedding. End of Discussion.&lt;br /&gt;JENNY&lt;br /&gt;Besides, Aaron asked Brian to be one of the ushers already.&lt;br /&gt;DIANA&lt;br /&gt;What?&lt;br /&gt;JENNY&lt;br /&gt;Didn't you know?&lt;br /&gt;DIANA&lt;br /&gt;No.&lt;br /&gt;JENNY&lt;br /&gt;They've become good friends since Brian got him the internship at the magazine.&lt;br /&gt;DIANA&lt;br /&gt;Aaron didn't tell me any of this.&lt;br /&gt;JENNY&lt;br /&gt;Well considering your feelings on the subject I wonder why.&lt;br /&gt;int. taFT HIGH SCHOOL-cafeteria-day&lt;br /&gt;The cafeteria is crowded with students.&lt;br /&gt;Dan is at the cash register paying for his lunch.&lt;br /&gt;Sarah is standing by a table waving to him.&lt;br /&gt;Sitting at the table next to Sarah is JASON SINGER (18) with dark hair and eyes, he has the looks of a model. Across from them sits Billy.&lt;br /&gt;Dan walks across the cafeteria to join them.&lt;br /&gt;DAN&lt;br /&gt;Hey guys what's up?&lt;br /&gt;BILLY&lt;br /&gt;Nothin, how'd you do on the chem test?&lt;br /&gt;DAN&lt;br /&gt;Alright, you?&lt;br /&gt;BILLY&lt;br /&gt;I think I blew it.&lt;br /&gt;SARAH&lt;br /&gt;You always say that and you always get A's.&lt;br /&gt;JASON&lt;br /&gt;Yeah, I wish I was as smart as you.&lt;br /&gt;DAN&lt;br /&gt;You are. You just need to get out from under the hood and study once in awhile.&lt;br /&gt;SARAH&lt;br /&gt;How come you're so late getting here?&lt;br /&gt;Dan reaches out under the table to hold Billys' hand.&lt;br /&gt;DAN&lt;br /&gt;Mrs. DeAngelo kept me to talk about the essay I wrote.&lt;br /&gt;BILLY&lt;br /&gt;That good or bad.&lt;br /&gt;JASON&lt;br /&gt;Probably bad. That is one of the meanest ladies I ever met.&lt;br /&gt;DAN&lt;br /&gt;She's not that bad. She liked my essay and wanted to know if I would let her publish it in the school paper.&lt;br /&gt;SARAH&lt;br /&gt;(excited)&lt;br /&gt;You said yes right?&lt;br /&gt;DAN&lt;br /&gt;I said I'd think about it.&lt;br /&gt;BILLY&lt;br /&gt;Why?&lt;br /&gt;DAN&lt;br /&gt;I'm not sure I want everyone reading it.&lt;br /&gt;JASON&lt;br /&gt;What's it about?&lt;br /&gt;DAN&lt;br /&gt;Something personal.&lt;br /&gt;SARAH&lt;br /&gt;Can I read it? I know everything about you.&lt;br /&gt;DAN&lt;br /&gt;Maybe later.&lt;br /&gt;SARAH&lt;br /&gt;Okay. Jason your going to be late for history.&lt;br /&gt;BILLY&lt;br /&gt;I gotta go to. We're in the same class.&lt;br /&gt;Billy and Jason get up. Jason bends down and kisses Sarah on the top of her head. They leave.&lt;br /&gt;Sarah leans over the table to Dan.&lt;br /&gt;SARAH&lt;br /&gt;Looks like maybe you've decided?&lt;br /&gt;Dan blushes.&lt;br /&gt;DAN&lt;br /&gt;Yeah, I'm in love.&lt;br /&gt;SARAH&lt;br /&gt;What's the essay about?&lt;br /&gt;DAN&lt;br /&gt;My being in love.&lt;br /&gt;SARAH&lt;br /&gt;No wonder you don't want it published.&lt;br /&gt;DAN&lt;br /&gt;That's the thing I do. I'm just not sure about Billy.&lt;br /&gt;SARAH&lt;br /&gt;You're both graduating in June, it's not like you'd have to worry about it.&lt;br /&gt;Dan reaches into his backpack. He pulls out the essay.&lt;br /&gt;DAN&lt;br /&gt;When you finish reading it, let me know if you still think it would be that easy.&lt;br /&gt;Dan gets up and leaves. Sarah stuffs the essay into her backpack.&lt;br /&gt;int. rock N roll weekly magazine-day&lt;br /&gt;Brian is sitting in his office on the phone. A pair of crutches is leaning against the wall.&lt;br /&gt;Aaron walks in to Brians office.&lt;br /&gt;BRIAN&lt;br /&gt;No way... They trashed the place... That's pathetic... They're just starting out... Thanks for the tip.&lt;br /&gt;Brian hangs up the phone. He looks at Aaron.&lt;br /&gt;BRIAN (cont'd)&lt;br /&gt;What's up?&lt;br /&gt;AARON&lt;br /&gt;It's time for your doctors' appointment.&lt;br /&gt;BRIAN&lt;br /&gt;Hurray! Goodbye cast.&lt;br /&gt;Aaron laughs.&lt;br /&gt;AARON&lt;br /&gt;Come on you don't want to be late.&lt;br /&gt;BRIAN&lt;br /&gt;You know I really appreciate all the help you've given me the last few months.&lt;br /&gt;AARON&lt;br /&gt;I know.&lt;br /&gt;BRIAN&lt;br /&gt;I just don't understand why. The night we met you looked like you had seen a ghost when you looked at me.&lt;br /&gt;AARON&lt;br /&gt;Really, I... I don't remember. It's been a while.&lt;br /&gt;Brian pushes his chair back and reaches for his crutches. While he is getting up he says.&lt;br /&gt;BRIAN&lt;br /&gt;Let's not keep the doctor waiting.&lt;br /&gt;Brian walks out on the crutches. Aaron holds the door for him, then follows him out.&lt;br /&gt;int. MIKE AND JENNYS' HOUSE-kitchen-day-later&lt;br /&gt;Jenny and Eve are sitting in the kitchen talking.&lt;br /&gt;JENNY&lt;br /&gt;I'm glad you decided to come over.&lt;br /&gt;Eve brushes her hair back from her face.&lt;br /&gt;EVE&lt;br /&gt;I needed a break. This semester is killing me.&lt;br /&gt;Jenny beaming.&lt;br /&gt;JENNY&lt;br /&gt;Yeah, but once it's over you graduate.&lt;br /&gt;EVE&lt;br /&gt;One week before my son does. Well at least I'll be out of college by the time he gets there.&lt;br /&gt;JENNY&lt;br /&gt;So do you have a job lined up?&lt;br /&gt;EVE&lt;br /&gt;Actually I do. I just don't want anyone to know yet.&lt;br /&gt;JENNY&lt;br /&gt;Why? John supports everything you do.&lt;br /&gt;Eve leans back in her chair.&lt;br /&gt;EVE&lt;br /&gt;It's not that. I just haven't ever had to work before. I'm not sure if I can.&lt;br /&gt;Jenny gets up and goes to the counter. There is a chocolate cake sitting there.&lt;br /&gt;JENNY&lt;br /&gt;Want a piece?&lt;br /&gt;Eve shakes her head no.&lt;br /&gt;JENNY (cont'd)&lt;br /&gt;You can do anything you want too... Including make up with Diana.&lt;br /&gt;Eve sits up straight.&lt;br /&gt;EVE&lt;br /&gt;I'll see that little bitch in hell before I apologize to her... You heard what she said to Brian.&lt;br /&gt;Jenny looks somewhat sick as she returns to her seat at the kitchen table.&lt;br /&gt;JENNY&lt;br /&gt;Welcome to hell.&lt;br /&gt;EVE&lt;br /&gt;What'd you do?... She's coming here isn't she?&lt;br /&gt;JENNY&lt;br /&gt;I told her to stop by after she finished up with Susan.&lt;br /&gt;Eve gets out of her chair.&lt;br /&gt;EVE&lt;br /&gt;Jenny you're a traitor. I can't believe you did this to me.&lt;br /&gt;Eve heads for the front door.&lt;br /&gt;Jenny gets up and follows her.&lt;br /&gt;JENNY&lt;br /&gt;Eve, wait.&lt;br /&gt;int. mIKE AND JENNYS' HOUSE-hallway-day&lt;br /&gt;Jenny grabs Eve's arm, turning her around.&lt;br /&gt;JENNY&lt;br /&gt;Your mother is determined to have you all at the wedding.&lt;br /&gt;Eve tries to pull away.&lt;br /&gt;JENNY (cont'd)&lt;br /&gt;You don't have to apologize. Just find some way that you can end this stupidity.&lt;br /&gt;Eve yanks her arm away and turns towards the door.&lt;br /&gt;EVE&lt;br /&gt;You end it. She treats her brother like crap and you all defend it.&lt;br /&gt;Eve reaches for the front door.&lt;br /&gt;JENNY&lt;br /&gt;You treat him like he's a defenseless child, and expect everyone to feel the way you do.&lt;br /&gt;Eve opens the door.&lt;br /&gt;Diana is standing there ready to knock.&lt;br /&gt;JENNY (cont'd)&lt;br /&gt;It's not your fault he's gay damn it!&lt;br /&gt;Eve stops.&lt;br /&gt;Diana walks in the door avoiding her sister.&lt;br /&gt;DIANA&lt;br /&gt;I miss all the fun.&lt;br /&gt;Eve turns around tears in her eyes.&lt;br /&gt;JENNY&lt;br /&gt;Eve come on. Let's work it out.&lt;br /&gt;Eve shuts the door. The three women go back into the kitchen.&lt;br /&gt;int. Doctors' office-day&lt;br /&gt;Brian and Aaron are sitting in the waiting room. Brian is reading a magazine.&lt;br /&gt;AARON&lt;br /&gt;Brian, after this do you want to go to lunch?&lt;br /&gt;BRIAN&lt;br /&gt;Sure. Anywhere special?&lt;br /&gt;Aaron responds under his breath.&lt;br /&gt;AARON&lt;br /&gt;Someplace crowded.&lt;br /&gt;Brian looks up from the magazine.&lt;br /&gt;BRIAN&lt;br /&gt;What?&lt;br /&gt;AARON&lt;br /&gt;Nothing. I was just thinking out loud. What about the wharf.&lt;br /&gt;BRIAN&lt;br /&gt;Sounds good.&lt;br /&gt;A NURSE comes out of a doorway with a chart in her hand.&lt;br /&gt;NURSE&lt;br /&gt;Brian Jamison.&lt;br /&gt;BRIAN&lt;br /&gt;Gotta go.&lt;br /&gt;Brian gets up off the chair and walks with his crutches through the door.&lt;br /&gt;The nurse turns and walks in front of Brian.&lt;br /&gt;The door closes.&lt;br /&gt;int. miKE AND JENNYS' HOUSE-kitchen-day-later&lt;br /&gt;Diana, Jenny and Eve are seated around the table. They are eating cake and drinking coffee.&lt;br /&gt;DIANA&lt;br /&gt;Stop feeling guilty. It's not your fault.&lt;br /&gt;EVE&lt;br /&gt;It doesn't matter anymore. I still feel like he's my responsibility.&lt;br /&gt;JENNY&lt;br /&gt;Your only responsibility is to love him. Not protect him.&lt;br /&gt;DIANA&lt;br /&gt;Really he's a big boy.&lt;br /&gt;EVE&lt;br /&gt;I know, but I wish you would stop acting like he isn't a person.&lt;br /&gt;DIANA&lt;br /&gt;I think the way he lives is sick.&lt;br /&gt;JENNY&lt;br /&gt;Why? What's so different about his life?&lt;br /&gt;DIANA&lt;br /&gt;He sleeps with a man.&lt;br /&gt;EVE&lt;br /&gt;So do you. All he wants out of life is someone who loves him, and he's got that. Now you do too.&lt;br /&gt;DIANA&lt;br /&gt;But it's just not right.&lt;br /&gt;JENNY&lt;br /&gt;Who says?&lt;br /&gt;DIANA&lt;br /&gt;The law for one.&lt;br /&gt;JENNY&lt;br /&gt;San Francisco acknowledges gay relationships. Next argument.&lt;br /&gt;Diana sips her coffee.&lt;br /&gt;DIANA&lt;br /&gt;Mom thinks it's sick.&lt;br /&gt;EVE&lt;br /&gt;Mom thinks my going back to school is sick. She's not exactly a good judge.&lt;br /&gt;DIANA&lt;br /&gt;I'm not going to change my mind about him.&lt;br /&gt;JENNY&lt;br /&gt;Maybe you should get to know him, before you decide. When was the last time you two spent any time together.&lt;br /&gt;Diana thinks this over for a minute.&lt;br /&gt;DIANA&lt;br /&gt;When I was like five.&lt;br /&gt;EVE&lt;br /&gt;Then spend some time getting to know your brother. He deserves that. Hell Aaron did.&lt;br /&gt;DIANA&lt;br /&gt;I know and he hates gay people. He always makes fun of them.&lt;br /&gt;ext. fisherman's wharf-day-later&lt;br /&gt;Brian is walking slowly. Aaron is beside him.&lt;br /&gt;BRIAN&lt;br /&gt;You've been distracted since we left the doctors. What's up?&lt;br /&gt;Aaron stares off in the opposite direction.&lt;br /&gt;AARON&lt;br /&gt;It's Uhm...The night you were attacked... I ...&lt;br /&gt;Brian moves to a bench nearby.&lt;br /&gt;BRIAN&lt;br /&gt;I need to sit down.&lt;br /&gt;Aaron joins him.&lt;br /&gt;AARON&lt;br /&gt;Brian. My friends and I were the ones who attacked you and Jarred.&lt;br /&gt;Brian looks at Aaron as if he is crazy.&lt;br /&gt;BRIAN&lt;br /&gt;What? What did you say?&lt;br /&gt;AARON&lt;br /&gt;The night you and Jarred were...&lt;br /&gt;BRIAN&lt;br /&gt;I heard what you said. I can't believe this. Why?&lt;br /&gt;Aaron looks down at the ground.&lt;br /&gt;AARON&lt;br /&gt;I was always told that gays were sick, evil people that should be killed. I guess I believed it. I never knew anyone who was gay before you.&lt;br /&gt;Brian completely disgusted.&lt;br /&gt;BRIAN&lt;br /&gt;So it was alright to just go out and hurt people because you didn't know them. Jeez. What kind of monster raised you?&lt;br /&gt;Aaron is crying.&lt;br /&gt;AARON&lt;br /&gt;I'm sorry. I just didn't think of you as people.&lt;br /&gt;BRIAN&lt;br /&gt;You just didn't think. Does anyone else in the family know?&lt;br /&gt;AARON&lt;br /&gt;No.&lt;br /&gt;BRIAN&lt;br /&gt;Why did you act like my friend all this time?&lt;br /&gt;Aaron looks at Brian.&lt;br /&gt;AARON&lt;br /&gt;I wasn't acting. I mean at first I was. But you helped me get the internship. And as I got to know you I started to like you... and Jarred.&lt;br /&gt;BRIAN&lt;br /&gt;What was it at first?&lt;br /&gt;AARON&lt;br /&gt;Guilt. I didn't expect to have you as my brother-in-law.&lt;br /&gt;Brian sighs and runs his hand through his hair in frustration.&lt;br /&gt;BRIAN&lt;br /&gt;(half to himself, half to Aaron)&lt;br /&gt;Maybe some good came of it then. Do you realize you could have killed me or Jarred?...I need some time to think. I don't want you near me. Your making my skin crawl... I'm not going to tell anyone... You shouldn't either.&lt;br /&gt;AARON&lt;br /&gt;Brian please. I'm sorry man. I just didn't know.&lt;br /&gt;BRIAN&lt;br /&gt;I'm just supposed to excuse the fact that you beat the shit out of me, because you didn't know any better... I don't think so. I'm leaving.&lt;br /&gt;Brian gets up and slowly limps away. Aaron just sits staring off into space.&lt;br /&gt;int. miKE AND JENNYS' HOUSE-kitchen-day-later&lt;br /&gt;Jenny, Eve and Diana are still sitting around the table. The dirty dishes are still on the table.&lt;br /&gt;Jenny is pouring out more coffee.&lt;br /&gt;DIANA&lt;br /&gt;Eve we've been back and forth over this. Why don't we just agree to disagree?&lt;br /&gt;EVE&lt;br /&gt;Fine I'll agree to disagree, if you'll agree to at least treat him decently.&lt;br /&gt;JENNY&lt;br /&gt;Sounds like a good trade to me.&lt;br /&gt;DIANA&lt;br /&gt;Okay, I'll treat him decently and we'll see what happens.&lt;br /&gt;Eve and Diana shake hands.&lt;br /&gt;DIANA (cont'd)&lt;br /&gt;Now about the dress for my matrons of honor...&lt;br /&gt;int. susan and roberts house-kitchen-night&lt;br /&gt;Susan and Betty are in the kitchen. Betty is sitting at the table munching out of the salad bowl.&lt;br /&gt;Susan is standing at the stove stirring spaghetti.&lt;br /&gt;SUSAN&lt;br /&gt;The dress is beautiful. She is going to be the prettiest bride.&lt;br /&gt;BETTY&lt;br /&gt;I'm sure. The fact that she's pretty anyway helps.&lt;br /&gt;SUSAN&lt;br /&gt;She's still giving me grief about Eve and Brian... I can't understand those kids sometimes. We didn't act like that.&lt;br /&gt;Betty laughs while plucking another cucumber from the bowl.&lt;br /&gt;BETTY&lt;br /&gt;Yes we did. Don't you remember how badly we fought. We even used to hit each other.&lt;br /&gt;Susan stops stirring and goes to the table.&lt;br /&gt;SUSAN&lt;br /&gt;I never hit you.&lt;br /&gt;BETTY&lt;br /&gt;Ha! You beat the hell out of me when I flirted with Robert.&lt;br /&gt;SUSAN&lt;br /&gt;He was my fiance at the time.&lt;br /&gt;BETTY&lt;br /&gt;See you do remember. Listen, your kids are different types of people, they're bound to fight...Especially when you judge them the way you do.&lt;br /&gt;SUSAN&lt;br /&gt;I do not judge my kids.&lt;br /&gt;BETTY&lt;br /&gt;Really, describe them to me.&lt;br /&gt;SUSAN&lt;br /&gt;Don't be ridiculous.&lt;br /&gt;BETTY&lt;br /&gt;I'm not being ridiculous. Describe them to me.&lt;br /&gt;SUSAN&lt;br /&gt;Okay fine. Michael is strong, into sports, but not too smart... Eve is a good homemaker, but very shy... Brian is smart, good-looking and needs a good wife... Diana, is flaky, but intelligent.&lt;br /&gt;BETTY&lt;br /&gt;See what I mean... You decided who your kids are, but they aren't anything like that.&lt;br /&gt;SUSAN&lt;br /&gt;What do you know? You're not a mother.&lt;br /&gt;Betty glares at Susan.&lt;br /&gt;BETTY&lt;br /&gt;You're right I'm not a mother. I had the career, and the good life. Until my husband ditched me for a little bitch half my age. You have everything I ever wanted and you don't even know how good you have it. You're right I'm not a mother, but you sure are.&lt;br /&gt;Betty gets up slams the chair into the table, and storms out of the kitchen.&lt;br /&gt;Susan is left standing there mouth agape.&lt;br /&gt;int. brian and Jarreds Apartment-living room-night&lt;br /&gt;Jarred is standing in front of the wall sized windows looking out at the city. His face and arm long since healed.&lt;br /&gt;Brian comes in the front door. He sets down his briefcase. Then looks for Jarred. He walks up behind Jarred and grabs him around in a hug leaning his head against Jarreds' shoulder.&lt;br /&gt;Jarred places his hands on top of Brians'.&lt;br /&gt;JARRED&lt;br /&gt;How was the doctor?&lt;br /&gt;BRIAN&lt;br /&gt;All healed.&lt;br /&gt;JARRED&lt;br /&gt;Good. You look like you had a rough day.&lt;br /&gt;BRIAN&lt;br /&gt;I did, but I don't want to talk about it.&lt;br /&gt;JARRED&lt;br /&gt;Okay you'll tell me when you're ready. Dinner's ready.&lt;br /&gt;BRIAN&lt;br /&gt;I'm not hungry. Let's just go to bed.&lt;br /&gt;Jarred turns around and hugs Brian. He then kisses Brian on the neck, working his way up to his mouth.&lt;br /&gt;JARRED&lt;br /&gt;Are you up for that? It'll make you feel better.&lt;br /&gt;BRIAN&lt;br /&gt;I think I'd rather just cuddle, if that's okay?&lt;br /&gt;JARRED&lt;br /&gt;That's more than okay. Come on, I'll give you a back rub first.&lt;br /&gt;They walk into their bedroom.&lt;br /&gt;int. dIANA'S DORM ROOM-night&lt;br /&gt;Diana is laying in bed reading a book.&lt;br /&gt;She hears a knock on the door, and gets up to answer it.&lt;br /&gt;When she opens it Aaron is on the other side.&lt;br /&gt;Aaron walks into the room picking Diana up and hugging her tightly. He kicks the door shut behind him.&lt;br /&gt;Diana giggles.&lt;br /&gt;DIANA&lt;br /&gt;What's this all about?&lt;br /&gt;AARON&lt;br /&gt;I just needed to be with you tonight.&lt;br /&gt;DIANA&lt;br /&gt;Cool by me. I could use some company. I made up with Eve today. We agreed to disagree.&lt;br /&gt;AARON&lt;br /&gt;That's good. I had an argument with Brian.&lt;br /&gt;DIANA&lt;br /&gt;What about? He didn't make a pass at you did he.&lt;br /&gt;AARON&lt;br /&gt;Don't be stupid. We argued about politics.&lt;br /&gt;Aaron drops Diana on the bed and then climbs on top of her. They start making out.&lt;br /&gt;DIANA&lt;br /&gt;If this is what fighting with him does for you. Then fight everyday.&lt;br /&gt;AARON&lt;br /&gt;Do you want to fool around or talk?&lt;br /&gt;DIANA&lt;br /&gt;Fool around.&lt;br /&gt;Diana giggles as Aaron starts tickling her.&lt;br /&gt;int. sarahs' bedroom-night&lt;br /&gt;Sarah is sitting on her bed finishing Dans' essay. Tears are streaming down her face. As soon as she finishes the last page she drops the paper, picks up the phone, and calls Dan.&lt;br /&gt;SARAH&lt;br /&gt;Hi, Aunt Eve. Could I speak to Dan please?... Hi, you've got to have it published. It's the most fantastic thing I've ever read... Honest... He's got to let you... If he loves you the way you write, he'll agree... let him read it... he'll agree I know it... Okay, bye.&lt;br /&gt;Jenny comes into Sarahs' room. She sits on the bed.&lt;br /&gt;Sarah is still crying.&lt;br /&gt;JENNY&lt;br /&gt;What's wrong?&lt;br /&gt;SARAH&lt;br /&gt;Nothing.&lt;br /&gt;JENNY&lt;br /&gt;Come on your not sitting here crying for nothing.&lt;br /&gt;SARAH&lt;br /&gt;Mom I can't tell you, I promised.&lt;br /&gt;JENNY&lt;br /&gt;Is it something bad?&lt;br /&gt;SARAH&lt;br /&gt;No, but I...&lt;br /&gt;Sarah breaks into fresh tears. She thinks for a minute. Then she looks down to the essay.&lt;br /&gt;SARAH (cont'd)&lt;br /&gt;Mom you gotta swear not to say anything to anyone, not even Dad.&lt;br /&gt;JENNY&lt;br /&gt;I don't keep secrets from your father.&lt;br /&gt;SARAH&lt;br /&gt;You have to keep this one, or I can't tell you.&lt;br /&gt;Jenny looks at Sarah as if she can read her mind.&lt;br /&gt;JENNY&lt;br /&gt;Okay, if it's that important.&lt;br /&gt;Sarah hands Jenny the essay.&lt;br /&gt;SARAH&lt;br /&gt;Read it.&lt;br /&gt;Jenny takes the essay and gets up to leave.&lt;br /&gt;SARAH (cont'd)&lt;br /&gt;No, now, here.&lt;br /&gt;Jenny sits back down.&lt;br /&gt;JENNY&lt;br /&gt;Alright.&lt;br /&gt;Jenny starts reading.&lt;br /&gt;int. eves bedroom-night&lt;br /&gt;Eve is standing by the bed taking off her bathrobe.&lt;br /&gt;John is already lying in bed reading a book.&lt;br /&gt;EVE&lt;br /&gt;Jenny set me up today.&lt;br /&gt;JOHN&lt;br /&gt;I know.&lt;br /&gt;EVE&lt;br /&gt;How could you know?&lt;br /&gt;JOHN&lt;br /&gt;Easy, I told her how to do it. So did you and Diana resolve your differences.&lt;br /&gt;Eve picks up her pillow and starts fluffing it.&lt;br /&gt;EVE&lt;br /&gt;Yes. We agreed to disagree.&lt;br /&gt;JOHN&lt;br /&gt;I figured that you'd eventually come to your senses. Especially if she were right there.&lt;br /&gt;Eve slams the pillow down on his head.&lt;br /&gt;John drops his book and grabs his own pillow from behind him.&lt;br /&gt;They start having a pillow fight.&lt;br /&gt;int. dans' bedroom-night&lt;br /&gt;Dan is lying in bed the light is off.&lt;br /&gt;A light comes across his face, then a shadow, then the room is dark again.&lt;br /&gt;KEVIN&lt;br /&gt;Dan are you asleep?&lt;br /&gt;DAN&lt;br /&gt;No, come on in.&lt;br /&gt;Dan turns on a lamp by his bed.&lt;br /&gt;Kevin comes to the bed and sits on the edge of it.&lt;br /&gt;DAN (cont'd)&lt;br /&gt;What's up?&lt;br /&gt;Kevin looks at the floor.&lt;br /&gt;KEVIN&lt;br /&gt;Are you really gay?&lt;br /&gt;Dan sits up.&lt;br /&gt;DAN&lt;br /&gt;Yeah.&lt;br /&gt;Kevin looks at Dan.&lt;br /&gt;KEVIN&lt;br /&gt;Will I be gay?&lt;br /&gt;DAN&lt;br /&gt;I don't think so, but I guess it's possible... Do you like girls?&lt;br /&gt;KEVIN&lt;br /&gt;Yeah, there's this girl Kim in my class, and everyday she leaves notes in my locker.&lt;br /&gt;DAN&lt;br /&gt;Do you want to kiss her?&lt;br /&gt;KEVIN&lt;br /&gt;I think so... I'm pretty sure I do... But I don't know how.&lt;br /&gt;DAN&lt;br /&gt;Relax, your straight. As far as knowing how to kiss, just do it, you'll figure it out as you go.&lt;br /&gt;KEVIN&lt;br /&gt;It's okay that you're gay. Do you have a boyfriend?&lt;br /&gt;Dan smiles.&lt;br /&gt;DAN&lt;br /&gt;Billy's my boyfriend.&lt;br /&gt;KEVIN&lt;br /&gt;Cool. You know it bothered me at first that you're gay. I thought I would be.&lt;br /&gt;DAN&lt;br /&gt;It's not contagious. Supposedly being gay is genetic, but not everyone comes out that way.&lt;br /&gt;KEVIN&lt;br /&gt;Do you want to be gay?&lt;br /&gt;Dan looks confused.&lt;br /&gt;DAN&lt;br /&gt;What do you mean?&lt;br /&gt;KEVIN&lt;br /&gt;I mean if you weren't would you want to be?&lt;br /&gt;DAN&lt;br /&gt;I don't know. Probably not. But then I look at Uncle Brian and Jarred, and I think they found love so everything will be okay.&lt;br /&gt;KEVIN&lt;br /&gt;I'm glad you're happy. Is Billy going with you to the wedding?&lt;br /&gt;DAN&lt;br /&gt;No, I'm not ready to tell anyone yet.&lt;br /&gt;KEVIN&lt;br /&gt;You told Sarah and Sam and I both know. When are you going to tell Mom and Dad?&lt;br /&gt;DAN&lt;br /&gt;When I'm ready. You won't say anything will you?&lt;br /&gt;KEVIN&lt;br /&gt;No. Goodnight.&lt;br /&gt;Kevin gets off the bed and starts to leave. He stops and turns back, and hugs Dan goodnight.&lt;br /&gt;DAN&lt;br /&gt;Night, Kev.&lt;br /&gt;int. mike and jennys'-bedroom-night&lt;br /&gt;Jenny is lying on her stomach on the bed. Her eyes are closed.&lt;br /&gt;Mike is straddling her, giving her a back rub.&lt;br /&gt;MIKE&lt;br /&gt;Poor baby, you always get put in the middle.&lt;br /&gt;JENNY&lt;br /&gt;It wasn't that bad. Eves' not that strong tempered.&lt;br /&gt;MIKE&lt;br /&gt;The way she's been going lately, her bite might become worse than her bark.&lt;br /&gt;JENNY&lt;br /&gt;Well that's good. She needs to be a little more independant.&lt;br /&gt;MIKE&lt;br /&gt;The way you are?&lt;br /&gt;JENNY&lt;br /&gt;I'm as free as I want to be. If we needed the money or I felt like it I would go back to work.&lt;br /&gt;MIKE&lt;br /&gt;That would be welching.&lt;br /&gt;JENNY&lt;br /&gt;Not really. I agreed that I would stay home and raise the kids when the construction company became financially sound. But the kids are almost grown.&lt;br /&gt;MIKE&lt;br /&gt;Almost is the key word there. How does this feel.&lt;br /&gt;JENNY&lt;br /&gt;Like heaven. You should have been a masseuse instead of a contractor.&lt;br /&gt;MIKE&lt;br /&gt;Yep, then I could have a list of babes who I service once a week.&lt;br /&gt;Jenny turns over and looks at Mike.&lt;br /&gt;JENNY&lt;br /&gt;Well lucky for me I'm your only client. Lucky for you I feel like being serviced.&lt;br /&gt;int. sarahs' bedroom-night&lt;br /&gt;Jenny is still sitting on Sarahs' bed. She too is crying as she finishes the last page of the essay.&lt;br /&gt;Jenny puts the paper down and stares at it.&lt;br /&gt;JENNY&lt;br /&gt;That's the most beautiful thing I've ever read.&lt;br /&gt;Jenny looks at Sarah.&lt;br /&gt;JENNY (cont'd)&lt;br /&gt;How long have you known?&lt;br /&gt;Sarah looks at Jenny.&lt;br /&gt;SARAH&lt;br /&gt;A few months.&lt;br /&gt;JENNY&lt;br /&gt;I can't believe I didn't realize it.&lt;br /&gt;SARAH&lt;br /&gt;How could you?&lt;br /&gt;JENNY&lt;br /&gt;I don't know. I always thought there were signs. Did he tell you?&lt;br /&gt;SARAH&lt;br /&gt;No, I caught him kissing his boyfriend. I asked him.&lt;br /&gt;JENNY&lt;br /&gt;Does anyone else know?&lt;br /&gt;SARAH&lt;br /&gt;Sam and Kevin over heard us talking about it.&lt;br /&gt;JENNY&lt;br /&gt;I've gotta tell Eve.&lt;br /&gt;SARAH&lt;br /&gt;Mom you promised. And you can't talk to Dan either. He doesn't want anyone to know yet.&lt;br /&gt;JENNY&lt;br /&gt;It seems to me a lot of people already know.&lt;br /&gt;Jenny looks at the essay again.&lt;br /&gt;JENNY (cont'd)&lt;br /&gt;He is really in love with this boy isn't he?&lt;br /&gt;SARAH&lt;br /&gt;Yeah, they get together as much as they can.&lt;br /&gt;JENNY&lt;br /&gt;You'd think with Brian it wouldn't be as hard for Dan. I guess being young and scared makes it hard no matter what.&lt;br /&gt;SARAH&lt;br /&gt;Dan's afraid to tell Uncle Brian.&lt;br /&gt;JENNY&lt;br /&gt;Why?&lt;br /&gt;SARAH&lt;br /&gt;He thinks Uncle Brian will get mad at him. That he may have influenced him or something.&lt;br /&gt;JENNY&lt;br /&gt;Oh brother, Dan's as bad as his mother.&lt;br /&gt;SARAH&lt;br /&gt;HUH?!&lt;br /&gt;JENNY&lt;br /&gt;Never mind.&lt;br /&gt;SARAH&lt;br /&gt;Dan's English teacher wants to publish it in the school paper. I think he should... but he's afraid Billy will get hurt if he does.&lt;br /&gt;JENNY&lt;br /&gt;Poor kid, he wants help, but he's afraid to ask for it. You let him know that we'd all still love him?&lt;br /&gt;SARAH&lt;br /&gt;Of course I did. That doesn't make it easier on him. I wish I knew what would.&lt;br /&gt;JENNY&lt;br /&gt;Time. It's late you need to go to sleep. Goodnight.&lt;br /&gt;Jenny leans over and hugs Sarah, she then gets off the bed and leaves the room.&lt;br /&gt;Sarah gets underneath the blanket and turns off her light.&lt;br /&gt;Int. taft high school-morning&lt;br /&gt;Sarah is walking the crowded hallway, looking for Billy.&lt;br /&gt;She spies him turning a corner and starts running to catch up to him.&lt;br /&gt;Turning the corner she sees that he is standing around talking to a bunch of his teammates.&lt;br /&gt;She approaches him and taps him on the shoulder when she reaches him.&lt;br /&gt;SARAH&lt;br /&gt;Billy can I talk to you?&lt;br /&gt;BILLY&lt;br /&gt;Sure, What about?&lt;br /&gt;SARAH&lt;br /&gt;Alone please.&lt;br /&gt;The guys that Billy is standing with start snickering.&lt;br /&gt;BILLY&lt;br /&gt;You can say whatever you want these guys are my friends.&lt;br /&gt;Sarah moves close to Billy very seductively.&lt;br /&gt;SARAH&lt;br /&gt;But it's about last night.&lt;br /&gt;Billy smiles shyly, embarrassed by what she said.&lt;br /&gt;BILLY&lt;br /&gt;All right let's go.&lt;br /&gt;As Billy and Sarah walk away, the guys start catcalling and whistling.&lt;br /&gt;int. taft high school-class room-morning&lt;br /&gt;Sarah pulls Billy into an empty class room and closes the door.&lt;br /&gt;SARAH&lt;br /&gt;Have you read Dans' essay?&lt;br /&gt;BILLY&lt;br /&gt;Yeah, it was okay.&lt;br /&gt;SARAH&lt;br /&gt;Okay! It was fantastic. You've got to let him put it in the paper.&lt;br /&gt;BILLY&lt;br /&gt;Wait a minute. If he does that then the whole schools gonna find out about us.&lt;br /&gt;SARAH&lt;br /&gt;I know. But you guys can handle it. You're both popular. Everyone loves you.&lt;br /&gt;BILLY&lt;br /&gt;We'd be outcasts inside of ten minutes. Everyone would go around laughing at the faggots.&lt;br /&gt;SARAH&lt;br /&gt;I don't think that's going to happen. Of course some people are going to be jerks but...&lt;br /&gt;BILLY&lt;br /&gt;But nothing. I'm graduating in a few months and I'd like to leave high school without being labeled queer.&lt;br /&gt;SARAH&lt;br /&gt;You mean you're too chicken shit, to be yourself.&lt;br /&gt;BILLY&lt;br /&gt;I'm not sure that I feel the same way Dan does.&lt;br /&gt;SARAH&lt;br /&gt;I guess maybe the essay was fiction, because according to it you are just as in love with him as he is with you.&lt;br /&gt;BILLY&lt;br /&gt;It wasn't fiction. I'm scared. He is too. Wouldn't you be?&lt;br /&gt;SARAH&lt;br /&gt;Yeah, I would, but that's why it's so important for that essay to be in the paper. How many other kids are just as scared, not just to be gay, but to be themselves.&lt;br /&gt;BILLY&lt;br /&gt;How would you know. You're always being yourself.&lt;br /&gt;SARAH&lt;br /&gt;No I'm not.&lt;br /&gt;BILLY&lt;br /&gt;I'll think about it Okay.&lt;br /&gt;SARAH&lt;br /&gt;Okay.&lt;br /&gt;They leave the classroom.&lt;br /&gt;int. restaurnt china town San Francisco-day&lt;br /&gt;Lila, Dan, Sarah, Kevin, and Sam are seated at a table eating.&lt;br /&gt;LILA&lt;br /&gt;So have your parents figured out that I steal you out of school once a month yet?&lt;br /&gt;SAM&lt;br /&gt;No.&lt;br /&gt;LILA&lt;br /&gt;Don't kid yourselves they know. I used to do it with them too.&lt;br /&gt;SARAH&lt;br /&gt;Grandma must have had a fit.&lt;br /&gt;LILA&lt;br /&gt;Not really. She could never figure it out. She just knew I was up to something.&lt;br /&gt;KEVIN&lt;br /&gt;Do hate grandma?&lt;br /&gt;LILA&lt;br /&gt;No. I just don't like her being a hypocrite.&lt;br /&gt;DAN&lt;br /&gt;How is she a hypocrite?&lt;br /&gt;LILA&lt;br /&gt;I'll tell you when you're older. Now young lady when do I get to meet the mysterious boyfriend?&lt;br /&gt;SARAH&lt;br /&gt;I don't have a boyfriend.&lt;br /&gt;LILA&lt;br /&gt;Don't lie to your great grandmother. You didn't become interested in cars overnight by accident.&lt;br /&gt;SARAH&lt;br /&gt;His name is Jason. He's cute but so into cars that he didn't notice anything else.&lt;br /&gt;LILA&lt;br /&gt;So you got interested in them too. So how is your car coming along?&lt;br /&gt;SARAH&lt;br /&gt;If I can figure out the carburetor, I'll be driving it soon.&lt;br /&gt;LILA&lt;br /&gt;Good. So Danny don't you have something you'd like to tell me?&lt;br /&gt;DAN&lt;br /&gt;No nana not really.&lt;br /&gt;LILA&lt;br /&gt;Okay it can wait. When you're ready.&lt;br /&gt;Dan whispers to Sarah.&lt;br /&gt;DAN&lt;br /&gt;How could she know.&lt;br /&gt;Sarah shrugs her shoulders.&lt;br /&gt;LILA&lt;br /&gt;I've been around a while, that's how I know. I watch, I listen, I eavesdrop, just like Sammy here. He doesn't miss much does he.&lt;br /&gt;KEVIN&lt;br /&gt;Nope.&lt;br /&gt;LILA&lt;br /&gt;We'll have to see if we can slip him up one day. What should we do after lunch.&lt;br /&gt;ext. neighborhood park-two weeks later-evening&lt;br /&gt;Dan and Billy are walking along a path in the park.&lt;br /&gt;BILLY&lt;br /&gt;Go ahead and put your essay in the paper.&lt;br /&gt;DAN&lt;br /&gt;Why?&lt;br /&gt;BILLY&lt;br /&gt;Because it's good, really good and it deserves to be read.&lt;br /&gt;DAN&lt;br /&gt;I thought you were scared.&lt;br /&gt;BILLY&lt;br /&gt;I was. Until a couple of nights ago.&lt;br /&gt;DAN&lt;br /&gt;What changed?&lt;br /&gt;BILLY&lt;br /&gt;I told my parents that I'm gay and in love with you.&lt;br /&gt;Dan stops walking, Billy stops also. Dan looks at Billy.&lt;br /&gt;DAN&lt;br /&gt;You have a lot more guts than I do.&lt;br /&gt;BILLY&lt;br /&gt;Not really. I was reading the essay again and left it on my desk. My Mom found it and read it... When I got home from school my Dad was there and he'd read it too.&lt;br /&gt;DAN&lt;br /&gt;Wow! What'd you do?&lt;br /&gt;BILLY&lt;br /&gt;Answered their questions mostly.&lt;br /&gt;DAN&lt;br /&gt;What'd they ask?&lt;br /&gt;BILLY&lt;br /&gt;If it was true. Then they wanted to know why I didn't tell them. I just said that I was scared, didn't know how they'd react. They said they loved me. It's a relief to be out.&lt;br /&gt;DAN&lt;br /&gt;Really. How?&lt;br /&gt;BILLY&lt;br /&gt;Now you can come over to my house. And I can tell them I'm going on a date with you. It's kind of weird though.&lt;br /&gt;DAN&lt;br /&gt;I know. The way my family accepts Brian. They love him, but they always act nervous that he and Jarred are going to have sex in front of them.&lt;br /&gt;BILLY&lt;br /&gt;Yeah, it's like I'm just going to do something like that. I know it'll take time, but at least now I can be honest.&lt;br /&gt;Billy takes Dans' hand they continue walking.&lt;br /&gt;BILLY (cont'd)&lt;br /&gt;This is nice. Walking holding hands I mean... You know if you ever tell your family, we could stop hiding.&lt;br /&gt;DAN&lt;br /&gt;I'm not ready for that yet. But I think Lila knows... They have a hard enough time with Brian. Add us to the mix, and things'll get crazy.&lt;br /&gt;BILLY&lt;br /&gt;It could be fun though. I could be your date at Dianas' wedding.&lt;br /&gt;DAN&lt;br /&gt;Are you nuts. She hates gay people. She's still pitching fits that Brian and Jarred are going to be at the wedding.&lt;br /&gt;BILLY&lt;br /&gt;Are you going to let Ms. DeAngelo put the essay in the paper?&lt;br /&gt;DAN&lt;br /&gt;Yeah. If you can handle it, I can. We're pretty good together. Besides maybe it will help other kids.&lt;br /&gt;BILLY&lt;br /&gt;That's what Sarah said to me a couple of weeks ago.&lt;br /&gt;DAN&lt;br /&gt;Why was Sarah talking to you about my essay?&lt;br /&gt;BILLY&lt;br /&gt;She was trying to convince me to let you put it in the paper.&lt;br /&gt;Billy releases Dans' hand and puts his arm around Dans' waist.&lt;br /&gt;Dan puts his arm around Billys' shoulders.&lt;br /&gt;DAN&lt;br /&gt;Aren't you getting kind of bold?&lt;br /&gt;BILLY&lt;br /&gt;Probably... But it's Frisco, every other person around here is gay.&lt;br /&gt;int. tuxedo shop-day&lt;br /&gt;Robert, Aaron, Mike, John, Brian, and Jarred are trying on their tuxedos for the wedding.&lt;br /&gt;Robert is standing facing a mirror looking at himself.&lt;br /&gt;ROBERT&lt;br /&gt;Now make sure you've got all the studs, and everything fits right.&lt;br /&gt;Mike comes up behind Robert.&lt;br /&gt;MIKE&lt;br /&gt;Dad I think we have it covered.&lt;br /&gt;Brian is heading for the changing room.&lt;br /&gt;BRIAN&lt;br /&gt;I'm getting dressed. I've got everything.&lt;br /&gt;Jarred comes out of the changing room.&lt;br /&gt;JARRED&lt;br /&gt;I'm missing a couple of studs.&lt;br /&gt;The store CLERK who is standing behind the counter goes in the backroom to get him the missing studs.&lt;br /&gt;MIKE&lt;br /&gt;You don't look too bad for an old guy Dad.&lt;br /&gt;ROBERT&lt;br /&gt;Don't be so quick to call me old. A few more years and you'll be here.&lt;br /&gt;John joins Mike and Robert.&lt;br /&gt;JOHN&lt;br /&gt;Yeah. Two more decades and we'll both be ready to retire.&lt;br /&gt;MIKE&lt;br /&gt;This thing itches. I'm going to get changed.&lt;br /&gt;Mike enters the changing room.&lt;br /&gt;int. tuxedo shop-changing room-day&lt;br /&gt;A view of the three changing rooms can be seen.&lt;br /&gt;In the first one is Brian. Who is putting on his regular clothes.&lt;br /&gt;In the middle one is Aaron who is sitting on a little stool in his tuxedo.&lt;br /&gt;In the third Mike is just starting to take off his tuxedo.&lt;br /&gt;AARON&lt;br /&gt;Brian, can you hear me?&lt;br /&gt;BRIAN&lt;br /&gt;Yeah, What?&lt;br /&gt;AARON&lt;br /&gt;Are we ever going to be friends again?&lt;br /&gt;BRIAN&lt;br /&gt;Maybe. It's going to take some time.&lt;br /&gt;AARON&lt;br /&gt;I know what I did was wrong and I'm sorry. But I don't know how to undo the past.&lt;br /&gt;BRIAN&lt;br /&gt;Aaron I don't want to talk about this now.&lt;br /&gt;AARON&lt;br /&gt;I'm getting married to your sister tomorrow, and my family is going to be there, with you and Jarred. Where do you think I learned to hate gays.&lt;br /&gt;Mike stops changing, he has been ignoring the conversation, but Aarons statement has his interest.&lt;br /&gt;BRIAN&lt;br /&gt;You and some friends beat the shit out of me and my lover and you want me to erase that overnight. Sorry it's not going to happen that way.&lt;br /&gt;AARON&lt;br /&gt;Come on Brian I told you almost three months ago. Are you telling me that you can't forgive me yet?&lt;br /&gt;BRIAN&lt;br /&gt;That's exactly what I'm telling you. I may never forgive you. Just give it time.&lt;br /&gt;Brian has finished dressing and exits the changing room.&lt;br /&gt;Robert looks in the mirror and sees him.&lt;br /&gt;ROBERT&lt;br /&gt;You all right Brian?&lt;br /&gt;BRIAN&lt;br /&gt;Yeah fine Dad.&lt;br /&gt;ROBERT&lt;br /&gt;Okay guys lets get changed and finish this up. Suzy is cooking up a huge dinner for us.&lt;br /&gt;int. susan and roberts house-AFTERNOON&lt;br /&gt;Susan, Betty, Lila, Eve, Jenny, Sarah, and Diana are sitting in the den drinking wine.&lt;br /&gt;LILA&lt;br /&gt;Remember that marriage has three rings to it. An engagement ring, a wedding ring and suffering.&lt;br /&gt;DIANA&lt;br /&gt;Nana, it isn't that bad.&lt;br /&gt;LILA&lt;br /&gt;I never said it was bad. Just remember always end disagreements in bed.&lt;br /&gt;SUSAN&lt;br /&gt;That's the same advice you gave me.&lt;br /&gt;LILA&lt;br /&gt;I give that advice to all women who are getting married.&lt;br /&gt;BETTY&lt;br /&gt;Shouldn't we have some kind of a toast?&lt;br /&gt;JENNY&lt;br /&gt;Yes, a toast to the bride and the graduate.&lt;br /&gt;EVE&lt;br /&gt;Leave me out of it. This is Dianas' party.&lt;br /&gt;SUSAN&lt;br /&gt;No, graduating from college is a huge accomplishment.&lt;br /&gt;EVE&lt;br /&gt;Dear lord. My mother gave me a compliment. Are you feeling okay?&lt;br /&gt;SUSAN&lt;br /&gt;I'm fine. I can give you a compliment once in a while.&lt;br /&gt;EVE&lt;br /&gt;Once every thirty seven years at least.&lt;br /&gt;SUSAN&lt;br /&gt;Give it a rest for one night.&lt;br /&gt;JENNY&lt;br /&gt;I think we've had enough to drink. Isn't it time to check the roast?&lt;br /&gt;Susan gets up and goes to the kitchen.&lt;br /&gt;The front door is heard closing and the voices of the men can be heard. Moments later they join the women in the den.&lt;br /&gt;ROBERT&lt;br /&gt;Where are the boys? I want them to try on their tuxes for tomorrow.&lt;br /&gt;BETTY&lt;br /&gt;Out back playing ball.&lt;br /&gt;JOHN&lt;br /&gt;I'll go get them.&lt;br /&gt;John leaves the room.&lt;br /&gt;Jenny goes to Mike and gives him a kiss on the cheek.&lt;br /&gt;JENNY&lt;br /&gt;Hey, babe. Want to sneak upstairs and fool around?&lt;br /&gt;Mike is distant and distracted.&lt;br /&gt;MIKE&lt;br /&gt;Not now.&lt;br /&gt;Jenny quickly picks up on her husbands' mood.&lt;br /&gt;JENNY&lt;br /&gt;What's wrong?&lt;br /&gt;MIKE&lt;br /&gt;Nothing.&lt;br /&gt;Susan comes back from the kitchen.&lt;br /&gt;SUSAN&lt;br /&gt;Dinner will be ready in about an hour.&lt;br /&gt;John returns with the boys following.&lt;br /&gt;ROBERT&lt;br /&gt;Boys come with me. I want you to try on your tuxes.&lt;br /&gt;SAM&lt;br /&gt;Do we have to?&lt;br /&gt;MIKE&lt;br /&gt;Yes, you have to.&lt;br /&gt;Robert and the boys leave the room.&lt;br /&gt;Aaron kisses Diana.&lt;br /&gt;John walks to Eve and imitating an MGM production number grabs her swings her out and brings her back before planting a deep kiss on her.&lt;br /&gt;LILA&lt;br /&gt;That's what marriage is about. Romance.&lt;br /&gt;BETTY&lt;br /&gt;And you would know about that wouldn't you mother.&lt;br /&gt;LILA&lt;br /&gt;I don't know what you're talking about.&lt;br /&gt;SUSAN&lt;br /&gt;Eve now that you have your degree, you can stay home and take care of the kids.&lt;br /&gt;Eve pulls out of Johns' embrace&lt;br /&gt;EVE&lt;br /&gt;I'm not staying home. I've got a job with an advertising firm.&lt;br /&gt;Susan sits down on the couch.&lt;br /&gt;SUSAN&lt;br /&gt;Why would you go to work? John makes plenty of money.&lt;br /&gt;EVE&lt;br /&gt;It's not about money mother. It's about me wanting a life of my own. The way you did.&lt;br /&gt;SUSAN&lt;br /&gt;I think your crazy. If I could've stayed home I would have.&lt;br /&gt;EVE&lt;br /&gt;Well it's not your decision, now is it mother?&lt;br /&gt;SUSAN&lt;br /&gt;No it's not, because I would make the right one.&lt;br /&gt;EVE&lt;br /&gt;Who the hell are you...&lt;br /&gt;BRIAN&lt;br /&gt;Stop. Every time we get together we fight.&lt;br /&gt;DIANA&lt;br /&gt;Don't be such a faggot.&lt;br /&gt;BETTY&lt;br /&gt;Don't call him that.&lt;br /&gt;DIANA&lt;br /&gt;Oh my, hiding behind a womans' skirts again.&lt;br /&gt;Jarred gets in Dianas' face.&lt;br /&gt;JARRED&lt;br /&gt;Someone ought to slap you. You ignorant little bitch.&lt;br /&gt;Aaron comes to Dianas' defense.&lt;br /&gt;AARON&lt;br /&gt;You do and I'll beat the shit out of you man.&lt;br /&gt;MIKE&lt;br /&gt;The way you and four of your friends did last time. Maybe this time you'll kill him.&lt;br /&gt;Everyone is momentarily stunned.&lt;br /&gt;JENNY&lt;br /&gt;What are you talking about?&lt;br /&gt;MIKE&lt;br /&gt;I overheard Brian and Aaron at the tuxedo shop. Aaron's the one that beat the crab out of Brian and Jarred.&lt;br /&gt;JARRED&lt;br /&gt;(to Brian)&lt;br /&gt;You knew about this?&lt;br /&gt;BRIAN&lt;br /&gt;He told me a couple of months ago.&lt;br /&gt;Robert and the boys reenter the room.&lt;br /&gt;JARRED&lt;br /&gt;(to Aaron)&lt;br /&gt;I'm going to kill you, you little fuck.&lt;br /&gt;Brian starts crying.&lt;br /&gt;BRIAN&lt;br /&gt;Jarred no. It's not worth it.&lt;br /&gt;DIANA&lt;br /&gt;And the faggot starts crying.&lt;br /&gt;EVE&lt;br /&gt;Shut up you little bitch.&lt;br /&gt;Eve goes to Diana and slaps her face.&lt;br /&gt;EVE (cont'd)&lt;br /&gt;I'm sick of you putting him down.&lt;br /&gt;DIANA&lt;br /&gt;Well at least I can say what I feel. You go around pretending to be some sort of martyr. Your afraid of your own shadow, except when it comes to him. I hate faggots, I hate them.&lt;br /&gt;Dan steps forward.&lt;br /&gt;DAN&lt;br /&gt;You can't say that Diana. Aunt Di, please you can't mean that.&lt;br /&gt;(Dan starts crying)&lt;br /&gt;Because if you mean it, then you have to hate me too.&lt;br /&gt;EVE&lt;br /&gt;Oh God no. Are you sure?&lt;br /&gt;DAN&lt;br /&gt;Yes.&lt;br /&gt;JOHN&lt;br /&gt;It's okay.&lt;br /&gt;Eve and John go to Dan and Hug him.&lt;br /&gt;MIKE&lt;br /&gt;Diana shut up. You don't know what you're talking about. All you see is what Mom taught you.&lt;br /&gt;DIANA&lt;br /&gt;Give it a rest Mike. You're not the family peace keeper. You're just a dumbass ex-jock who hammers nails all day.&lt;br /&gt;SUSAN&lt;br /&gt;Diana don't talk to your brother like that!&lt;br /&gt;DIANA&lt;br /&gt;Why not Mom? You're the one who said it.&lt;br /&gt;BETTY&lt;br /&gt;Susan look what you've done to your kids. Why can't you just accept them the way they are.&lt;br /&gt;SUSAN&lt;br /&gt;Betty what do you know about it?&lt;br /&gt;BETTY&lt;br /&gt;I know plenty. You're kids come to me when they have problems. They rely on me, because they don't trust you.&lt;br /&gt;SUSAN&lt;br /&gt;You don't know what you're talking about. My kids trust me.&lt;br /&gt;MIKE&lt;br /&gt;No Mom we don't.&lt;br /&gt;SUSAN&lt;br /&gt;Shut up Mike. You don't know what you're saying.&lt;br /&gt;MIKE&lt;br /&gt;Why? Because I'm just a dumb jock. Is that why everything I say or do is ignored by you?&lt;br /&gt;SUSAN&lt;br /&gt;Yes damn it! All of you kids are miserable ungrateful brats. I gave up everything for you.&lt;br /&gt;Lila gets in front of Susan.&lt;br /&gt;LILA&lt;br /&gt;Come on kid let it out.&lt;br /&gt;SUSAN&lt;br /&gt;Mother shut up.&lt;br /&gt;EVE&lt;br /&gt;How about you shut up Susan. You caused all of this. You just couldn't accept us as we are. Could you?&lt;br /&gt;Susan loses control.&lt;br /&gt;SUSAN&lt;br /&gt;That's it. I'm sick to death of being told how miserable I made you all. I gave up all my dreams for you. That's right Betty I had dreams too. But I got married too young and for the wrong reasons. I love Robert, but if I hadn't gotten pregnant with Mike I wouldn't have married him. I ignore you Mike because I don't know you. You never talk to me or spend any time with me. You never did. You were always out playing ball with your father. I was left out of your life. Eve, Eve, you want to know why I treat you the way I do. It's because I want you to be happy with what you have. I didn't want you to have regrets the way I do. It killed me when you came home and told me that you and John were getting married because you were pregnant. I know how hard that road is and I didn't want you to have to repeat it.&lt;br /&gt;(to Brian)&lt;br /&gt;You, come home one day after months of hiding in your room, and avoiding the world and announce "Mom and Dad I'm gay, my boyfriends name is Jarred. I hope you can accept it." How in the hell was I supposed to accept it. I hated it. I wasn't even given a chance to get used to the idea. Your my son I want you to be happy. Yes. I know you are. I'd like to be happy with you. We've never talked about it. You just throw being gay in my face and expect me to jump for joy. Diana. Dear God. I've made so many mistakes with you. You are a bright, intelligent, wonderful, girl with your whole life ahead of you, but all I taught you was how to hate. I'm sorry. But this is it you are my children I love you, but I will not be judged by you. You want me to accept you how you are well then accept me. Accept me for who I am. I deserve at least that.&lt;br /&gt;The room is deathly silent.&lt;br /&gt;LILA&lt;br /&gt;Bravo, Bravo. Wonderful performance by Prissy Prim. Why don't you tell your kids about the affair you had with a woman when you were a teenager. Oh yes kids there are lots of secrets in this family. Susan you walk around like such a saint. How can your kids accept someone they don't even know?&lt;br /&gt;Susan leaves the room.&lt;br /&gt;JOHN&lt;br /&gt;Dan have you...&lt;br /&gt;DAN&lt;br /&gt;Billy and I have been dating for almost a year.&lt;br /&gt;Diana is crying. She walks over to Dan and hugs him.&lt;br /&gt;DIANA&lt;br /&gt;I don't hate you. I don't know... I...&lt;br /&gt;Diana hugs him harder.&lt;br /&gt;LILA&lt;br /&gt;About time one of you woke up. I love you all, but it's time you took your heads out of your asses. Diana's getting married tomorrow and I don't give a damn who's mad at who you'll all be there and you'll all be happy.&lt;br /&gt;Lila leaves the room to go after Susan.&lt;br /&gt;The rest of the family is standing there in silence.&lt;br /&gt;Betty leaves the room following in Lilas' wake.&lt;br /&gt;ROBERT&lt;br /&gt;I hope your all proud of yourselves.&lt;br /&gt;int. church-day&lt;br /&gt;The church is filled to capacity.&lt;br /&gt;Aaron stands at the alter. Next to him is Brian.&lt;br /&gt;The PRIEST is standing behind the alter and looking out at the crowd. He signals for the music to start.&lt;br /&gt;The ORGANIST starts playing.&lt;br /&gt;Jarred escorts Betty up the aisle.&lt;br /&gt;They are followed by Billy and Lila.&lt;br /&gt;Dan follows escorting Susan.&lt;br /&gt;Aarons' MOTHER and FATHER walk down the aisle next.&lt;br /&gt;Sam comes behind bearing the rings.&lt;br /&gt;Kevin escorts Sarah up the aisle.&lt;br /&gt;They are followed by Mike and Jenny.&lt;br /&gt;Then John and Eve.&lt;br /&gt;The sound of "Here comes the bride" is heard.&lt;br /&gt;Robert escorts Diana down the aisle.&lt;br /&gt;When they reach the top of the aisle Aaron comes to Diana and takes her from Robert.&lt;br /&gt;Robert goes to his seat.&lt;br /&gt;Diana and Aaron finish the walk up the aisle.&lt;br /&gt;Reaching the alter, they kneel.&lt;br /&gt;The priest makes the sign of the cross.&lt;br /&gt;PRIEST&lt;br /&gt;Let us pray.&lt;br /&gt;There is a moment of silence as all bow their heads and say a silent prayer.&lt;br /&gt;Once the prayer is over Diana and Aaron stand up.&lt;br /&gt;PRIEST (cont'd)&lt;br /&gt;Dearly beloved we are gathered here today for the joining of these two people.&lt;br /&gt;fADE OUT.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style="font-size:85%;"&gt;Copyright June 2000&lt;/span&gt;&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/7510320586972452939-8479793189491609762?l=wackywriting.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='enclosure' type='' href='http://www.imdb.com/name/nm0001832' length='0'/><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://wackywriting.blogspot.com/feeds/8479793189491609762/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://www.blogger.com/comment.g?blogID=7510320586972452939&amp;postID=8479793189491609762' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/7510320586972452939/posts/default/8479793189491609762'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/7510320586972452939/posts/default/8479793189491609762'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://wackywriting.blogspot.com/2008/01/judgements.html' title='Judgements'/><author><name>Wacky Writing</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/16429046367632003472</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='http://img2.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-7510320586972452939.post-9095883359920811950</id><published>2008-01-05T12:09:00.000-05:00</published><updated>2008-01-27T23:36:57.165-05:00</updated><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='Screenplay'/><title type='text'>D.C. Dynamos</title><content type='html'>FADE IN:&lt;br /&gt;EXT. RURAL STREET-SUNSET&lt;br /&gt;A MAN (AGENT KEN CEES)wearing a dark suit is walking from his car, which is parked at the curb towards the front of door of a colonial style house.&lt;br /&gt;Another car painted a sleek black edges along the curb on the opposite side of the street, before slowly coming to a complete stop one house away.&lt;br /&gt;INT. HALLWAY-SUNSET&lt;br /&gt;CU. PHONE&lt;br /&gt;A phone is sitting on a table near the end of the hallway, ringing as if it is demanding to be answered. The voices of two little girls are heard.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;JORDAN and TAYLOR (OS)&lt;br /&gt;(Simultaneously,yell out)&lt;br /&gt;I'll get it.&lt;br /&gt;ANGLE ON GIRLS&lt;br /&gt;The two girls run up to the phone. JORDAN a precocious nine-year-old gymnast, with a bad attitude who thinks she is going on twenty, wearing a black leotard reaches the phone first. Her six year old sister TAYLOR a karate brown belt and computer whiz, who is every inch a lady. She is wearing a pink karate gi follows closely at Jordan's heals. In the background, through a shear curtain covering a window in the top half of the door the silhouette of a man appears. The doorbell rings as the girls pick up the receiver of the phone.&lt;br /&gt;JORDAN&lt;br /&gt;(Exhausted)&lt;br /&gt;Hello.&lt;br /&gt;Taylor grimaces at her sister's way of answering the phone and reaches for the receiver.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;TAYLOR&lt;br /&gt;(In exasperation)&lt;br /&gt;Let me talk Jordan.&lt;br /&gt;A short struggle for the phone ensues, but is stopped by a voice yelling through the phone.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;UNCLE (VO)&lt;br /&gt;(Yelling)&lt;br /&gt;Stop that fighting now girls.&lt;br /&gt;The girls looking subdued put the phone between their ears. MOM a beautiful woman in her early thirties, who is a Valerie Bertinelli type, comes downs the stairs and answers the front door. The man who is tall and muscular in his late thirties early forties flashes a badge for her to inspect. Mom leans on the doorjamb and listens to him while preventing him from entering the house.&lt;br /&gt;JORDAN and TAYLOR&lt;br /&gt;(Smiling sweetly)&lt;br /&gt;Hi Uncle.&lt;br /&gt;UNCLE&lt;br /&gt;(Rapidly)&lt;br /&gt;Hi Jordan, I can't stay on long, listen something has happened. I'm going to my house in Washington D.C., you know the one I took you to last year. But you can't tell anyone where I am unless it is a real emergency not even Mommy or Daddy. Okay.&lt;br /&gt;The girls face each other with nervous glances, not sure of why their uncle is placing this strange phone call.&lt;br /&gt;TAYLOR&lt;br /&gt;Okay Uncle.&lt;br /&gt;TAYLOR&lt;br /&gt;(With concern)&lt;br /&gt;But what's wrong?&lt;br /&gt;UNCLE&lt;br /&gt;I've gotta go. I love you.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Jordan and Taylor&lt;br /&gt;We love you Uncle.&lt;br /&gt;The dial tone comes back on as the girls finish telling their uncle that they love him. The girls very confused by the phone call, turn their attention towards Mom and the man at the door. They sneak up the hallway and listen in on the conversation.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;AGENT KEN CEES&lt;br /&gt;Your brother disappeared, after the safe house blew up. We are assuming he's alive, and if he is, the mob is going to be looking for him as well. Especially now that the trial is only three weeks away.&lt;br /&gt;Mom is standing in a casual stance, and she is fighting to keep a calm demeanor as she listens to the news that her brother might be dead or in serious danger. The girls now truly worried, hug each other while continuing to listen in morbid curiosity.&lt;br /&gt;MOM&lt;br /&gt;(Clears throat)&lt;br /&gt;What happens if he can't be found?&lt;br /&gt;Agent Cees gives this some thought before responding.&lt;br /&gt;AGENT CEES&lt;br /&gt;He becomes a fugitive wanted for obstructing justice and hiding evidence, which is also missing.&lt;br /&gt;Mom is becoming tenser as the conversation goes on and it is becoming harder for her to hide it.&lt;br /&gt;MOM&lt;br /&gt;I've gotta cook dinner for my girls so thank you for stopping by.&lt;br /&gt;Agent Cees realizes that he will get no further with Mom so he decides to leave things alone.&lt;br /&gt;AGENT CEES&lt;br /&gt;If you hear from your brother, you will contact us won't you Mrs. Watts?&lt;br /&gt;MOM&lt;br /&gt;Of course.&lt;br /&gt;Mom stands up and moves out of the way of the door she is swinging shut. Agent Cees turns around and starts walking away. Jordan and Taylor let go of each other and start climbing the stairs, more worried about their uncle than before. Mom turns around, and leans against the door in exhaustion from the fight to keep calm while hearing about her brother's plight, as tears start to roll down from her eyes.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;EXT. HOUSE- SUNDOWN&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Agent Cees is returning to his car and the door to the house is shutting behind him. He gets into his car and drives away.&lt;br /&gt;EXT. SLEEK BLACK CAR- SUNDOWN&lt;br /&gt;The car parked slightly down the street seems ominous and out of place.&lt;br /&gt;INT. SLEEK BLACK CAR- SUNDOWN&lt;br /&gt;The driver of the car a good looking man in his early twenties with slicked back black hair, who speaks in a forced Brooklynese accent, named TONY (the disaster) GIANOTTI, and he is speaking into a cell phone.&lt;br /&gt;TONY&lt;br /&gt;Yeah this is Tony. Let me talk to Mr. Steele.&lt;br /&gt;Tony pauses and looks in the review mirror flattening his hair back on his head, and smiling at the gangster look he has spent hours perfecting. Lost in this thought he jumps, startled at the sound of his bosses voice over the phone, which he drops and then must scramble for. When he retrieves the phone he is now slightly out of breath and nervous.&lt;br /&gt;TONY (cont'd)&lt;br /&gt;Mr. Steele, the G-man just left. You want I should go in and grab the sister for bait, or just rough her up to find out where he is.&lt;br /&gt;The mumbled voice of his yelling boss comes over the phone which Tony yanks away from his ear. Tonys' boss can be heard clearly.&lt;br /&gt;MR. STEELE (OS)&lt;br /&gt;Just watch the house. And do nothing else is that clear.&lt;br /&gt;Tony puts the phone back to his ear.&lt;br /&gt;TONY&lt;br /&gt;Yes Mr. Steele. I will Mr. Steele. And I promise no screw-ups. …I'll just watch the house. …I'll just watch the house.&lt;br /&gt;INT. HOUSE – GIRLS BEDROOM- TWILIGHT&lt;br /&gt;Jordan is sitting on her bed legs stretched out in a full front split with her head in her hands, which are resting on her elbows. Taylor is pacing back in forth wringing her hands. Taylor stops and turns to Jordan.&lt;br /&gt;TAYLOR&lt;br /&gt;(Worried)&lt;br /&gt;Uncles in trouble Jordan what are we going to do?&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Jordan rolls her eyes, and looks at Taylor as if she had three heads.&lt;br /&gt;JORDAN&lt;br /&gt;(Sarcastically)&lt;br /&gt;No DUH! Uncle's in trouble, but what can we do about it we're just kids.&lt;br /&gt;No one will listen to us anyway. They never do.&lt;br /&gt;Taylor now getting angry at her sisters' sarcasm moves to the bed and sticks her face right in Jordans'.&lt;br /&gt;TAYLOR&lt;br /&gt;(Very angry)&lt;br /&gt;Jordan that's not nice. Besides Uncle always listens to us no matter what we say.&lt;br /&gt;Jordan now getting exasperated herself, sits up in full straddle position and in angry short clipped imitation adult speech, rebuffs her sister.&lt;br /&gt;JORDAN&lt;br /&gt;Yeah. Uncle always listens to us Taylor, but he's not here, so what difference does that make? It's not like we can tell him what's going on.&lt;br /&gt;Taylor suddenly relaxes out of her angry posture, and lights up as an idea occurs to her.&lt;br /&gt;TAYLOR&lt;br /&gt;Jordan, Uncle told us he was going to his house in Washington. We were there last year remember.&lt;br /&gt;Jordan looking more exasperated, throws herself onto her back on the bed and covers her face with her hands interrupting Taylor.&lt;br /&gt;JORDAN&lt;br /&gt;(sarcastic)&lt;br /&gt;So. Yeah I remember, but what has that got to do with anything?&lt;br /&gt;Taylor, with a look of consternation at her sister's interruption continues.&lt;br /&gt;TAYLOR&lt;br /&gt;(excitedly)&lt;br /&gt;Well we can go to Washington and find Uncles house, and warn him about the danger. That's what we can do and what I'm going to do. So there. Hmph!&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Taylor nods her head definitively as she ends her speech. Jordan sits up with a light in her eyes as she catches on to the idea that Taylor has. She then flops back again as something else occurs to her.&lt;br /&gt;JORDAN&lt;br /&gt;But Taylor we don't know where his house is or the address how can we find it?&lt;br /&gt;Taylor calmly turns from her sister in a superior attitude, and starts smoothing out her karate gi.&lt;br /&gt;TAYLOR&lt;br /&gt;(superior tone of voice(singsong))&lt;br /&gt;Jordan, don't you remember? Uncle told us it was the only White House in the area where he lives. So someone should know where the White House in Washington is. I'll just ask for directions.&lt;br /&gt;Jordan very excited rolls over and jumps off the bed.&lt;br /&gt;JORDAN&lt;br /&gt;(happily excited)&lt;br /&gt;Taylor you're a genius.&lt;br /&gt;Taylor takes on a look of smugness at her older sister's compliment. And interrupts her.&lt;br /&gt;TAYLOR&lt;br /&gt;I'm cute too.&lt;br /&gt;Jordan rolls her eyes in disbelief at her sister's conceit.&lt;br /&gt;JORDAN&lt;br /&gt;Okay we need to get ready for the trip we'll leave first thing in the morning so we can be home before dark. Otherwise mom will get mad.&lt;br /&gt;Taylor again interrupts.&lt;br /&gt;TAYLOR&lt;br /&gt;How will we get there?&lt;br /&gt;JORDAN&lt;br /&gt;We can take the train like we did with Uncle. Now we need money, so get your piggy bank and I'll get mine and we can see how much money we have.&lt;br /&gt;The girls run around animatedly, while making plans for their trip to Washington to save their uncle.&lt;br /&gt;INT. KITCHEN-NIGHT&lt;br /&gt;Mom who has been cooking dinner, while the girls were talking, looks up from the stove, and cocks an ear towards the noise coming from above. She smiles looking somewhat relieved that her daughters are acting normal and didn't over hear the conversation she had earlier.&lt;br /&gt;EXT. HOUSE- LATE NIGHT&lt;br /&gt;There is a loud snoring noise.&lt;br /&gt;INT. CAR- LATE NIGHT&lt;br /&gt;Tony is fast asleep behind the wheel of the car snoring loudly.&lt;br /&gt;INT. HOUSE GIRLS' BEDROOM - DAWN&lt;br /&gt;The girls are already up and dressed. Jordan is wearing a pair of overalls and Taylor is wearing a pretty pink dress and a pink hat. Taylor is standing at the bureau with an open purse putting items in it. Jordan is getting and acting impatient.&lt;br /&gt;JORDAN&lt;br /&gt;(angry whisper)&lt;br /&gt;Taylor can't you hurry up, we have to go!&lt;br /&gt;Taylor continues calmly loading her purse.&lt;br /&gt;TAYLOR&lt;br /&gt;(in a calm whisper)&lt;br /&gt;Jordan, I need my makeup and jewelry so that I can look extra cute for Uncle when we see him. Besides I'm almost done.&lt;br /&gt;Jordan turns to the door and leans her head against it, letting out an exasperated sigh at her sister's vanity. Taylor finishes loading her purse closes it and turns to the door.&lt;br /&gt;TAYLOR&lt;br /&gt;Jordan now is not the time for hide and seek we'll be late, so hurry up.&lt;br /&gt;Jordan turns and faces her sister quickly, looking as if she could commit murder. They open the bedroom door and look around to make sure that the coast is clear. Jordan turns back and tacks a note to the door telling mom where they are going so she won't worry, before heading for the stairs and leaving the house.&lt;br /&gt;INT. SLEEK BLACK CAR- DAWN&lt;br /&gt;There is a loud thump. Tony startled wakes up and bangs his head on the roof of the car. He stops to listen to see if what ever woke him up is still out there. He swings his head from side to side looking for what made the noise.&lt;br /&gt;JORDAN (VO)&lt;br /&gt;(exasperated)&lt;br /&gt;God. Taylor you and your karate kicks. Look at the dent you made in that car. I am not going to be punished for that.&lt;br /&gt;TAYLOR (VO)&lt;br /&gt;(sweetly)&lt;br /&gt;You won't be punished Jordan. Nobody knows I did it. And I like karate its fun, especially when I get to flip the boys to the mat, and kiss them.&lt;br /&gt;Tony sitting quietly listening to the conversation, is now able to see the girls as they walk away from the car, but not before he hears one last important piece of information.&lt;br /&gt;JORDAN&lt;br /&gt;Never mind Taylor. Let's get going or we won't make it to Washington in time to warn Uncle that bad men are chasing him.&lt;br /&gt;Tony perks up as he realizes that these two girls know where the man he is looking for is hiding. Smiling, he looks into the rearview mirror to watch the girls walk away. When they are far enough down the street. He starts the car and u turns down the street and follows the path they have taken.&lt;br /&gt;EXT. STREET AROUND THE CORNER- DAWN&lt;br /&gt;The girls are getting on a bus.&lt;br /&gt;EXT. OUTSIDE TRAIN STATION-MORNING&lt;br /&gt;The girls get off the bus in front of the train station. Tony in his black car pulls up slowly just in time to see them entering the train station. He quickly parks his car and follows them into the station.&lt;br /&gt;INT. TRAIN STATION–TICKET COUNTER–MORNING&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Tony spies the girls in line at the ticket counter and in an effort to avoid being seen sits on a nearby bench and picks up a discarded newspaper, just as the girls step up to the ticket counter. The TICKET AGENT is a middle aged man, who is completely bored.&lt;br /&gt;TICKET AGENT&lt;br /&gt;May I help you?&lt;br /&gt;JORDAN&lt;br /&gt;We need tickets on the next train to Washington D.C..&lt;br /&gt;TAYLOR&lt;br /&gt;Please.&lt;br /&gt;TICKET AGENT&lt;br /&gt;You need to have an adult with you ladies, or I can't sell you tickets.&lt;br /&gt;Jordan with a look of consternation, quickly looks around, and spies Tony sitting reading the paper. She points towards Tony as he glances in their direction and starts to worry that they noticed him following them and are reporting him.&lt;br /&gt;JORDAN&lt;br /&gt;That's our dad over there reading the paper. He said we could buy the tickets.&lt;br /&gt;She pouts a little to show her disappointment at not being able to buy the tickets. The ticket agent looks over towards Tony. Tony seeing the ticket agent looking at him, puts the paper down, looks back at him trying to be casual, smiles and waves. The ticket agent waves back and shrugs.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;TICKET AGENT&lt;br /&gt;Well, I guess it's all right. That'll be one adult and two children one way to Washington D.C..&lt;br /&gt;JORDAN and TAYLOR&lt;br /&gt;Thank you mister.&lt;br /&gt;The girls take the tickets and turn straight towards Tony, who has picked up the paper and is sitting pretending to read. The girls run excitedly towards Tony, upon reaching him they jump into his lap and start kissing him on the cheek. Tony completely startled doesn't know how to react.&lt;br /&gt;Jordan whispers in Tony's ear&lt;br /&gt;JORDAN&lt;br /&gt;Just pretend we're your daughters mister or they won't let us on the train to go see our uncle.&lt;br /&gt;Tony quickly comprehending the situation starts hugging and kissing the girls back. He is practically congratulating himself, on his job. He stands up and takes their hands and they head for the platform.&lt;br /&gt;EXT. TRAIN STATION IN WASHINGTON D.C.–AFTERNOON&lt;br /&gt;A train slowly pulls up to the station platform to let passengers off.&lt;br /&gt;INT. TRAIN – AFTERNOON&lt;br /&gt;Not sure how much parental guidance they needed the girls kept Tony with them, but they were now in Washington and wouldn't need him any more. Jordan silently signals Taylor to get up and follow her to the doors of the train, which has almost come to a stop. They leave their seats. Tony, who has become very involved in a conversation with a beautiful young woman, doesn't notice the girls leaving.&lt;br /&gt;As soon as the train doors open the girls jump onto the platform and run into the very crowded station. Tony gets up with the young woman to get off the train he looks into the seat to tell the girls to come with him and notices they are gone.&lt;br /&gt;TONY&lt;br /&gt;(Nervously)&lt;br /&gt;Good grief! They're gone!&lt;br /&gt;He runs off the train bumping into people and tripping in the hopes of finding the girls.&lt;br /&gt;After stumbling through the station Tony comes out the main doors to the street, just in time to see the girls climb into a taxi. Taking off to chase them before the taxi leaves the station he runs right into a huge trunk, which sends him, flying head over heals, landing on his back. He lifts his head in time to see the taxi pull into the midday Washington Traffic.&lt;br /&gt;INT. TAXI- MIDDAY&lt;br /&gt;The cabby is an older man he is world weary and unshakable. He barely looks in the rearview mirror and sees the girls. He is an Ed Asner type and speaks gruffly.&lt;br /&gt;CABBY&lt;br /&gt;Where to ladies.&lt;br /&gt;TAYLOR&lt;br /&gt;(confidently)&lt;br /&gt;The White House please.&lt;br /&gt;The cabby sighs, before putting a smile on his face.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;CABBY&lt;br /&gt;You got it kids.&lt;br /&gt;EXT. WHITE HOUSE- MIDDAY&lt;br /&gt;The taxi pulls to a stop in front of the WHITE HOUSE (at 1600 Pennsylvania Avenue). There are a lot of people walking up and down the street. Some tourists are taking pictures of the famous façade outside of the fence.&lt;br /&gt;CABBY&lt;br /&gt;Here you go ladies. That'll be seven fifty.&lt;br /&gt;Jordan reaches into her hip pocket and withdraws several large bills. Handing one to the cabby, who barely looks at it. The cabby quickly counts out their change and hands it back to Jordan, finally stopping to take a good look at his passengers. Jordan opens the door to the cab and climbs out. Taylor slides across the seat to the open door. She hesitates just before jumping out of the cab.&lt;br /&gt;TAYLOR&lt;br /&gt;Thank you mister.&lt;br /&gt;Taylor lands on the curb beside her sister, and the girls watch as the cab pulls away. They then turn towards the White House. Standing on the sidewalk looking through the gates they look up at the house and are astonished.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;JORDAN&lt;br /&gt;That doesn't look like Uncles house Taylor.&lt;br /&gt;TAYLOR&lt;br /&gt;It's got to be the right house Jordan. Uncle said it was the only White House. He must have changed it.&lt;br /&gt;The girls start looking for a way to go into the house. Turning to her left Jordan spots a large crowd of people going through a gate.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;JORDAN&lt;br /&gt;This way Taylor. We can go in with all those people.&lt;br /&gt;Taylor turns and looks in the direction her sister is pointing.&lt;br /&gt;TAYLOR&lt;br /&gt;Boy, Uncle sure has a lot of friends.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;JORDAN&lt;br /&gt;(angrily)&lt;br /&gt;Let's just go find him. So we can get home before Mom gets mad at us.&lt;br /&gt;Jordan starts walking toward the gate. Taylor just stands on the corner folds her arms, raises her chin to the sky and pouts. Jordan turns after just a few steps and looks at her sister with her arms outstretched and eyes bulging in frustration.&lt;br /&gt;JORDAN&lt;br /&gt;Taylor what's wrong?&lt;br /&gt;Taylor looks sharply at her sister, before resuming her pout.&lt;br /&gt;TAYLOR&lt;br /&gt;(pouty)&lt;br /&gt;Uncles having a party and he didn't invite us.&lt;br /&gt;Jordan instantly becomes upset with her sister and tenses her shoulders.&lt;br /&gt;JORDAN&lt;br /&gt;(snottily)&lt;br /&gt;Maybe the party is just for grown-ups. Gosh! Taylor you take everything so personally. Now let's go and find Uncle already.&lt;br /&gt;Taylor looks down at the ground, as if her mother was chastising her. She then walks to where Jordan is, dragging her feet.&lt;br /&gt;TAYLOR&lt;br /&gt;(grudgingly)&lt;br /&gt;Fine, but I'm not going to talk to him.&lt;br /&gt;The girls proceed to the gate. Mixing in with the crowd they are able to enter the White House grounds unnoticed by the guards that are posted at the gate.&lt;br /&gt;EXT. WHITE HOUSE-MIDDAY-INTERIOR GROUNDS&lt;br /&gt;The girls follow the crowd till they stop at an entrance to the house were everyone is milling around waiting.&lt;br /&gt;TAYLOR&lt;br /&gt;Why is everyone standing around?&lt;br /&gt;JORDAN&lt;br /&gt;I don't know Taylor. But we need to hurry up it's getting late and we're going to have to go home soon.&lt;br /&gt;Jordan feeling anxious, starts looking around. Turning around to face Taylor, at the sound of her voice.&lt;br /&gt;TAYLOR&lt;br /&gt;Jordan, I have to go to the bathroom.&lt;br /&gt;Jordan slaps her hands to her face and drags the skin down distorting her features. She is completely frustrated at this new development.&lt;br /&gt;JORDAN&lt;br /&gt;(completely frustrated)&lt;br /&gt;Taylor you are so stupid! I told you to go before we left home. Now we have to find a way into the house, right now!&lt;br /&gt;TAYLOR&lt;br /&gt;(innocently)&lt;br /&gt;Why don't we just climb in that window?&lt;br /&gt;Jordan turns to where Taylor is pointing. Seeing the open window, she rolls her eyes back in her head and smacks her forehead with her hand.&lt;br /&gt;JORDAN&lt;br /&gt;(pure frustration)&lt;br /&gt;AHHHH! Taylor, I swear you make me crazy!&lt;br /&gt;Jordan then grabs her sister's hand and pulls her to the open window. The ledge is just a little above Jordan's head and so she reaches up and pulls herself onto the windowsill as if she were mounting a set of uneven bars. Once on the sill she sits down and reaches for Taylor to assist her climbing in the window.&lt;br /&gt;INT. WHITE HOUSE- BLUE ROOM&lt;br /&gt;The girls climb down from the window into a room that is decorated entirely in blue.&lt;br /&gt;TAYLOR&lt;br /&gt;(admiringly)&lt;br /&gt;Jordan look everything's blue. What a pretty room. But it would be prettier if it were pink.&lt;br /&gt;JORDAN&lt;br /&gt;(annoyed)&lt;br /&gt;I thought you had to go to the bathroom. Now let's go find it and then Uncle.&lt;br /&gt;Jordan starts walking toward the door. Taylor who had been admiring a vase, reluctantly turns and follows her sister. When they reach the door Jordan stops and hushes Taylor. Muffled voices can be heard on the other side of the door. Jordan slowly turns the knob and opens the door just a crack. She looks through the crack and sees three men in gray uniforms.&lt;br /&gt;They have guns in belts around their wastes. The men split up and start walking in different directions. Jordan keeps her eye to the crack until she can't see the men anymore. She then slowly opens the door and sticks her head out. When she sees that the men have disappeared, she and Taylor step out of the Blue Room.&lt;br /&gt;INT. WHITE HOUSE-Main hallway-midday&lt;br /&gt;The girls leave the blue room and enter the main hallway through the White House. Not sure where to go to find a bathroom, they head east, continuing until they come to the end of the corridor. They find themselves facing another corridor to their left. They turn and start walking through the corridor. The corridor ends and turns into a colonnade.&lt;br /&gt;EXT. WHITE HOUSE- MIDDAY-EAST WING COLONNADE&lt;br /&gt;As they walk through the colonnade, the girls see the famous White House rose garden. They are approaching another building that is semi attached to the main house.&lt;br /&gt;At this moment they see one of the White House guards, and he sees them.&lt;br /&gt;GUARD&lt;br /&gt;HEY! What are you kids doing here?&lt;br /&gt;TAYLOR&lt;br /&gt;We're looking for our Uncle.&lt;br /&gt;GUARD&lt;br /&gt;Well you kids aren't supposed to be here. Where are your parents?&lt;br /&gt;Jordan realizes that they are in danger and she bites her lower lip trying to figure out what they should do. Her face gets a bright devious look as she decides what to do. Grabbing Taylor by the arm she bolts for the doors of the small building. The guard sees this and starts running after them.&lt;br /&gt;JORDAN&lt;br /&gt;Taylor hurry up.&lt;br /&gt;Taylor looking scared, just follows her sisters lead, as they run through the doors into the building. The guard has almost caught up to them. Once through the doors the girls shove them shut just as the guard is about to pass through them, hitting him square in the nose. The guard screams in pain reaching for his nose which is spewing blood.&lt;br /&gt;INT. EAST WING WHITE HOUSE-OFFICE CORRIDOR-MIDDAY&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The girls turn and run down the corridor, till they reach the end. Jordan quickly turns to look back and see if the guard is still chasing them. The guard who has recovered is back in pursuit. The girls turn to their right and run in the door that is there.&lt;br /&gt;INT. EAST WING- SECRETARIES OFFICE-MIDDAY&lt;br /&gt;The girls continue running right through the office, filled with ladies at desks, until they reach another door that is open just a crack. The girls pause for just a second before running through the door, ignoring the secretary closest to them.&lt;br /&gt;SECRETARY&lt;br /&gt;Hey! Stop! You can't go in there!&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;INT. EAST WING- OVAL OFFICE-MIDDAY&lt;br /&gt;The girls find themselves finally stopped as they enter a room full of stern looking men wearing suits and uniforms. Jordan looks around and notices a friendly looking man in his late forties with salt and pepper hair sitting behind a huge desk. Taylor in the mean time isn't noticing anything as she smoothes out her outfit, and then reaches into her purse, pulls out her brush and starts fixing her hair.&lt;br /&gt;The men are all staring at the two girls, the ones in uniform look as if they are ready to attack. The suits are standing mouths open and eyes bulging.&lt;br /&gt;Jordan looks at the man at the desk and feeling tired and frightened, suddenly becomes aggressive. She walks to a chair a short distance from the desk, and pulls it to the desk. She then climbs into the chair and leans over the desk getting right in the mans face.&lt;br /&gt;JORDAN&lt;br /&gt;Two things mister. First where is the ladies room? Second where is my Uncle and why are you in his house?&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The PRESIDENT, who is 49 years old and very distinguished looking, stares at Jordan for just a minute and then starts laughing. A very angry guard with a bloody nose, that is being tended to by a shocked secretary, walk into the Oval Office.&lt;br /&gt;The secretary is holding a handkerchief up to the guard's nose and is trying to keep up with him as he walks to the president's desk. The President is laughing steadily harder at the scene before him.&lt;br /&gt;Generals and Cabinet members are standing around with their mouths hanging open in shock, as the stunned secretary and angry guard are walking in connected through a handkerchief.&lt;br /&gt;Jordan pounds her foot on the chair in anger, feeling completely confused.&lt;br /&gt;JORDAN&lt;br /&gt;(angrily)&lt;br /&gt;This is not funny! My Uncles in danger and I have to help him.&lt;br /&gt;The President starts to attempt to compose himself. The guard reaches the desk looking embarrassed.&lt;br /&gt;GUARD&lt;br /&gt;I'm sorry Mr. President. I tried to stop them but they got away from me. I'll get them out of here right now.&lt;br /&gt;The President stops laughing.&lt;br /&gt;PRESIDENT&lt;br /&gt;It's okay. I think I'd like to hear what this is all about. Why don't you go to the doctors' office and have that nose looked at.&lt;br /&gt;The President turns to face Jordan. In the meantime Taylor comes sauntering up and daintily sits in a high back leather wing chair across from the desk. The guard leaves in a huff, leaving the secretary behind.&lt;br /&gt;PRESIDENT&lt;br /&gt;Now young lady why don't you tell me what you're doing here?&lt;br /&gt;Jordan sinks back into the chair in exhaustion.&lt;br /&gt;TAYLOR&lt;br /&gt;Hi, mister. I have to go to the bathroom, could you tell me where it is please?&lt;br /&gt;Jordan turns and looks at her sister in disbelief. The President starts chuckling again. But signals the secretary, who is still standing where the guard left her.&lt;br /&gt;PRESIDENT&lt;br /&gt;(laughing softly)&lt;br /&gt;Would you kindly show this young lady to the restroom and bring her back?&lt;br /&gt;Taylor looks at the President with relief. She then smiles and giggles in a little girl flirtatious manner.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;TAYLOR&lt;br /&gt;Thank you, very much.&lt;br /&gt;The President successfully stifles a chuckle at her obvious attempt to flirt with him.&lt;br /&gt;PRESIDENT&lt;br /&gt;You are very welcome.&lt;br /&gt;Taylor and the secretary leave. Jordan looks at the President, with her face scrunched up. The President looks at her and noticing the strange look on her face reacts with a quizzical look of his own.&lt;br /&gt;PRESIDENT&lt;br /&gt;Why are you looking at me that way?&lt;br /&gt;Jordan relaxes her face and sits Indian style in the chair.&lt;br /&gt;JORDAN&lt;br /&gt;(fast, in a single breath)&lt;br /&gt;I was trying to figure out if I could trust you or not. After all you're a stranger, and I'm not supposed to talk to strangers, but since I already did I guess it's okay. Now why are you in my Uncles house? Who are you? And where's Uncle?&lt;br /&gt;The Presidents eyes bulge out and his mouth drops open. He is astonished by the rapid-fire single breath delivery that Jordan has just spat out to him all at once.&lt;br /&gt;PRESIDENT&lt;br /&gt;So do you think you can trust me?&lt;br /&gt;JORDAN&lt;br /&gt;(tentatively)&lt;br /&gt;Yes.&lt;br /&gt;PRESIDENT&lt;br /&gt;Good. I'm glad your mother taught you not to talk to strangers, but your right it's okay to talk to me. Well it seems there is some confusion young lady. This is my house, at least until the next election. Now tell me about your uncle.&lt;br /&gt;Jordan relaxes and takes a deep breath. The President leans back in his chair and focuses his attention on Jordan.&lt;br /&gt;EXT. TRAIN STATION- MIDDAY&lt;br /&gt;Tony is recovering from his fall. He stands up shakes his head to clear it and then runs to the nearest taxi cutting off a tiny frail old lady. The now angry old lady grabs Tony by the ear and pulls him out of the taxi he has only half managed to get into, and then climbs in quickly herself. Tony in a lot of pain from having his ear pulled, hails the next taxi, and climbs in.&lt;br /&gt;INT. TAXI- MIDDAY&lt;br /&gt;Once seated in the taxi Tony realizes that he doesn't know where the girls have gone. He groans puts his head in hands.&lt;br /&gt;CABBY&lt;br /&gt;Hey, bud you all right?&lt;br /&gt;TONY&lt;br /&gt;Just take me to the nearest hotel. Without any sight seein.&lt;br /&gt;EXT. TRAIN STATION- MIDDAY&lt;br /&gt;The taxi pulls away from the curb and heads down the street.&lt;br /&gt;int. EAST WING WHITE HOUSE-EVENING&lt;br /&gt;ANGLE ON PRESIDENT&lt;br /&gt;The President is still sitting in his chair, leaning back a little. He is contemplating what to do about the situation.&lt;br /&gt;PRESIDENT&lt;br /&gt;Well I think the first thing we need to do is call your mother and let her know where you are. Then you and Taylor here can be my guests for the next few days, while we locate your Uncle.&lt;br /&gt;Jordan looks relieved. Taylor is again sitting in the chair next to her sister with a smile on her face.&lt;br /&gt;JORDAN&lt;br /&gt;Okay. But what if Mom says we can't stay, we've gotta warn Uncle.&lt;br /&gt;TAYLOR&lt;br /&gt;Yeah, and I want to show Uncle my new dress. Jordan looks coldly at her sister. The President stifles a chuckle, and starts to dial the phone.&lt;br /&gt;JORDAN&lt;br /&gt;Taylor, I just can't believe you sometimes. You are so vain.&lt;br /&gt;Taylor looks hurt by her sister's remark&lt;br /&gt;TAYLOR&lt;br /&gt;I am not vain. I just like to look cute. What does vain mean anyway?&lt;br /&gt;Jordan frustrated from a long day allows all her anger to surface.&lt;br /&gt;JORDAN&lt;br /&gt;Taylor shut up! Just shut up! I'm sick of you, I swear!&lt;br /&gt;The President, who is on the phone with their mother, sees a potential argument arising as Taylor shifts in her chair and yells back at Jordan.&lt;br /&gt;TAYLOR&lt;br /&gt;Stop telling me what to do! You're not my mother Jordan and I'm sick of you yelling at me.&lt;br /&gt;Jordan now very angry pulls back her hand and readies to strike Taylor. Taylor seeing the signs of physical violence from her sister jumps out of her chair and gets ready to use her karate skills. The President hangs up the phone and intervenes.&lt;br /&gt;PRESIDENT&lt;br /&gt;Ladies stop that fighting now!&lt;br /&gt;The girls startled at the voice of authority fall into relaxed postures. The president seeing the girls relax smiles and in a calm voice tells the girls what is about to happen.&lt;br /&gt;PRESIDENT&lt;br /&gt;How about we go and find my wife and the two of us will show you around the White House. Then we'll have dinner and you two can get some sleep.&lt;br /&gt;The girls look at each other, worry etched on their faces.&lt;br /&gt;TAYLOR&lt;br /&gt;What about Uncle?&lt;br /&gt;The President smiles.&lt;br /&gt;PRESIDENT&lt;br /&gt;I'll have my secretary get everyone in the CIA and the FBI looking for him, before we leave. Don't worry we'll find him.&lt;br /&gt;The girls visibly relax.&lt;br /&gt;EXT. RITZ HOTEL-AFTERNOON&lt;br /&gt;ANGLE ON FIFTH FLOOR WINDOW&lt;br /&gt;INT. HOTEL ROOM-AFTERNOON&lt;br /&gt;Tony is sitting on the bed looking dejected while holding the phone away from his ear. The voice of an extremely mad Mister Steele is heard.&lt;br /&gt;MR. STEELE(OS)&lt;br /&gt;You incompetent idiot! I told you to just watch the house, and now you're in Washington. Why I ever let your mother talk me into hiring you I'll never know!&lt;br /&gt;Tony looks as if he is about to cry, but puts the phone back to his ear.&lt;br /&gt;TONY&lt;br /&gt;But Mr. Steele the girls came to Washington to find their Uncle. And I followed them hoping they would lead me to him.&lt;br /&gt;Tony yanks the phone away from his ear again.&lt;br /&gt;MR. STEELE(OS)&lt;br /&gt;You had better find him or else, I'll be looking for you!&lt;br /&gt;Tony hangs up the phone, and grabs up the remote control from the table next to the bed and turns on the TV. The evening news comes on, Tony takes off his suit jacket and folds it neatly laying it on the bed. He then loosens his tie and unbuttons the top two buttons of his shirt. He then picks up his jacket and goes to the closet and hangs his coat up. He returns to the bed and sits down and props the pillows behind him as he leans back and closes his eyes. The room is filled with the sound of the reporters' voice.&lt;br /&gt;REPORTER(OS)&lt;br /&gt;It has been confirmed two little girls managed to elude White House security and enter the Oval office late this afternoon. The girls have been invited to stay in the White House for the duration of their stay in Washington as guests of the First Lady and the President. Why the girls are in Washington by themselves has not been revealed.&lt;br /&gt;Tony jerks up bodily as he realizes that his luck with the girls is holding and he again knows where to find them. He grabs up the phone and calls the front desk.&lt;br /&gt;TONY&lt;br /&gt;Hi. Yeah. What time do tours at the White House start?...Really, thanks.&lt;br /&gt;Tony is grinning from ear to ear and he throws himself back on the bed hitting his head against the wall. He grimaces in pain, but that is overshadowed by his happiness at finding the girls again.&lt;br /&gt;INT. WHITE HOUSE-QUEENS ROOM-NIGHT&lt;br /&gt;The President and FIRST LADY, an attractive woman in her early forties with a kind face and matronly attitude, are tucking the girls into bed in the Queens room of the White House. Taylor is yawning and Jordan is fidgeting to get comfortable.&lt;br /&gt;PRESIDENT&lt;br /&gt;Now you girls go to sleep and no roaming around. If you're good, tomorrow I'll show you the secret passages that were built into the house.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;FIRST LADY&lt;br /&gt;Goodnight Jordan, Taylor, I hope you have sweet dreams and I'm sure that your Uncle will turn up tomorrow.&lt;br /&gt;JORDAN&lt;br /&gt;Goodnight. Thank you for letting us stay and helping us find Uncle.&lt;br /&gt;TAYLOR&lt;br /&gt;Goodnight Mr. President and Mrs. President. Thank you.&lt;br /&gt;The girls snuggle down into the bed, while the President and First Lady head for the door. When they reach the door, the President reaches over to turn out the light, and he and his wife smile at the girls as they close the door and leave the now dark room.&lt;br /&gt;INT. WHITE HOUSE-QUEENS ROOM-MORNING&lt;br /&gt;The girls are lying asleep in the bed. The door opens and the First Lady sticks her head in to see if the girls have woken up yet. Seeing that they have not, she walks into the shadowed room and heads for the drapes. She pulls them open and lets in the bright sunlight of the day, which crosses the faces of the sleeping girls.&lt;br /&gt;FIRST LADY&lt;br /&gt;Wake up you sleepy heads it's time for breakfast.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The girls start to stir in response. The First Lady walks over to the bed and shakes Taylor awake. Taylor sits up and rubs her eyes. The First Lady then walks over to Jordan and shakes her. Jordan remains asleep. The First Lady shakes her again a little harder this time. Jordan curls up tighter while giving out a sleepy moan. The First Lady then rips the covers off the bed and starts tickling Jordan. Jordan squirms at first and then wakes up angrily swinging out at the person who disturbed her sleep.&lt;br /&gt;JORDAN&lt;br /&gt;Leave me alone.&lt;br /&gt;The First Lady stops tickling Jordan. Jordan curls up to sleep again.&lt;br /&gt;TAYLOR&lt;br /&gt;Jordan is always a grump in the morning. Mommy usually threatens to pour cold water on her. Jordan wakes up then.&lt;br /&gt;The First Lady gives Taylor a knowing nod and then walks into the bathroom. Water is heard running. The First Lady reappears a glass of water in her hand.&lt;br /&gt;FIRST LADY&lt;br /&gt;Well, I have a nice cold glass of water. I'd really like to drink it but if Jordan won't wake up then I'll have to use it on her.&lt;br /&gt;Jordan sits up instantly. She is wide-awake and glaring at Taylor.&lt;br /&gt;JORDAN&lt;br /&gt;Taylor do you have to tell everyone everything. God I was sleeping. I wish you would just leave me alone.&lt;br /&gt;Taylor still groggy herself just ignores her sisters attitude. She smiles up at the First Lady and yawns and stretches.&lt;br /&gt;TAYLOR&lt;br /&gt;Jordan we have to look for Uncle remember. Why do you always wake up so grumpy anyway? I love the mornings.&lt;br /&gt;Jordan, who is starting to really wake up, rubs her eyes and looks at the First Lady.&lt;br /&gt;JORDAN&lt;br /&gt;Have you found Uncle yet? Where's the President at? What time is it?&lt;br /&gt;The First Lady chuckles at Jordan and then smiles broadly.&lt;br /&gt;FIRST LADY&lt;br /&gt;No we haven't found your Uncle yet. The President was called into his office for an emergency meeting, and it is eight in the morning. Now why don't you two get dressed and we will go down to breakfast. After that the President told me I was to show you one of the secret passages. Then I'm afraid I will have to leave you ladies to wander about as I have an afternoon appointment.&lt;br /&gt;The girls then climb out of bed and head for the bathroom.&lt;br /&gt;INT. TONY'S HOTEL ROOM- MORNING&lt;br /&gt;Tony is standing in front of the mirror checking his appearance, making sure that his hair is slicked back on his head by smoothing it down with his hands. He then adjusts his tie. Sure that his appearance is to his liking, he then goes to the closet and retrieves his suit coat and puts it on. Tony then walks back to the mirror for one final check. While he is doing this he starts to hum a little tune. When he is done checking his appearance he leaves the room.&lt;br /&gt;INT. RITZ HOTEL FIFTH FLOOR HALLWAY-MORNING&lt;br /&gt;Tony passes a few of the other hotel guests on his way to the elevator. He smiles at the people and continues to hum his little tune, while waiting for the elevator.&lt;br /&gt;INT. RITZ HOTEL LOBBY-MORNING&lt;br /&gt;Tony still smiling and humming walks across the large lobby of the Ritz hotel to its front doors. The doorman standing there, opens the door for him to pass through.&lt;br /&gt;EXT. RITZ HOTEL DRIVEWAY-MORNING&lt;br /&gt;Tony extends his arm and hails a taxi. The taxi pulls up and Tony climbs in still smiling and humming.&lt;br /&gt;CABBY&lt;br /&gt;Where to bud?&lt;br /&gt;Tony briefly comes out of his revelry.&lt;br /&gt;TONY&lt;br /&gt;The White House.&lt;br /&gt;INT. WHITE HOUSE EAST WING-MORNING&lt;br /&gt;The First Lady is showing the girls the secret passage that is located just before the doors to the east wing colonnade and the executive offices of the President.&lt;br /&gt;FIRST LADY&lt;br /&gt;This door is normally kept locked and there are only three keys to it. I have one, the President has one and the head of the secret service has one. I'm going to leave it unlocked so that you ladies can go exploring in it later, if you can't find anything better to do. Now let's go see what the President is up to.&lt;br /&gt;The girls look longingly at the door, fully curious to see where it leads. The First Lady however, holds her hands out to them. The girls take up the First Ladies hands and then they walk through the doors.&lt;br /&gt;EXT. WHITE HOUSE COLONNADE- MORNING&lt;br /&gt;They continue on through the colonnade once again passing by the White House rose garden and enter into the east wing.&lt;br /&gt;INT. EAST WING- MORNING&lt;br /&gt;The three ladies continue through the hallway to the secretarial office. The Presidents SECRETARY ever aware of what is going on in the office, stops her work and cheerfully greets the First Lady.&lt;br /&gt;SECRETARY&lt;br /&gt;Good morning ma'am. Is everything okay?&lt;br /&gt;The First Lady smiles back.&lt;br /&gt;FIRST LADY&lt;br /&gt;Good morning. Everything is fine. I just brought our houseguests to say hello to the President.&lt;br /&gt;The secretary gets a look of consternation on her face.&lt;br /&gt;SECRETARY&lt;br /&gt;I'm sorry ma'am but the President is in a meeting with the Chief of Staff and General Killman. He left word that he wasn't to be disturbed by anyone. But I will let him know that you and the children stopped by as soon as he is free.&lt;br /&gt;The First Lady looks a little chagrined and befuddled about being denied access to her husbands' office. She brightens up for the girls and starts walking them back to the White House proper.&lt;br /&gt;FIRST LADY&lt;br /&gt;Well, it looks like we have some time on our hands. What would you two like to do now?&lt;br /&gt;The girls look at each other in wonderment. They start looking around and thinking about an answer for the First Lady.&lt;br /&gt;JORDAN&lt;br /&gt;We don't know. Normally we would be in school and then I would go to gymnastics and Taylor would go to karate.&lt;br /&gt;The First Lady smiles broadly at them.&lt;br /&gt;FIRST LADY&lt;br /&gt;I have an excellent idea. The White House has a gym in it. You and Taylor could go there and practice your gymnastics and karate.&lt;br /&gt;The girls smile excitedly and become very enthusiastic about doing their favorite things.&lt;br /&gt;EXT. WHITE HOUSE- TOURIST ENTRANCE- MORNING&lt;br /&gt;Tony is amongst the crowd milling about outside the gate to the White House he is still smiling. The gate to the White House opens and the people start walking through.&lt;br /&gt;EXT. WHITE HOUSE- FRONT DOORS- MORNING&lt;br /&gt;The TOUR GUIDE is standing on the steps leading into the White House. Tony stops with all the other people who are waiting to tour the famous mansion. The tour guide has a forced smile on her face and seems disinterested in the crowd. When the last of the people are through the gate she starts the tour.&lt;br /&gt;TOUR GUIDE&lt;br /&gt;Hello everyone, my name is Linda. I will be your guide during your tour of the White House. I ask that you please remain with the group at all times….&lt;br /&gt;INT. WHITE HOUSE MAIN CORRIDOR-MORNING&lt;br /&gt;The First Lady and the girls are standing in the main corridor of the White House. The First Lady is wearing a well-fitted ladies business suit, which contrasts with the girls. Jordan is now back in her overalls and Taylor is wearing her dress from the day before.&lt;br /&gt;FIRST LADY&lt;br /&gt;Well, ladies you are on your own. Feel free to go exploring but please be careful not to break anything. I will see you tonight when I return and the President will probably look for you as soon as he is free.&lt;br /&gt;The girls are trying to look somewhat forlorn about the First Ladies leaving, but a twinge of excitement is on their faces.&lt;br /&gt;TAYLOR&lt;br /&gt;You go to your meeting and have a nice time. Jordan and I are going to go and explore the secret passage.&lt;br /&gt;JORDAN&lt;br /&gt;Yeah, and when you get home we'll tell you all about it.&lt;br /&gt;The First Lady smiles down at them.&lt;br /&gt;FIRST LADY&lt;br /&gt;I'll look forward to hearing about your adventures. Now you two try to stay out of trouble.&lt;br /&gt;The First Lady turns and leaves. The girls head east down the corridor.&lt;br /&gt;INT. EAST SIDE OF MAIN CORRIDOR-MORNING&lt;br /&gt;The tour group has just entered the main corridor of the White House at its east end. As the girls continue down the corridor heading for the secret passage they ignore the tour group. Tony however, from his place at the end of the line of people, notices them and after they pass him, he turns to follow them.&lt;br /&gt;The girls reach the entrance to the secret passage. Tony is following a short distance behind them. The girls stop and look around to see if anyone is watching. Tony ducks into the nearest doorway so that the girls won't see him. The girls open the door and enter into the passage. Tony saunters out of the doorway.&lt;br /&gt;INT. SECRET PASSAGE-MORNING&lt;br /&gt;Jordan turns and shuts the door to the passage. She then turns to the passage. Taylor is standing on a landing looking down a steep staircase. Jordan stands beside her sister also looking down the stairs.&lt;br /&gt;The stairs are steep, made from cement with only a dim fluorescent light illuminating them. Shadows play across the walls and the stairs. The girls start descending the stairs.&lt;br /&gt;Jordan and Taylor are holding each other's hands. Their outer arms are held out to their sides against the walls. Taylor glances backward toward the door as if she has an uneasy feeling. Then turns to look ahead.&lt;br /&gt;DOOR&lt;br /&gt;The door opens slowly and Tony peeks his head through. Seeing that the girls are only halfway down the stairs he pulls his head back through the door whacking it in the process first against the doorjamb then with the door itself. He winces with pain and fear of the girls hearing him. A quick glance back down the stairs shows him that the girls didn't notice him.&lt;br /&gt;GIRLS&lt;br /&gt;The girls reach the bottom of the stairs and stop. Taylor looks at Jordan, then back at the passage.&lt;br /&gt;PASSAGE- GIRLS P.O.V.&lt;br /&gt;The long cement passage looks miles in length to the two little girls.&lt;br /&gt;Taylor (OS)&lt;br /&gt;Oh my god. Jordan it'll take us all day to walk to the end.&lt;br /&gt;Jordan (OS)&lt;br /&gt;I know Taylor. But I want to find out what's down here.&lt;br /&gt;GIRLS&lt;br /&gt;Jordan is looking down the passageway and turns her head. Suddenly she smiles and looks very happy. She points in front and to the side of herself.&lt;br /&gt;Jordan&lt;br /&gt;Taylor look there's a door. Let's go see where it goes.&lt;br /&gt;Taylor looks to where Jordan is pointing. She too sees the door and gets excited.&lt;br /&gt;Taylor&lt;br /&gt;Okay Jordan. Let's go.&lt;br /&gt;The girls run for the door, which is slightly ajar.&lt;br /&gt;INT. MAIN HALLWAY OF THE WHITE HOUSE-MORNING&lt;br /&gt;Tony is rubbing the bump on his head. He stops rubbing the bump and tentatively reaches for the doorknob. He puts his hand gently on the knob and then slowly starts turning it. He scrunches up his face in anticipation. He has finished turning the knob and slowly opens the door.&lt;br /&gt;INT. SECRET PASSAGE-MORNING&lt;br /&gt;The door opens slowly. Tony sticks his head through. Noticing that the girls are no longer at the bottom of the stairs he steps all the way in and begins slowly descending the stairs.&lt;br /&gt;INT. ROOM OFF OF SECRET PASSAGE- MORNING&lt;br /&gt;The girls are standing motionless, staring in awe.&lt;br /&gt;GIRLS POV&lt;br /&gt;The room is abuzz with large computer components. In the center of the room is a computer terminal on a large black desk. The terminal looks like a common personal computer that would exist in any home.&lt;br /&gt;GIRLS&lt;br /&gt;Taylor runs across the room. Jordan comes to life grabbing for Taylor, but misses.&lt;br /&gt;Taylor&lt;br /&gt;(excitedly)&lt;br /&gt;Jordan look it's a computer. We can play games, just like at home. Come on.&lt;br /&gt;Jordan starts walking towards the computer.&lt;br /&gt;Jordan&lt;br /&gt;Taylor! We're not supposed to play with computers unless there's an adult around.&lt;br /&gt;TAYLOR&lt;br /&gt;Taylor is already reaching for the consuls power button. She flips it on. The screen flashes on and the room is filled with the noises of the computer coming to life. Jordan arrives at the computer. The computer screen flashes a message.&lt;br /&gt;COMPUTER&lt;br /&gt;The words Enter Password appear on the computer screen.&lt;br /&gt;BACK TO SHOT&lt;br /&gt;Taylor looks at the screen trying to make out the words. She squints her eyes and wrinkles her nose.&lt;br /&gt;Taylor&lt;br /&gt;E, en, tee, e, are, PE, a, ess, ess, double u, oh, are, Dee.Jordan what's it say?&lt;br /&gt;Jordan looks at Taylor and rolls her eyes.&lt;br /&gt;Jordan&lt;br /&gt;I'll be happy when you learn to read. It says enter password. What's a password?&lt;br /&gt;Taylor looks to her sister with smugness.&lt;br /&gt;Taylor&lt;br /&gt;I may not know how to read but I know what a password is.It's a word that you tell the computer and it allows you to do what you want.&lt;br /&gt;Jordan ignores her sister's first comment and focuses on her second one. A look of curiosity crosses her face.&lt;br /&gt;Jordan&lt;br /&gt;So what's the password?&lt;br /&gt;Taylor shrugs her shoulders and smiles impishly.&lt;br /&gt;Taylor&lt;br /&gt;I don't know the password. Mommies is Don't Touch.&lt;br /&gt;Jordan&lt;br /&gt;Well try it.&lt;br /&gt;Taylor turns to the computer keyboard with heavy concentration. She starts poking at keys on the keyboard.&lt;br /&gt;COMPUTER SCREEN&lt;br /&gt;Invalid password appears on the computer flashing in bright red letters.&lt;br /&gt;Jordan (OS)&lt;br /&gt;That wasn't it. Try something else.&lt;br /&gt;Taylor (OS)&lt;br /&gt;What else should I try?&lt;br /&gt;Jordan (OS)&lt;br /&gt;Try the Presidents' name.&lt;br /&gt;BACK TO SHOT&lt;br /&gt;Taylor shrugs her shoulders and turns back to the keyboard.&lt;br /&gt;Taylor&lt;br /&gt;How do you spell his name?&lt;br /&gt;Jordan thinks on this and leans her elbow down on the computers' keyboard. The computer beeps and starts clicking and whirring into action. Jordan jumps back away from the machine.&lt;br /&gt;COMPUTER&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The screen of the computer flashes and changes. On the screen are the words System setup. Hit enter to access.&lt;br /&gt;BACK TO SHOT&lt;br /&gt;Taylor has a shocked expression on her face.&lt;br /&gt;Taylor&lt;br /&gt;Jordan, what'd you do?&lt;br /&gt;Jordan is looking at the screen. She reaches out toward the screen tentatively. She uses her finger to underline the words as she reads them silently.&lt;br /&gt;Jordan&lt;br /&gt;Taylor hit enter.&lt;br /&gt;Taylor slowly reaches over to the enter button on the keyboard. Her hand whips back as the computer once again comes to life.&lt;br /&gt;Taylor&lt;br /&gt;Jordan what's happening?&lt;br /&gt;Jordan simply shrugs at her sisters' question while staring intently at the computer screen.&lt;br /&gt;Jordan&lt;br /&gt;Taylor shhhhh.&lt;br /&gt;COMPUTER&lt;br /&gt;The computer screen flashes again. On the screen appears a list: "STANDARD CMOS SETUP, BIOS FEATURES SETUP, POWER MANAGEMENT SETUP, SUPERVISOR PASSWORD, USER PASSWORD, HDD LOW LEVEL FORMAT, SAVE &amp;amp; EXIT SETUP".&lt;br /&gt;BACK TO SHOT&lt;br /&gt;Jordan points to the line on the computer screen that reads "USER PASSWORD".&lt;br /&gt;Jordan&lt;br /&gt;Taylor can you get into that.&lt;br /&gt;Taylor looks questioningly at her sister, but proceeds to manipulate the cursor to the line that Jordan is pointing at, by use of the four arrow keys on the keyboard. Taylor then hits the enter key.&lt;br /&gt;The computer whirs and flashes once again. Jordan again uses her finger to follow the writing on the screen.&lt;br /&gt;Jordan&lt;br /&gt;Okay Taylor. I got the Password.&lt;br /&gt;Taylor smiles and claps her hands.&lt;br /&gt;Taylor&lt;br /&gt;Hurray. What is it?&lt;br /&gt;Jordan points to the computer.&lt;br /&gt;Jordan&lt;br /&gt;It's Lady One. Can you get back to the beginning?&lt;br /&gt;Taylor turns to the keyboard and starts the process of getting them back to the opening screen.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;INT. PASSAGEWAY-MORNING&lt;br /&gt;Tony reaches the bottom of the stairway. He hears voices coming from a distance. He cocks his ear in the direction of the noise. He takes a tentative step towards the sounds. He then realizes that the voices are those of the girls. He walks toward them in an exaggerated slow motion cat burglar style. Tony reaches the door, which is open. He plasters himself against the wall next to the open door and listens to the girls.&lt;br /&gt;INT. COMPUTER ROOM-MORNING&lt;br /&gt;Jordan and Taylor are staring at the computer screen. Jordan is moving her finger slowly down a list on the screen and reading some of the names of the programs.&lt;br /&gt;Jordan&lt;br /&gt;FBI central systems access. Federal depository. Missile launch.Satellite link up locator…&lt;br /&gt;Taylor looks sharply toward Jordan.&lt;br /&gt;Taylor&lt;br /&gt;Jordan, stop there. Locator, that means it can find things.&lt;br /&gt;Jordan looks at her sister smiling.&lt;br /&gt;Jordan.&lt;br /&gt;We can use it to find Uncle. And then we can warn him about the bad men.&lt;br /&gt;Taylor nods her head in agreement. She then reaches for the mouse and clicks on the icon for the satellite link up. The computer starts buzzing and whirring as it loads the program.&lt;br /&gt;A message screen then appears with a list.&lt;br /&gt;Jordan&lt;br /&gt;Satellite link up accessed. Choose location. Congress, Sea nate, White House, Camp David,Nuclear Shelter.&lt;br /&gt;Taylor contemplates what to choose, she is tapping her right hand forefinger against her right cheek as if this is a serious problem. Jordan is waiting for her sister to make a decision.&lt;br /&gt;Taylor&lt;br /&gt;I'm going to try White House. Maybe it looks for white houses.&lt;br /&gt;Taylor reaches for the mouse and clicks on White House. The computer again starts whirring to life.&lt;br /&gt;COMPUTER&lt;br /&gt;On the computer screen appears the word "ACCESSING".&lt;br /&gt;DOORWAY&lt;br /&gt;Tony is sneaking silently into the room. He takes three steps into the room. Just as he is about to take another step he sneezes.&lt;br /&gt;GIRLS&lt;br /&gt;The girls jump at the sudden loud noise behind them. They turn to see who it is that sneezed. Taylor recognizes the man from the train and smiles.&lt;br /&gt;Taylor&lt;br /&gt;Bless you. What are you doing here?&lt;br /&gt;Jordan looks at the man angrily, folding her arms across her chest.&lt;br /&gt;TONY&lt;br /&gt;Tony pulls a handkerchief from his pocket and unfolds it gently in an almost womanly fashion. He puts the handkerchief up to his nose, holding it delicately between thumb and forefinger. He then proceeds to blow his nose very loudly, as if he were trying to match the sound of a foghorn. He finishes blowing his nose and very delicately folds the handkerchief and replaces it neatly in his inside coat pocket.&lt;br /&gt;Tony&lt;br /&gt;Thank you. I heard that you were here on the news and I Wanted to make sure that you were all right. What are you?&lt;br /&gt;two doing down here?&lt;br /&gt;He glances around the room at the sophisticated computer system, extending his arms to indicate the room.&lt;br /&gt;JORDAN&lt;br /&gt;Jordan takes two steps forward and relaxes her arms.&lt;br /&gt;Jordan&lt;br /&gt;We're all right. We were just looking at the computer.&lt;br /&gt;ROOM&lt;br /&gt;Tony nods his head in understanding. He then takes another step forward. Taylor moves in front of Jordan.&lt;br /&gt;Taylor&lt;br /&gt;We're trying to find Uncle with…&lt;br /&gt;Taylor is abruptly cut off as Tony reaches out and grabs her. Jordan shifts position one leg in front of the other as if she is about to run. Taylor is struggling against Tony trying to break his grip.&lt;br /&gt;Jordan&lt;br /&gt;Taylor, don't fight him. He's bigger than you.Just lean in to him.&lt;br /&gt;Taylor ceases her struggles and relaxes into Tony. Tony loosens his grip on Taylor. Taylor feels the looser grip and suddenly reaches up and grabs Tonys' arm and tugs hard on it. Tony is pulled forward but the trick doesn't work. Taylor stops pulling and bites her lower lip as she tries to think of what else she can do. Jordan looks aggravated at Taylor's failed attempt to escape and signals her with her eyes and hands to try something else.&lt;br /&gt;Jordan&lt;br /&gt;Taylor can't you do anything right? Mister let go of my sister!&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Tony grips Taylor tighter.&lt;br /&gt;Tony&lt;br /&gt;What are you going to do if I don't? Huh? Cry maybe.&lt;br /&gt;Jordan's mouth drops open a look of disbelief on her face. Taylor relaxes her posture once again and then lifts her leg stomping on Tonys foot. Tony lets Taylor go in an involuntary reaction to the sudden pain. Taylor runs out of Tony's reach as he scrambles to grab her again.&lt;br /&gt;Tony&lt;br /&gt;AAAHHHH! That hurt you little brat. I'm gonna get you.&lt;br /&gt;Taylor just looks at him and sticks her tongue out.&lt;br /&gt;COMPUTER&lt;br /&gt;On the computer screen is the statement: Satellite link up achieved. White House connection achieved. Hit enter to broadcast.&lt;br /&gt;ROOM&lt;br /&gt;Jordan rocks back on her hind leg and then propels herself forward in a powerful thrust. She goes into a double back handspring. On her second time over, as her feet are coming down out of the air, they fall into the middle of Tony's stomach. Tony doubles over in pain grabbing his stomach. Jordan's feet hit the floor and she turns and punches with her right hand, hitting Tony in the groin.&lt;br /&gt;CU TONY&lt;br /&gt;Tony looks as if he is going to throw up.&lt;br /&gt;NEW ANGLE&lt;br /&gt;Tony moves one hand down to his groin as he starts to fall over crumpled and in pain. In a last ditch effort to stop himself from hitting the floor, he reaches out for the computer desk. His hand just hits the keyboard as he hits the floor.&lt;br /&gt;CU COMPUTER KEYBOARD&lt;br /&gt;Tonys hand is on the enter key.&lt;br /&gt;COMPUTER&lt;br /&gt;The computer screen now shows the message: Cameras activated. Satellite link up broadcast activated.&lt;br /&gt;INT. OVAL OFFICE WHITE HOUSE-MORNING&lt;br /&gt;The President is standing behind his desk and banging on it. His face is red and he is shouting. Diagonally behind his desk is an inactive television camera that is aimed in the direction of him and his guests. A red light suddenly comes on, signaling that the camera is active.&lt;br /&gt;President&lt;br /&gt;I want that man found. He is the only one who has evidence that the speaker of the house and the Senate majority leader and I received campaign contributions from the mob.&lt;br /&gt;INT. DEPARTMENT STORE ELECTRONICS DEPARTMENT-MORNING&lt;br /&gt;The department store is crowded. There is a large display of TVs. The conversation that is taking place in the oval office is being broadcast, to the large crowd in the department store.&lt;br /&gt;The Presidents CHIEF OF STAFF a small man in his mid thirties with dark hair dressed very neatly in a gray pin stripe suit, is practically genuflecting to the President.&lt;br /&gt;Chief of Staff&lt;br /&gt;Mr. President, it's not like you deliberately took money from&lt;br /&gt;mob. It was hidden in a fake corporation.&lt;br /&gt;The President leans over his desk and clenches his teeth. A vein in his temple is throbbing and looks like it might explode at any second.&lt;br /&gt;President&lt;br /&gt;The voters don't care whether it was intentional or not.All they're gonna care about is that I got money from the mob and have had to make some compromises for my backers.As have my friends in the Senate and Congress.&lt;br /&gt;EXT. RURAL HOME-MORNING&lt;br /&gt;There is what looks like a somewhat dilapidated farmhouse, that is surrounded by wheat fields. Some people are working in the distance.&lt;br /&gt;INT. RURAL HOME-MORNING&lt;br /&gt;A woman sits on her couch eyes glued to her TV set. A cup of coffee is in her hand and suspended in mid air, her mouth is wide open.&lt;br /&gt;WOMANS P.O.V.&lt;br /&gt;The President relaxes his posture a little. General Killman a man in his early sixties, who strongly resembles George C. SCOTT in his portrayal of Patton, chews on a cigar in his mouth while speaking.&lt;br /&gt;General Killman&lt;br /&gt;We should just blow the peon away. And bomb those mob scumbags. I could have a couple of fighters fully armed and in the air in five minutes and we could…&lt;br /&gt;The President leans so far over his desk it looks as if he might climb on top of it. The vein in his forehead has grown even bigger and is throbbing faster. As he interrupts the general.&lt;br /&gt;President&lt;br /&gt;Are you out of your mind! You're talking about blowing up New York City. The people can be gullible about&lt;br /&gt;some things, but I don't think they will buy killing ten million people as an accident! You idiot!&lt;br /&gt;INT. OVAL OFFICE –MORNING&lt;br /&gt;Both the general and the chief of staff look dejected. They slowly leave the office.&lt;br /&gt;Chief of Staff&lt;br /&gt;I will get everyone on it right away Mr. President.It will be taken care of sir.&lt;br /&gt;General Killman&lt;br /&gt;I'll be on the alert Mr. President. All troops are at your disposal.&lt;br /&gt;INT. COMPUTER ROOM-MORNING&lt;br /&gt;Jordan and Taylor are heading for the door. Tony is lying on the floor groaning, but his pain is ebbing. The girls reach the door. Taylor turns back and looks at Tony lying on the floor.&lt;br /&gt;Taylor&lt;br /&gt;Poophead!&lt;br /&gt;Tony rolls onto his stomach and starts to get up.&lt;br /&gt;Taylor turns around and grabs Jordan's hand and starts running.&lt;br /&gt;Tony pushes up on his arms hard not realizing his head is now underneath the desk. He whacks his head and nearly knocks himself unconscious, and falls back to the floor.&lt;br /&gt;INT. PASSAGE –MORNING&lt;br /&gt;Jordan and Taylor are running down the passage away from the way they came in.&lt;br /&gt;COMPUTER ROOM DOORWAY&lt;br /&gt;Tony is standing in the doorway with an angry scowl on his face, rubbing the new bump on the back of his head.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;PASSAGE&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The girls have made it about three-quarters of the way down the passage.&lt;br /&gt;COMPUTER ROOM DOORWAY&lt;br /&gt;Tony takes off at a slow run, due to his pain, but he gets steadily faster as he goes along.&lt;br /&gt;INT. PASSAGE-MORNING&lt;br /&gt;He is gaining on the girls who had a reasonable lead on him.&lt;br /&gt;Tony&lt;br /&gt;I'm going to catch you! And when I do I am going to get even with you.&lt;br /&gt;The girls don't look back they just run faster. They have almost reached the end of the corridor.&lt;br /&gt;INT. PASSAGE-MORNING&lt;br /&gt;Tony smiles and speeds up.&lt;br /&gt;TONY POV&lt;br /&gt;At the end of the passage are the girls and another huge flight of stairs, which are going up this time.&lt;br /&gt;GIRLS&lt;br /&gt;The girls are climbing the steps as fast as they can. They hear Tony's footfalls getting closer to them with each step.&lt;br /&gt;Tony reaches the bottom of the steps and starts taking them two at a time.&lt;br /&gt;The girls have almost made it to the top step.&lt;br /&gt;Tony is halfway up.&lt;br /&gt;The girls are at the top step and heading for the door.&lt;br /&gt;The girls are stopped at the door. It is stuck and won't open.&lt;br /&gt;Tony is only a few steps away.&lt;br /&gt;The girls push on the door as hard as they can.&lt;br /&gt;LANDING&lt;br /&gt;Tony reaches the landing.&lt;br /&gt;The door gives and the girls scramble through it.&lt;br /&gt;Tony reaches the door only to have it slam into his face and send him flying backwards towards the steps, which he tumbles down.&lt;br /&gt;INT. old treasury building-MORNING&lt;br /&gt;The girls find themselves in the lobby of another building. It looks old yet everything is clean as if it were new.&lt;br /&gt;Jordan&lt;br /&gt;I wonder where we are?&lt;br /&gt;Taylor looks at her sister confused. She shrugs her shoulders.&lt;br /&gt;Taylor&lt;br /&gt;How should I know?&lt;br /&gt;Jordan&lt;br /&gt;Come on.&lt;br /&gt;Jordan grabs Taylor's hand and walks quickly towards a set of large steel doors, practically dragging her sister behind her.&lt;br /&gt;The girls reach the doors and open them and pass through.&lt;br /&gt;EXT. OLD TREASURY BUILDING-MORNING&lt;br /&gt;The girls stand on the top step of an old and grandiose building looking out at the street, the crowds of people on the sidewalk and heavy Washington traffic.&lt;br /&gt;INT. OLD TREASURY BUILDING LOBBY-MORNING&lt;br /&gt;Tony comes through the door to the secret passage.&lt;br /&gt;EXT. OLD TREASURY BUILDING-MORNING&lt;br /&gt;Jordan turns at the sound of footsteps echoing behind her. Turning back around she takes off running down the stairs.&lt;br /&gt;Jordan&lt;br /&gt;Taylor! Hurry he's coming!&lt;br /&gt;Taylor starts running as well.&lt;br /&gt;Taylor&lt;br /&gt;Oh my gosh!&lt;br /&gt;Tony reaches the top step, just in time to witness the two girls disappear into the crowd on sidewalk. Having failed again Tony just sits on the top step of the building and puts his head in his hands as if he were crying.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Cut To:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;int. oval office-morning&lt;br /&gt;The President smashes the intercom button on his phone.&lt;br /&gt;SECRETARY (VO)&lt;br /&gt;Yes, Mr. President.&lt;br /&gt;The President is still angry from his meeting, and growls into the intercom.&lt;br /&gt;PRESIDENT&lt;br /&gt;Get Charlie Gunn in here,and get the heads of the FBI and CIA on the phone,now!&lt;br /&gt;SECRETARY (VO)&lt;br /&gt;(shakily)&lt;br /&gt;Yes Mr. President.&lt;br /&gt;exT. OLD TREASURY BUILDING-MORNING&lt;br /&gt;Tony gets up from the stairs of the treasury building and heads to the street. He then tries to hail a cab, but they just keep speeding by.Tony then starts walking in the direction of the Ritz hotel.&lt;br /&gt;EXT. jefferson drive Washington dc- morning&lt;br /&gt;The girls have gone several blocks south of the treasury building and are now standing on Jefferson Drive directly across from the SMITHSONIAN MUSEUM.&lt;br /&gt;JORDAN&lt;br /&gt;Taylor look at that!&lt;br /&gt;Taylor is standing next to her but looking the opposite way she is staring into a large park and does not turn in her sisters direction.&lt;br /&gt;TAYLOR&lt;br /&gt;Look at what? I wanna go play in the park.&lt;br /&gt;Jordan who hasn't looked behind her, now turns her head in her sisters direction and see's a beautiful sprawling park of green grass and shady trees. Directly in front of them is the WASHINGTON MONUMENT.&lt;br /&gt;JORDAN&lt;br /&gt;Wow, I wonder what that White thing is?&lt;br /&gt;Taylor who hasn't thought of anything but playing in the park now looks towards the monolith that has captured Jordan's attention. She becomes as awestruck as her sister.&lt;br /&gt;TAYLOR&lt;br /&gt;I don't know? Should we go there?&lt;br /&gt;JORDAN&lt;br /&gt;No, we should go to the place across the street.&lt;br /&gt;Taylor turns to see what is across the street.&lt;br /&gt;TAYLOR&lt;br /&gt;We should go to the white thing.&lt;br /&gt;JORDAN&lt;br /&gt;Why?&lt;br /&gt;Taylor smiles shyly as she turns back to her sister.&lt;br /&gt;TAYLOR&lt;br /&gt;Because it's pretty, and we're not allowed to cross the street.&lt;br /&gt;Jordan faces her sister with a look of shock on her face.&lt;br /&gt;JORDAN&lt;br /&gt;You're worried about crossing the street now. Do you know how many we've already crossed. Not to mention going on the train. We're already in trouble so what difference is it gonna make?&lt;br /&gt;Taylor shrugs her shoulders, sighs and resigns herself to following Jordan across the street into the Smithsonian museum.&lt;br /&gt;InT. OVAL OFFICE WHITE HOUSE-MORNING&lt;br /&gt;The President is seated in the chair behind his desk. The head of the secret service CHARLIE GUNN, a man in his early 50's, who is somewhat overweight and balding,enters the office.He is panting, he ran the whole way.&lt;br /&gt;CHARLIE GUNN&lt;br /&gt;Sorry it took me so long to get here Mr. President, but I was on the other side of the White House.&lt;br /&gt;The President glares at Charlie as he rises from his chair.&lt;br /&gt;PRESIDENT&lt;br /&gt;I don't care about excuses. I just want to...&lt;br /&gt;The President is interrupted by his secretary's voice on the intercom.&lt;br /&gt;SECRETARY (VO)&lt;br /&gt;The heads of the FBI and CIA are on line one and two. Would you like me to set the calls for conference.&lt;br /&gt;The President looks at the speaker on the phone as if it is a monster. Charlie sinks into the chair nearest the desk. The Presidents' face is red from trying to control his anger. He takes a deep breath and lets it out slowly to gain control.&lt;br /&gt;PRESIDENT&lt;br /&gt;Yes. Set it up for conference please.&lt;br /&gt;The President turns to look at Charlie.&lt;br /&gt;PRESIDENT (cont'd)&lt;br /&gt;I'll wait till they're on the line. Thank you.&lt;br /&gt;The phone crackles as the Presidents Secretary sets up the conference call. The crackling is replaced by the consecutive voices of the heads of the FBI and CIA. The head of the FBI is one COMMANDER J.E. KENMORE, the head of the CIA is EXECUTIVE AGENT I. SEYMORE.&lt;br /&gt;KENMORE (VO)&lt;br /&gt;Commander Kenmore here sir.&lt;br /&gt;SEYMORE (VO)&lt;br /&gt;I. Seymore,on the line sir.&lt;br /&gt;The President rolls his eyes and again takes a deep breath to remain calm.&lt;br /&gt;PRESIDENT&lt;br /&gt;Charlie Gunn is here as well. I want to know if you've found him yet.&lt;br /&gt;Charlie Gunn starts to squirm in his seat. The phone line is dead quiet.&lt;br /&gt;PRESIDENT (cont'd)&lt;br /&gt;Well, gentlemen. I'm waiting.&lt;br /&gt;The silence on the phone is suddenly broken.&lt;br /&gt;SEYMORE&lt;br /&gt;Sir, I have every available agent working on it, but we can't find any property listed under his name.&lt;br /&gt;Charlie visibly relaxes, thinking that the President will be calmer now.&lt;br /&gt;KENMORE&lt;br /&gt;We haven't been able to find any trace either. No credit cards, no phone, no bank accounts, no....&lt;br /&gt;The President lets the anger he is feeling explode out.&lt;br /&gt;PRESIDENT&lt;br /&gt;What is this? The invisible man? He is somewhere in this city and noone can seem to find him.&lt;br /&gt;The President is again leaning on the desk pounding it with each word spoken. Charlie is cringing with each pound.&lt;br /&gt;PRESIDENT (cont'd)&lt;br /&gt;He's the only link to me and the mob. Not to mention he's the one with all the evidence we need to convict Steele. Now do your jobs gentlemen or do I have to find men who are more capa....&lt;br /&gt;Charlie is staring intently at the camera behind the Presidents desk. The red light is glowing brightly.&lt;br /&gt;CHARLIE GUNN&lt;br /&gt;Mr. President did you know that the cameras are on?&lt;br /&gt;The President whips his head around to Charlie.&lt;br /&gt;PRESIDENT&lt;br /&gt;What cameras?&lt;br /&gt;Charlie shrinks down in his chair at the Presidents wrath.&lt;br /&gt;CHARLIE GUNN&lt;br /&gt;The cameras for broadcasting speeches to the public.&lt;br /&gt;The President turns to look at the cameras. He is now so angry that the veins in his head and neck are visibly throbbing.&lt;br /&gt;PRESIDENT&lt;br /&gt;Why those little....&lt;br /&gt;The President starts to charge the camera, but is cutoff in both his speech and motion.&lt;br /&gt;SEYMORE&lt;br /&gt;Mr. President. We will search until we find him. I am confident that it won't take more than another twenty four hours.&lt;br /&gt;The President is grasping the edge of his desk and breathing as if he were a wild animal.&lt;br /&gt;PRESIDENT&lt;br /&gt;They must be in on it with him.&lt;br /&gt;President looking wildly at Charlie.&lt;br /&gt;PRESIDENT (cont'd)&lt;br /&gt;Find those brats now. And turn those cameras off.&lt;br /&gt;Charlie scrambles out of his chair and stumbles over furniture as he backs out of the Oval Office, practically bowing to the President.&lt;br /&gt;CHARLIE GUNN&lt;br /&gt;Yes. Mr. President. I'll have them right back Mr. President. Calm down Mr.President.&lt;br /&gt;Charlie turns tail and runs from the Oval Office. Slamming the door behind him.&lt;br /&gt;INT.SECRETARYS' office-MORNING&lt;br /&gt;Charlie is leaning against the outer wall of the Oval Office, his eyes are closed and he is breathing heavy, he looks as if he is about to cry. The secretarys' in the office are staring at him.&lt;br /&gt;EXT. MADISON DRIVE WASHINGTON D.C.- AFTERNOON&lt;br /&gt;Tony is slowly walking down the street looking dejected. He looks up to get his bearings.&lt;br /&gt;angle on street sign&lt;br /&gt;The street sign reads "Madison Drive"&lt;br /&gt;back to shot&lt;br /&gt;Tony shrugs his shoulders and keeps walking. He crosses the street without looking and is almost run down by a car, which screeches to a halt just inches from hitting him.&lt;br /&gt;TONY&lt;br /&gt;(shouting)&lt;br /&gt;What are you nuts?&lt;br /&gt;Tony bangs on the hood of the car.&lt;br /&gt;tony's pov&lt;br /&gt;The driver of the car a man who looks to be very small is seen through the windshield. He moves to get out of the car.&lt;br /&gt;Back to shot&lt;br /&gt;Tony smiles happy for a fight and confident that this guy is to small to hurt him.&lt;br /&gt;man&lt;br /&gt;The car door is open. The man is climbing out of the car. As he stands up straight we see he is built like Hulk Hogan. He walks over to Tony, and grabs him by the shirt front.&lt;br /&gt;back to shot&lt;br /&gt;Tony who is now being held up by his shirt front grimaces in fear.&lt;br /&gt;TONY&lt;br /&gt;Please don't hit me sir. Wasn't looking where I was goin. Sorry. It won't happen again.&lt;br /&gt;The man releases Tony and returns to the drivers seat. Tony runs the rest of the way across the street. The car takes off screeching back into the flow of traffic. Tony continues to run.&lt;br /&gt;eXT. Jefferson DRIVE WASHINgTON D.C.- AFTERNOON&lt;br /&gt;Tony stops running, he is out of breath and clutching his side, he falls to the sidewalk exhausted. As he is sitting on the ground he looks around to see where he is.&lt;br /&gt;He looks up and sees a large building across the street from him.&lt;br /&gt;tony's pov&lt;br /&gt;On the top of the doorway are the words: "SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION".&lt;br /&gt;Back to shot&lt;br /&gt;Tony catching his breath lets his hand fall to the ground. He slowly pushes himself up and stops at the curb. Careful to look both ways before crossing this time. He then crosses to the Smithsonian museum.&lt;br /&gt;int. smithsonian museum-afternoon&lt;br /&gt;Jordan and Taylor are standing in front of a large globe suspended from the ceiling, which fits into a large hole in the floor. The globe is held by a single wire that connects to the center. A low railing is around the hole in the floor.&lt;br /&gt;Tony enters into the Smithsonian and right in front of him he spys the large globe.&lt;br /&gt;Right in front of the globe stand the two girls with their backs to Tony.&lt;br /&gt;Tony starts forward casually he sees two little girls looking and pointing at the globe.&lt;br /&gt;Jordan and Taylor turn around ready to leave the museum. They aren't paying any attention to the crowd entering the museum.&lt;br /&gt;Tony immediately recognizes the two girls and stops startled that he found them.&lt;br /&gt;Jordan and Taylor start walking towards the doors.&lt;br /&gt;Tony walks faster hoping to catch them off guard.&lt;br /&gt;Taylor looks up and sees Tony coming at them.She stops dead in her tracks. Jordan continues walking.&lt;br /&gt;Tony seeing Taylor stop, realizes that she sees him and speeds up more.&lt;br /&gt;Jordan notices that Taylor stopped and turns back to her sister.&lt;br /&gt;JORDAN&lt;br /&gt;Taylor come on.&lt;br /&gt;Taylor just points at Tony.&lt;br /&gt;TAYLOR&lt;br /&gt;Jordan it's him.&lt;br /&gt;JORDAN&lt;br /&gt;Him who?&lt;br /&gt;TAYLOR&lt;br /&gt;The man from the train.&lt;br /&gt;Jordan covers her face with her hands.&lt;br /&gt;JORDAN&lt;br /&gt;Oh no!&lt;br /&gt;Releasing her face Jordan moves back towards Taylor.&lt;br /&gt;Tony is closing in on them.&lt;br /&gt;Jordan grabs Taylor's hand and starts heading back towards the globe.&lt;br /&gt;Tony starts running.&lt;br /&gt;TONY&lt;br /&gt;Hey girls stop.&lt;br /&gt;The girls start running but are brought up short at the railing to the globe. They turn and face Tony who is running full out to catch them.&lt;br /&gt;The girls are standing at the railing trying to decide on how to escape, each looking towards opposite corridors of the museum.&lt;br /&gt;Tony is running right up to them.&lt;br /&gt;The girls haven't got any time to move as Tony reaches them. So they duck.&lt;br /&gt;Tony stumbles and flies over the railing landing on the large globe.&lt;br /&gt;Taylor is crouched on the floor on her elbows and knees. She stands up and walks over to Jordan who is standing at the railing looking at Tony on the globe.&lt;br /&gt;Tony is grasping the globe tightly. He is slipping as he tries to make his way to the top.&lt;br /&gt;5 MUSEUM SECURITY GUARDS have been aroused and are now gathering to investigate the cause of the commotion.&lt;br /&gt;Tony has managed to pull himself far enough up to grab onto the wire holding the globe. He turns and looks at the two girls who are standing at the railing laughing.&lt;br /&gt;The museum security guards are circling the globe.&lt;br /&gt;There is an ominous CREAKING coming from the ceiling.&lt;br /&gt;Tony looks up towards the sound.&lt;br /&gt;The wire suspending the globe snaps. The globe plummets to the floor below.&lt;br /&gt;The globe lands crushing the bottom flat. Tony is jarred loose from the top and slides to the floor.&lt;br /&gt;Jordan and Taylor turn and walk towards the museums exit arm in arm with large smiles on their faces.&lt;br /&gt;Tony scrambles from his place on the floor. He manages to stand up and then runs through the crowd that gathered around the fallen globe to escape his latest failure.&lt;br /&gt;ext. uncles house georgetown area-night&lt;br /&gt;The house is white and surrounded by an aged wrought iron fence and there is a white flashing light from a TV coming through the window.&lt;br /&gt;Int. uncles house georgetown area-night&lt;br /&gt;The living room is furnished with colonial style furniture.&lt;br /&gt;tv screen&lt;br /&gt;On the TV the nightly news is just coming on.&lt;br /&gt;The ANCHOR MAN is young and has blonde hair which looks like a plastic cap that has been stuck on his head.&lt;br /&gt;ANCHOR MAN&lt;br /&gt;In todays' news... The President makes a surprise broadcast, congress starts investigations of mob political connections, and our lead story for tonight... the globe is destroyed.&lt;br /&gt;The ANCHOR WOMAN a young woman with brown hair turns to face the camera.&lt;br /&gt;ANCHOR WOMAN&lt;br /&gt;It has been an exciting day hasn't it. The globe at the Smithsonian Institute was destroyed today when a man fell on it. Lets go to our reporter on the scene.&lt;br /&gt;The picture changes from the newsroom to the facade of the Smithsonian Institute. In front of the building is standing the REPORTER a young woman with blonde hair and a big smile she is wearing a white blouse and navy blue skirt that show off her figure, with a navy blue blazer. The noise of pots and pans are heard in the b.g..&lt;br /&gt;ext. smithsonian museum-night&lt;br /&gt;REPORTER&lt;br /&gt;It seems that earlier today a man started chasing two little girls who managed to avoid him by tripping him and sending him flying over the railing protecting the globe.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;int. uncles house-night&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;A pan bangs loudly from being dropped.&lt;br /&gt;ext.smithsonian institute-night&lt;br /&gt;REPORTER&lt;br /&gt;The wire holding the globe then snapped allowing it to fall to the floor below, where it was crushed on impact. No one was hurt during the incident, but both the man and the girls left the museum before they could be questioned. Back to you in the studio.&lt;br /&gt;int. uncles house-night&lt;br /&gt;The screen flashes back to the anchor desk in the news room.&lt;br /&gt;ANCHOR MAN&lt;br /&gt;The Smithsonian Institute will be closed for repairs for the next few days. But that doesn't seem to be all of the story...&lt;br /&gt;The angle changes to focus on the Anchor Woman.&lt;br /&gt;ANCHOR WOMAN&lt;br /&gt;That's right. According to eye witness descriptions. The two girls are the same ones that managed to get into the White House yesterday. It seems that they were sight seeing and had a little trouble...&lt;br /&gt;The angle changes back to the Anchor Man&lt;br /&gt;ANCHOR MAN&lt;br /&gt;In other news the President was broadcas...&lt;br /&gt;The TV goes off and a dim light is turned on.&lt;br /&gt;light&lt;br /&gt;On the table next to the light is a phone. UNCLES hand reaches out and picks up the phone.The BEEPS of a touch tone phone being dialed are heard. After a few seconds RINGING is heard. After three rings the voice of Mom is heard.&lt;br /&gt;MOM (VO)&lt;br /&gt;Hello.&lt;br /&gt;phone&lt;br /&gt;Standing next to the table with the phone is a David Chokachi look-a-like. He gestures toward the TV with his hands while he talks.&lt;br /&gt;UNCLE&lt;br /&gt;Hi, Beth. Have you been watching the news?&lt;br /&gt;Int. HALLWAY moms' house-night&lt;br /&gt;Mom is standing in the hallway talking on the phone. She is twisting the phone cord around her fingers and pacing.&lt;br /&gt;MOM&lt;br /&gt;Yes. I'm glad you called.&lt;br /&gt;UNCLE (VO)&lt;br /&gt;So you saw. I'll have a plane ticket waiting for you at the airport.&lt;br /&gt;Mom starts nodding her head in agreement while reaching for a pad on the table next to the phone.&lt;br /&gt;MOM&lt;br /&gt;What are we gonna do?&lt;br /&gt;UNCLE (VO)&lt;br /&gt;Well... first your gonna get here. I'll meet you at Dulles... then we're gonna find your kids and put a stop to this mess. I'll explain everything when I see you tomorrow.&lt;br /&gt;Mom puts the pad down.&lt;br /&gt;MOM&lt;br /&gt;I'll start packing. Call me with the flight. Talk to you later.&lt;br /&gt;UNCLE (VO)&lt;br /&gt;Later. Bye.&lt;br /&gt;Mom puts the receiver back in the cradle. She then runs up the hallway, then up the stairs.&lt;br /&gt;int. RITZ HOTEL LOBBY-night&lt;br /&gt;Jordan and Taylor are standing at the front desk of the Ritz hotel. The CLERK a fortyish man who is trying to act as snobby as the hotels' reputation is, is looking down at them from the height of the desk.&lt;br /&gt;JORDAN&lt;br /&gt;Mister can we get a room?&lt;br /&gt;CLERK&lt;br /&gt;Where are your parents?&lt;br /&gt;TAYLOR&lt;br /&gt;They're home.&lt;br /&gt;The Clerk snorts in disgust and rubs his nose. He then looks down his nose at the girls.&lt;br /&gt;CLERK&lt;br /&gt;Then we can't allow you in the hotel, please go home.&lt;br /&gt;TAYLOR&lt;br /&gt;But we can't go home, we're lost.&lt;br /&gt;The Clerk again snorts in disgust.&lt;br /&gt;CLERK&lt;br /&gt;That's not my problem.&lt;br /&gt;Jordan reaches into her pocket and pulls out a wad of hundred dollar bills.&lt;br /&gt;JORDAN&lt;br /&gt;We have money.&lt;br /&gt;The Clerks eyes pop and he practically climbs on top of the counter to see the wad of bills. He suddenly remembers where he is and tries to put on his snooty act again unsuccessfully.&lt;br /&gt;CLERK&lt;br /&gt;I'll see what we can do.&lt;br /&gt;The Clerk walks away from the desk and consults with a management type person near a back wall.&lt;br /&gt;The Clerk nods his head yes and then walks back to the desk.&lt;br /&gt;CLERK (cont'd)&lt;br /&gt;It looks like we will be able to accomodate you. It will cost two hundred dollars in advance.&lt;br /&gt;Jordan peels off several bills and hands them to the clerk.&lt;br /&gt;JORDAN&lt;br /&gt;Is that enough.&lt;br /&gt;The Clerk counts the bills takes one and sticks it in his pocket and hands two back to Jordan. She then replaces the wad of money back in her pocket.&lt;br /&gt;CLERK&lt;br /&gt;That was a bit too much. I'll have someone show you to your room.&lt;br /&gt;The Clerk then reaches over and rings a brass bell to signal for a bellhop.&lt;br /&gt;The BELLHOP a young man of college age who comes across like the captain of the pep squad, comes to the front desk immediately. He salutes and stands so erect he looks in danger of falling over backwards.&lt;br /&gt;BELLHOP&lt;br /&gt;Yes sir!&lt;br /&gt;The Clerk rolls his eyes and holds out a room key with just the tip of his thumb and forefinger as if it stinks badly.&lt;br /&gt;CLERK&lt;br /&gt;Take these ladies to room 508.&lt;br /&gt;The Bellhop straightens out and salutes so sharply he almost does fall backwards.&lt;br /&gt;BELLHOP&lt;br /&gt;Yes sir. Right away sir. This way ladies.&lt;br /&gt;The Bellhop turns around in military style and leads the girls to the bank of elevators. He pushes the button for the elevator and whistles while he waits for it to arrive. The elevator doors open and the three of them step in. The Bellhop pushes the button for the fifth floor and continues to whistle.&lt;br /&gt;angle on hotel doors&lt;br /&gt;Tony comes in the hotel doors dragging his feet, with his head hanging down. He crosses the lobby towards the elevators.&lt;br /&gt;back to shot&lt;br /&gt;The elevator doors finish closing just as Tony walks up to them. He pushes the button for the elevator and then starts banging his head against the wall.&lt;br /&gt;int.fifth floor ritz hotel-night&lt;br /&gt;The elevator doors open and the Bellhop, Jordan, and Taylor get off the elevator. They start walking down the hall and the Bellhop is still whistling.&lt;br /&gt;They arrive at the room and the Bellhop inserts the key and opens the door.&lt;br /&gt;BELLHOP&lt;br /&gt;Here we are ladies.&lt;br /&gt;The girls walk into the room, the Bellhop follows and turns on the lights for them.&lt;br /&gt;TAYLOR&lt;br /&gt;This is a pretty room.&lt;br /&gt;Jordan goes to one of the two double beds that fills the room and flops down on it. The Bellhop clears his throat a couple of times while holding out his hand.&lt;br /&gt;JORDAN&lt;br /&gt;Are you all right?&lt;br /&gt;The Bellhop smiles kindly.&lt;br /&gt;BELLHOP&lt;br /&gt;It's um usual for people to tip.&lt;br /&gt;Jordan looks at him confused. Taylor is investigating the room.&lt;br /&gt;JORDAN&lt;br /&gt;What's that mean?&lt;br /&gt;The Bellhop laughs softly and moves over to the bed and sits down next to Jordan.&lt;br /&gt;BELLHOP&lt;br /&gt;Well, that means that when someone does something nice for you like bringing you to your room, and opening the door. You're supposed to give them some money.&lt;br /&gt;Jordan bites her lower lip while considering this.&lt;br /&gt;JORDAN&lt;br /&gt;(beat)&lt;br /&gt;Okay. But how much money?&lt;br /&gt;BELLHOP&lt;br /&gt;As much as you feel they deserve. It could be a dollar or two. If that's all you have.&lt;br /&gt;Jordan reaches into her pocket and again removes the wad of bills. She takes one bill off and hands it to the Bellhop.&lt;br /&gt;The Bellhop takes it without looking and gets up to leave.&lt;br /&gt;BELLHOP (cont'd)&lt;br /&gt;If you need anything just let me know.&lt;br /&gt;He then turns to walk out of the room. He pauses for a second to look at the bill that Jordan gave him. He does a double take when he realizes it's a hundred dollar bill. Turning back to the girls with a radiant smile on his face.&lt;br /&gt;BELLHOP (cont'd)&lt;br /&gt;If you need or want anything you just ask for Bill, I'll do whatever you want.&lt;br /&gt;Jordan falls back on the bed. Taylor stops her exploring and looks at the Bellhop.&lt;br /&gt;TAYLOR&lt;br /&gt;I'm hungry. Can you get us something to eat?&lt;br /&gt;The Bellhop starts nodding yes.&lt;br /&gt;BELLHOP&lt;br /&gt;I know exactly what to get for you I'll be right back.&lt;br /&gt;The Bellhop turns and leaves the room, closing the door behind him. He turns toward the elevators and starts walking.&lt;br /&gt;The Bellhop pauses for just a second as he passes the next room and greets the man standing at the door inserting the key.&lt;br /&gt;BELLHOP (cont'd)&lt;br /&gt;Good evening sir.&lt;br /&gt;The man turns around and looks at the Bellhop, it is Tony. The Bellhop continues on and Tony turns back to the door.&lt;br /&gt;int. girls hotel room-night&lt;br /&gt;Jordan and Taylor are watching TV,eating hamburgers and fries and drinking sodas, while jumping on the beds which are up against the wall adjoining Tony's room.&lt;br /&gt;int. Tony'S HOTEL ROOM- night&lt;br /&gt;Tony is lying on his back on his bed, staring at a large picture on the wall that is bouncing back and forth.&lt;br /&gt;int. girls hotel room-night&lt;br /&gt;Jordan decides to do a back somersault but miscalculates and hits the wall. She falls to the bed laughing.&lt;br /&gt;int. ToNY'S HOTEL ROOM- night&lt;br /&gt;Tony is startled by a loud bang on the wall. He reaches behind him and pounds on the wall very hard. The picture is still bouncing. He hears a strange noise and looks up just in time to see the picture come crashing down on his head.&lt;br /&gt;int. moms' House GArage-night&lt;br /&gt;Mom is in the garage. She presses a button on the wall that opens the garage door. She then fumbles with her keys, as she hurridly tries to open the car door. Once she opens the door, she throws her suitcase and purse in the car and climbs in.&lt;br /&gt;int. moms' car-night&lt;br /&gt;Mom puts the key in the ignition, starts the car and then guns it out of the garage.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;ext. moms' House GArage-night&lt;br /&gt;Backing down the driveway at full speed. She starts to drive away as soon as she hits the street, but stops and puts it in reverse so she can close the garage door. She then speeds of down the street.&lt;br /&gt;Another car starts and the lights come on. It follows Moms' car down the street.&lt;br /&gt;Int. oVAL OFFICE WHITE HOUSE-night&lt;br /&gt;The President, First Lady, Commander Kenmore, Agent Seymore, and Charlie Gunn are in the Oval office. The President is sitting behind his desk, the rest are sitting on two parallel leather couches in front of the desk.&lt;br /&gt;FIRST LADY&lt;br /&gt;Would you gentlemen like some tea or coffee?&lt;br /&gt;PRESIDENT&lt;br /&gt;What's happening?&lt;br /&gt;Charlie Gunn raises his hand and stammers out an answer.&lt;br /&gt;CHARLIE GUNN&lt;br /&gt;Mr. President we've alerted the D.C. Police and they have an A.P.B. out on the girls.&lt;br /&gt;The President starts tapping a pencil, not looking pleased.&lt;br /&gt;CHARLIE GUNN (cont'd)&lt;br /&gt;All secret service agents in the D.C. area are out looking for them. We're boun...&lt;br /&gt;Charlie is interrupted by the commanding voice of Agent Seymore.&lt;br /&gt;SEYMORE&lt;br /&gt;I've got every agent out canvasing hotels and and restaurants. If those kids are still in Washington we'll find em.&lt;br /&gt;The President taps the pencil harder and almost glares at Kenmore.&lt;br /&gt;PRESIDENT&lt;br /&gt;Well, Kenmore, what are you going to add?&lt;br /&gt;Kenmore sits calmly. He looks towards the first lady, smiling like the cheshire cat.&lt;br /&gt;KENMORE&lt;br /&gt;I believe, I would like a cup of tea, Ma'am.&lt;br /&gt;The First Lady goes to the phone on the President's desk and calls for the tea. The President starts to rise from his chair.&lt;br /&gt;KENMORE (cont'd)&lt;br /&gt;I also believe, that I may have figured out who this mysterious Uncle is.&lt;br /&gt;The President sinks back into his chair. He folds his hands, leaving his forefingers extended and then rests his chin on them as if in great thought.&lt;br /&gt;PRESIDENT&lt;br /&gt;Well?&lt;br /&gt;Kenmore makes himself more comfortable on the couch, reclining a bit more.&lt;br /&gt;KENMORE&lt;br /&gt;It would seem Mr. President, that Uncle is one of your employees.&lt;br /&gt;The President continues to look calm, but the eyes and heads of the others turn abruptly towards Kenmore.&lt;br /&gt;KENMORE (cont'd)&lt;br /&gt;Uncle is a CIA mob plant that was caught in the middle of the raid on the warehouse. He may have felt the need to keep the pretense going until things became safe.&lt;br /&gt;The President turns his chair around to face a bank of windows behind him. The First Lady practically falls into the chair nearest her. Charlie Gunn is sitting on the couch with his mouth hanging open. Seymore's mouth is moving but no sound is coming out. He looks enraged. He jumps up from his seat shouting.&lt;br /&gt;SEYMORE&lt;br /&gt;That's prepostorous... I would have known if one of my agents was... why I... You've got to be mistaken.&lt;br /&gt;Seymore turns toward the President. The President swings his chair back to face the room.&lt;br /&gt;PRESIDENT&lt;br /&gt;Charlie close your mouth. You look ridiculous. Seymore I recommend you account for all of your agents. Now get out of here gentlemen, you've got work to do.&lt;br /&gt;Charlie comes back to his senses and gets up off the couch, heading for the door. Kenmore joins Charlie and turns back to salute the President as he is leaving. Seymore composes himself, nods his head sharply and follows the others out of the Oval office.&lt;br /&gt;The First Lady rises from her chair. She walks to her Husbands chair and starts rubbing his shoulders from behind. A steward enters the room, bearing an ancient silver tea service. He stops short at the doorway, but quickly resumes his delivery, setting the tea service on a table in the center of the room, then leaving quickly.&lt;br /&gt;FIRST LADY&lt;br /&gt;I hope the girls are all right.&lt;br /&gt;The President reaches up to hold her hand.&lt;br /&gt;PRESIDENT&lt;br /&gt;Something tells me those two can take care of themselves. But we need to find them and sort this mess out.&lt;br /&gt;int. dulles airport-morning&lt;br /&gt;Uncle is standing at gate 23 waiting for the plane to disembark.&lt;br /&gt;The doors to the gangway open. People come scrambling out the doors.&lt;br /&gt;Mom comes through the doors and stops. She is looking around for someone. She then spies Uncle and runs to him and hugs him.&lt;br /&gt;MOM&lt;br /&gt;Do you know where they are?&lt;br /&gt;Uncle hugs her back, and shakes his head no.&lt;br /&gt;UNCLE&lt;br /&gt;Nice to see you too sis. No, but we'll find them.&lt;br /&gt;Mom pulls away and looks at him. In the background we see Agent Cees coming through the doorway from the plane.&lt;br /&gt;MOM&lt;br /&gt;You don't look any worse for the wear. Besides you can take care of yourself.&lt;br /&gt;Uncle starts laughing.&lt;br /&gt;UNCLE&lt;br /&gt;If what I've been seeing on the news is any sign, so can the girls. You're gonna hate it when they become teenagers.&lt;br /&gt;Mom and Uncle turn and start leaving the gateway and heading for the baggage claim. Agent Cees follows them at a discreet distance.&lt;br /&gt;int. girls hotel room-morning&lt;br /&gt;Jordan wakes up and gets out of the bed still fully clothed from the night before. She walks to the other bed and wakes Taylor up.&lt;br /&gt;JORDAN&lt;br /&gt;Get up Taylor. We gotta find Uncle.&lt;br /&gt;Taylor rolls over stretches and yawns. She too is in her clothes from the day before. Her hair is a mess and she has pillow marks on her face. Taylor gets out of bed and goes to the bathroom.&lt;br /&gt;TAYLOR (OS)&lt;br /&gt;AAAAAHHHH!&lt;br /&gt;Jordan goes running for the bathroom.&lt;br /&gt;JORDAN&lt;br /&gt;Taylor what's wrong?&lt;br /&gt;Taylor is looking in the mirror and points to it almost in tears.&lt;br /&gt;TAYLOR&lt;br /&gt;Jordan I look bad. I need a brush and my dress is wrinkled.&lt;br /&gt;Jordan looks at her sister and then at her own disheveled appearance in the mirror.&lt;br /&gt;JORDAN&lt;br /&gt;So.&lt;br /&gt;Taylor starts pouting.&lt;br /&gt;TAYLOR&lt;br /&gt;I have to look cute for Uncle. This isn't cute.&lt;br /&gt;Jordan turns and walks back out to the room.&lt;br /&gt;JORDAN&lt;br /&gt;Taylor that's just stupid.&lt;br /&gt;Taylor follows her sister back to the room.&lt;br /&gt;TAYLOR&lt;br /&gt
